WO2024032064A1 - 功率控制方法及通信装置 - Google Patents

功率控制方法及通信装置 Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2024032064A1
WO2024032064A1 PCT/CN2023/094058 CN2023094058W WO2024032064A1 WO 2024032064 A1 WO2024032064 A1 WO 2024032064A1 CN 2023094058 W CN2023094058 W CN 2023094058W WO 2024032064 A1 WO2024032064 A1 WO 2024032064A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
frequency domain
domain resource
terminal device
transmit power
resource
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Ceased
Application number
PCT/CN2023/094058
Other languages
English (en)
French (fr)
Inventor
于莹洁
黄甦
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Huawei Technologies Co Ltd
Original Assignee
Huawei Technologies Co Ltd
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Huawei Technologies Co Ltd filed Critical Huawei Technologies Co Ltd
Priority to EP23851294.1A priority Critical patent/EP4561196A4/en
Priority to KR1020257008011A priority patent/KR20250047810A/ko
Publication of WO2024032064A1 publication Critical patent/WO2024032064A1/zh
Priority to US19/051,989 priority patent/US20250203538A1/en
Anticipated expiration legal-status Critical
Ceased legal-status Critical Current

Links

Classifications

    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W52/00—Power management, e.g. Transmission Power Control [TPC] or power classes
    • H04W52/04—Transmission power control [TPC]
    • H04W52/38—TPC being performed in particular situations
    • H04W52/42—TPC being performed in particular situations in systems with time, space, frequency or polarisation diversity
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W52/00—Power management, e.g. Transmission Power Control [TPC] or power classes
    • H04W52/04—Transmission power control [TPC]
    • H04W52/18—TPC being performed according to specific parameters
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W52/00—Power management, e.g. Transmission Power Control [TPC] or power classes
    • H04W52/04—Transmission power control [TPC]
    • H04W52/30—Transmission power control [TPC] using constraints in the total amount of available transmission power
    • H04W52/34—TPC management, i.e. sharing limited amount of power among users or channels or data types, e.g. cell loading
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L5/00—Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
    • H04L5/003—Arrangements for allocating sub-channels of the transmission path
    • H04L5/0048—Allocation of pilot signals, i.e. of signals known to the receiver
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W24/00—Supervisory, monitoring or testing arrangements
    • H04W24/08—Testing, supervising or monitoring using real traffic
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W52/00—Power management, e.g. Transmission Power Control [TPC] or power classes
    • H04W52/04—Transmission power control [TPC]
    • H04W52/06—TPC algorithms
    • H04W52/10—Open loop power control
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W52/00—Power management, e.g. Transmission Power Control [TPC] or power classes
    • H04W52/04—Transmission power control [TPC]
    • H04W52/06—TPC algorithms
    • H04W52/14—Separate analysis of uplink or downlink
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W52/00—Power management, e.g. Transmission Power Control [TPC] or power classes
    • H04W52/04—Transmission power control [TPC]
    • H04W52/06—TPC algorithms
    • H04W52/14—Separate analysis of uplink or downlink
    • H04W52/146—Uplink power control
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W52/00—Power management, e.g. Transmission Power Control [TPC] or power classes
    • H04W52/04—Transmission power control [TPC]
    • H04W52/06—TPC algorithms
    • H04W52/16—Deriving transmission power values from another channel
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W52/00—Power management, e.g. Transmission Power Control [TPC] or power classes
    • H04W52/04—Transmission power control [TPC]
    • H04W52/18—TPC being performed according to specific parameters
    • H04W52/28—TPC being performed according to specific parameters using user profile, e.g. mobile speed, priority or network state, e.g. standby, idle or non-transmission
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W52/00—Power management, e.g. Transmission Power Control [TPC] or power classes
    • H04W52/04—Transmission power control [TPC]
    • H04W52/30—Transmission power control [TPC] using constraints in the total amount of available transmission power
    • H04W52/32—TPC of broadcast or control channels
    • H04W52/325—Power control of control or pilot channels
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W52/00—Power management, e.g. Transmission Power Control [TPC] or power classes
    • H04W52/04—Transmission power control [TPC]
    • H04W52/30—Transmission power control [TPC] using constraints in the total amount of available transmission power
    • H04W52/34—TPC management, i.e. sharing limited amount of power among users or channels or data types, e.g. cell loading
    • H04W52/346—TPC management, i.e. sharing limited amount of power among users or channels or data types, e.g. cell loading distributing total power among users or channels
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W52/00—Power management, e.g. Transmission Power Control [TPC] or power classes
    • H04W52/04—Transmission power control [TPC]
    • H04W52/30—Transmission power control [TPC] using constraints in the total amount of available transmission power
    • H04W52/36—Transmission power control [TPC] using constraints in the total amount of available transmission power with a discrete range or set of values, e.g. step size, ramping or offsets
    • H04W52/367—Power values between minimum and maximum limits, e.g. dynamic range
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W64/00—Locating users or terminals or network equipment for network management purposes, e.g. mobility management
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00—Local resource management
    • H04W72/04—Wireless resource allocation
    • H04W72/044—Wireless resource allocation based on the type of the allocated resource
    • H04W72/0457—Variable allocation of band or rate
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00—Local resource management
    • H04W72/04—Wireless resource allocation
    • H04W72/044—Wireless resource allocation based on the type of the allocated resource
    • H04W72/0473—Wireless resource allocation based on the type of the allocated resource the resource being transmission power
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W52/00—Power management, e.g. Transmission Power Control [TPC] or power classes
    • H04W52/04—Transmission power control [TPC]
    • H04W52/18—TPC being performed according to specific parameters
    • H04W52/24—TPC being performed according to specific parameters using SIR [Signal to Interference Ratio] or other wireless path parameters
    • H04W52/242—TPC being performed according to specific parameters using SIR [Signal to Interference Ratio] or other wireless path parameters taking into account path loss
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W76/00—Connection management
    • H04W76/10—Connection setup
    • H04W76/15—Setup of multiple wireless link connections

Definitions

  • the present application relates to the field of wireless communications, and in particular, to a power control method and a communication device.
  • time difference positioning technology may mean that the network device measures the reference signal from the terminal device to obtain the time difference information of the reference signal arriving at the network device, and positions the terminal device based on the time difference information.
  • the positioning accuracy based on time difference positioning technology is related to the bandwidth and power of the sounding reference signal (SRS) sent by the terminal equipment.
  • SRS sounding reference signal
  • the power control method and communication device provided by the embodiments of the present application can optimize the power control scheme for the terminal equipment to send reference signals to improve positioning accuracy.
  • a power control method may be executed by a first terminal device, or may be executed by a component of the first terminal device, such as a processor, a chip, or a chip system of the first terminal device. It may also be executed by It is implemented by a logic module or software that can realize all or part of the functions of the first terminal device.
  • the following description takes the method being executed by the first terminal device as an example.
  • the method includes: the first terminal device determines the proportional relationship between the target transmission power corresponding to the first frequency domain unit and the target transmission power corresponding to the second frequency domain unit, and determines the target transmission corresponding to the first frequency domain resource according to the proportional relationship. power and the target transmit power corresponding to the second frequency domain resource.
  • the first terminal device can determine the proportional relationship between the target transmission power corresponding to each of the multiple frequency domain units that transmit the reference signal, and determine the multiple frequency domain based on the proportional relationship.
  • the target transmit power corresponding to each frequency domain resource in the resource can prevent the terminal device from prioritizing the transmit power of the reference signal for the frequency domain resource corresponding to the PCell, and thus avoid the corresponding target transmit power for each frequency domain resource in the multiple frequency domain resources.
  • the transmission power difference is too large, which can reduce the position estimation error and thereby improve the positioning accuracy. Therefore, based on the power control method provided by the embodiment of the present application, the power control scheme for the terminal device to send the reference signal can be optimized to improve positioning accuracy.
  • the power control method provided by the first aspect also includes:
  • the first terminal device receives first indication information from the second device.
  • the first indication information is used to instruct the first terminal device to determine the target transmission power corresponding to the first frequency domain resource and the target transmission power corresponding to the second frequency domain resource according to the proportional relationship. Send power.
  • the first indication information includes a proportional relationship between the target transmission power corresponding to the first frequency domain unit and the target transmission power corresponding to the second frequency domain unit.
  • the power control method provided by the first aspect further includes:
  • the first terminal device sends capability information to the second device, and the capability information is used to indicate that the first terminal device has the ability to send reference signals according to a proportional relationship between target transmit powers corresponding to different frequency domain units.
  • the power control method provided by the first aspect also includes:
  • the first terminal device transmits the reference signal on the first frequency domain resource with the target transmission power corresponding to the first frequency domain resource, and transmits the reference signal on the second frequency domain resource with the target transmission power corresponding to the second frequency domain resource.
  • the first frequency domain resource is the resource corresponding to the activated bandwidth part BWP of the first cell to which the first terminal device is connected
  • the second frequency domain resource is the activation of the second cell to which the first terminal device is connected.
  • Resources corresponding to BWP; or, the first frequency domain resources are frequency domain resources corresponding to the first carrier to which the first terminal device is connected, and the second frequency domain resources are frequency domain resources corresponding to the second carrier to which the first terminal device is connected.
  • the sub-frequency domain resources are resource blocks RB or resource elements RE.
  • the first terminal device determines the target transmit power corresponding to the first frequency domain resource and the target transmit power corresponding to the second frequency domain resource according to the proportional relationship, including:
  • the first terminal device obtains information corresponding to the first frequency domain resource and/or the second frequency domain resource;
  • the first terminal device determines the target transmit power corresponding to the first frequency domain resource and the target transmit power corresponding to the second frequency domain resource according to the information corresponding to the first frequency domain resource and/or the second frequency domain resource and the proportional relationship.
  • the proportional relationship between the target transmit power corresponding to the first frequency domain unit and the target transmit power corresponding to the second frequency domain unit includes the target transmit power corresponding to the first frequency domain unit and the target transmit power corresponding to the second frequency domain unit.
  • the target transmit power corresponding to the domain units is the same.
  • the first frequency domain unit is a first frequency domain resource
  • the second frequency domain unit is a second frequency domain resource
  • the first terminal device uses the first frequency domain resource and/or the second frequency domain
  • the information corresponding to the resources, and the proportional relationship between the target transmit power corresponding to the first frequency domain unit and the target transmit power corresponding to the second frequency domain unit determine the target transmit power corresponding to the first frequency domain resource and the corresponding target transmit power of the second frequency domain resource.
  • the target transmit power includes:
  • the first terminal device is based on the proportional relationship between the transmission power corresponding to the first frequency domain resource and/or the second frequency domain resource, and the target transmission power corresponding to the first frequency domain unit and the target transmission power corresponding to the second frequency domain unit. Determine the target transmit power corresponding to the first frequency domain resource and the target transmit power corresponding to the second frequency domain resource.
  • the target transmit power corresponding to the second frequency domain resource is the same as the target transmit power corresponding to the first frequency domain resource.
  • the target transmission power corresponding to the resource is the minimum value between the first transmission power and the second transmission power;
  • the first frequency domain resources are resources corresponding to the activated BWP of the first cell to which the first terminal device is connected
  • the second frequency domain resources are resources corresponding to the activated BWP of the second cell to which the first terminal device is connected
  • the first transmit power is The maximum average transmit power allowed by a terminal device under transmission opportunity i;
  • the first frequency domain resource is a frequency domain resource corresponding to the first carrier to which the first terminal device is connected
  • the second frequency domain resource is a frequency domain resource corresponding to the second carrier to which the first terminal device is connected
  • the first transmission power is The maximum average transmit power allowed by a terminal device
  • the second transmit power is the difference between the transmit power corresponding to the first frequency domain resource and the transmit power corresponding to the second frequency domain resource. the average or maximum value; or, the second transmit power is the transmit power corresponding to the first frequency domain resource or the second frequency domain resource; or the second transmit power is the first terminal device according to the first frequency domain resource or the second frequency domain resource.
  • the transmit power corresponding to the frequency domain resource is determined.
  • the first frequency domain unit is a first frequency domain resource
  • the second frequency domain unit is a second frequency domain resource
  • the first terminal device uses the first frequency domain resource and/or the second frequency domain
  • the information corresponding to the resources, and the proportional relationship between the target transmit power corresponding to the first frequency domain unit and the target transmit power corresponding to the second frequency domain unit determine the target transmit power corresponding to the first frequency domain resource and the corresponding target transmit power of the second frequency domain resource.
  • the target transmit power includes: the transmit power corresponding to the first terminal device according to the first frequency domain resource and/or the second frequency domain resource, and the target transmit power corresponding to the first frequency domain unit and the target corresponding to the second frequency domain unit.
  • the proportional relationship between the transmit powers determines the target transmit power corresponding to the first frequency domain resource and the target transmit power corresponding to the second frequency domain resource, and the target transmit power corresponding to the second frequency domain resource and the target transmit power corresponding to the first frequency domain resource.
  • the power is the same, and the target transmission power corresponding to the first frequency domain resource is the minimum value between the first transmission power and the second transmission power.
  • the first transmit power is the maximum average transmit power determined according to the maximum transmit power allowed by the first terminal device, or the first transmit power is the transmit power allocated according to at least one signal or channel with a priority higher than the reference signal and the first transmit power.
  • the remaining average transmit power is determined by the maximum transmit power allowed by the terminal device.
  • the second transmit power is the average or maximum value between the transmit power corresponding to the first frequency domain resource and the transmit power corresponding to the second frequency domain resource; or, the second transmit power is the first frequency domain resource or the second frequency domain The transmit power corresponding to the resource; or, the second transmit power is determined by the first terminal device according to the transmit power corresponding to the first frequency domain resource or the second frequency domain resource.
  • the first frequency domain resource is a resource corresponding to the activated BWP of the first cell to which the first terminal device is connected
  • the second frequency domain resource is a resource corresponding to the activated BWP of the second cell to which the first terminal device is connected.
  • the first transmit power is the maximum average transmit power determined based on the maximum transmit power allowed by the first terminal device at the transmission opportunity i of transmitting the reference signal; or, the first transmit power is determined based on at least one with a priority higher than the reference signal
  • the remaining average transmit power is determined by the assigned transmit power of a signal or channel and the maximum transmit power allowed by the first terminal device at the transmission opportunity i.
  • the first frequency domain resource is a frequency domain resource corresponding to the first carrier to which the first terminal device is connected
  • the second frequency domain resource is a frequency domain resource corresponding to the second carrier to which the first terminal device is connected.
  • the first transmit power is the maximum average transmit power determined according to the maximum transmit power allowed by the first terminal device, or the first transmit power is the transmit power allocated according to at least one signal or channel with a priority higher than the reference signal and the first terminal The remaining average transmit power is determined by the maximum transmit power allowed by the device.
  • the first transmit power is determined according to the allocable transmit power of the first terminal device.
  • the allocable transmit power of the first terminal device is the maximum transmit power allowed by the first terminal device, or the allocable transmit power of the first terminal device is the transmit power allocated according to at least one signal or channel with a priority higher than the reference signal. and the remaining transmit power determined by the maximum transmit power allowed by the first terminal device.
  • the allocable transmit power of the first terminal device is the remaining transmit power determined based on the transmit power allocated to at least one signal or channel with a higher priority than the reference signal.
  • At least one signal or channel with a higher priority than the reference signal may include: a physical random access channel (PRACH), a channel used to transmit channel state information (channel state information, CSI), or a channel used to transmit channel state information (CSI).
  • PRACH physical random access channel
  • CSI channel state information
  • CSI channel state information
  • PUSCH that transmits hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ) acknowledgment (ACK) information, etc.
  • HARQ hybrid automatic repeat request
  • At least one signal or channel with a higher priority than the reference signal may include: PSCCH, PSSCH, or PSFCH, etc. used to transmit CSI.
  • at least one signal or channel with a higher priority than the reference signal may be a signal or channel agreed upon by the SL-related protocol; or, at least one signal or channel with a higher priority than the reference signal may be configured by the second device to the first terminal device. of.
  • the allocable transmit power of the first terminal device is the remaining transmit power determined according to the power offset value.
  • the power offset value may be agreed upon in a protocol, negotiated in advance between the first terminal device and the second device, or preconfigured by the first terminal device.
  • the allocable transmit power of the first terminal device may be the remaining transmit power determined based on the power offset value and the maximum transmit power allowed by the first terminal device.
  • the allocable transmit power of the first terminal device may be: a difference or a product value between the maximum transmit power allowed by the first terminal device and the power offset.
  • the allocable transmit power of the first terminal device may be based on the power offset value, the maximum transmit power allowed by the first terminal device, and at least one signal or channel with a higher priority than the reference signal. The remaining transmit power determined by the allocated transmit power.
  • the allocable transmit power of the first terminal device may be the maximum value between the first difference value and the second difference value.
  • the first difference is the difference between the maximum transmission power allowed by the first terminal equipment and the power offset
  • the second difference is the maximum transmission power allowed by the first terminal equipment and at least one with a priority higher than the reference signal. The difference between the assigned transmit power of a signal or channel.
  • the first frequency domain unit is a sub-frequency domain resource of the first frequency domain resource
  • the second frequency domain unit is a sub-frequency domain resource of the second frequency domain resource
  • the first terminal device is based on the first frequency domain resource.
  • the information corresponding to the frequency domain resource and/or the second frequency domain resource, and the proportional relationship between the target transmission power corresponding to the first frequency domain unit and the target transmission power corresponding to the second frequency domain unit determines the corresponding information of the first frequency domain resource.
  • the target transmit power and the target transmit power corresponding to the second frequency domain resource include:
  • the first terminal device determines based on the proportional relationship between the size information of the first frequency domain resource, the size information of the second frequency domain resource, and the target transmission power corresponding to the first frequency domain unit and the target transmission power corresponding to the second frequency domain unit.
  • the target transmit power corresponding to the first frequency domain resource and the target transmit power corresponding to the second frequency domain resource are based on the proportional relationship between the size information of the first frequency domain resource, the size information of the second frequency domain resource, and the target transmission power corresponding to the first frequency domain unit and the target transmission power corresponding to the second frequency domain unit.
  • the first frequency domain resources are resources corresponding to the activated BWP of the first cell to which the first terminal device is connected
  • the second frequency domain resources are resources corresponding to the activated BWP of the second cell to which the first terminal device is connected.
  • the resource size information includes the number of sub-frequency domain resources in the activated BWP of the first cell
  • the size information of the second frequency domain resource includes the number of sub-frequency domain resources in the activated BWP of the second cell.
  • the first frequency domain resource is a frequency domain resource corresponding to the first carrier to which the first terminal device is connected
  • the second frequency domain resource is a frequency domain resource corresponding to the second carrier to which the first terminal device is connected
  • the first frequency domain resource is The size information includes the number of sub-frequency domain resources of the first carrier
  • the size information of the second frequency domain resource includes the number of sub-frequency domain resources of the second carrier.
  • the first frequency domain unit is a sub-frequency domain resource of the first frequency domain resource
  • the second frequency domain unit is a sub-frequency domain resource of the second frequency domain resource
  • the first terminal device is based on the first frequency domain resource. Determining the target transmit power corresponding to the first frequency domain resource and the target transmit power corresponding to the second frequency domain resource according to the information corresponding to the frequency domain resource and/or the second frequency domain resource, and the proportional relationship, including: the first terminal device according to the first The proportional relationship between the number of sub-frequency domain resources of the frequency domain resource and the total number corresponding to the multiple sub-frequency domain resources, and the relationship between the number of sub-frequency shift resources of the second frequency domain resource and the total number corresponding to the multiple sub-frequency domain resources.
  • the target transmit power corresponding to the first frequency domain resource and the target transmit power corresponding to the second frequency domain resource are determined.
  • multiple sub-frequency domains The resources include each sub-frequency domain resource within the first frequency domain resource and each sub-frequency domain resource within the second frequency domain resource. It can be understood that multiple sub-frequency domain resources may also refer to all sub-frequency domain resources corresponding to the reference signal that need to be sent under the same transmission opportunity i.
  • the target transmission power corresponding to the first frequency domain resource or the second frequency domain resource is based on the number of sub-frequency domain resources included in the first frequency domain resource or the second frequency domain resource and the reference signal that needs to be sent at the same transmission opportunity.
  • the proportional relationship between the corresponding quantities of all sub-frequency domain resources is determined, thereby making the corresponding transmission power on each sub-frequency domain resource in all sub-frequency domain resources consistent, thereby improving the second device's ability to receive transmissions on each frequency domain resource.
  • the power consistency of the reference signal achieves improved positioning accuracy.
  • the first frequency domain resource is a resource corresponding to the activated BWP of the first cell to which the first terminal device is connected
  • the second frequency domain resource is a resource corresponding to the activated BWP of the second cell to which the first terminal device is connected.
  • the target transmit power corresponding to the first frequency domain resource or the second frequency domain resource is Alternatively, the target transmit power corresponding to the first frequency domain resource or the second frequency domain resource is PCMAX (i)+10log 10 (M SRS,b_m,f_m,c_m (i)/ ⁇ M SRS (i)).
  • the target transmit power corresponding to the first frequency domain resource or the second frequency domain resource is Alternatively, the target transmit power corresponding to the first frequency domain resource or the second frequency domain resource is ⁇ P(i)+10log 10 (M SRS,b_m,f_m,c_m (i)/ ⁇ M SRS (i)).
  • P CMAX (i) is the maximum transmission power allowed by the first terminal device at the transmission timing i of transmitting the reference signal
  • ⁇ P (i) is the transmission power allocated according to at least one signal or channel with a higher priority than the reference signal
  • ⁇ M SRS (i) is the number of sub-frequency domain resources in the activated BWP of the first cell and the number of sub-frequency domain resources in the activated BWP of the second cell at the transmission timing i.
  • M SRS,b_m,f_m,c_m (i) is the sub-frequency within the activated BWPb_m of the carrier f_m of the first cell c_m at the transmission timing i.
  • M SRS, b_m, f_m, c_m (i) is the active BWPb_m of the carrier f_m of the second cell c_m at the transmission timing i.
  • the number of frequency domain resources is the number of frequency domain resources.
  • the first frequency domain resource is a resource corresponding to the activated BWP of the first cell to which the first terminal device is connected
  • the second frequency domain resource is a resource corresponding to the activated BWP of the second cell to which the first terminal device is connected.
  • ⁇ SRS,b_m,f_m,c_m satisfy the following relationship: or or
  • P CMAX (i) is the maximum transmission power allowed by the first terminal device at the transmission timing i of transmitting the reference signal
  • ⁇ P (i) is the transmission power allocated according to at least one signal or channel with a higher priority than the reference signal
  • ⁇ M SRS (i) is the number of sub-frequency domain resources in the activated BWP of the first cell and the number of sub-frequency domain resources in the activated BWP of the second cell at the transmission timing i.
  • the first frequency domain resource is a frequency domain resource corresponding to the first carrier to which the first terminal device is connected
  • the second frequency domain resource is a frequency domain resource corresponding to the second carrier to which the first terminal device is connected.
  • the target transmit power corresponding to the first frequency domain resource or the second frequency domain resource is Alternatively, the target transmit power corresponding to the first frequency domain resource or the second frequency domain resource is PCMAX +10log 10 (M PRS_n (i)/ ⁇ M PRS (i)).
  • the target transmit power corresponding to the first frequency domain resource or the second frequency domain resource is Alternatively, the target transmit power corresponding to the first frequency domain resource or the second frequency domain resource is ⁇ P+10log 10 (M PRS_n (i)/ ⁇ M PRS (i)).
  • PCMAX is the maximum transmission power allowed by the first terminal equipment
  • ⁇ P is the transmission power allocated according to at least one signal or channel with a priority higher than the reference signal and the remaining transmission power determined by PCMAX
  • ⁇ M PRS (i) is The sum of the number of sub-frequency domain resources of the first carrier and the number of sub-frequency domain resources of the second carrier at transmission timing i; when n in PRS_n is the index value of the first carrier, M PRS_n (i) is The number of sub-frequency domain resources of the first carrier f_n at the transmission opportunity i; when n in PRS_n is the index value of the second carrier, M PRS_n (i) is the sub-frequency domain of the second carrier f_n at the transmission opportunity i The amount of resources.
  • the first frequency domain resource is a frequency domain resource corresponding to the first carrier to which the first terminal device is connected
  • the second frequency domain resource is a frequency domain resource corresponding to the second carrier to which the first terminal device is connected.
  • the target transmit power corresponding to the first frequency domain resource or the second frequency domain resource is P′ PRS_n (i).
  • P CMAX is the maximum transmission power allowed by the first terminal equipment
  • ⁇ P is the reference signal according to the priority level.
  • ⁇ M PRS (i) is the number of sub-frequency domain resources of the first carrier and the sub-frequency domain resources of the second carrier at the transmission opportunity i
  • the transmission power of The target transmit power corresponding to the second frequency domain resource P PRS_n (i) is the transmit power corresponding to the second frequency domain resource, and M PRS_n (i) is the number of sub-frequency domain resources of the second carrier f_n under the transmission opportunity i.
  • the first frequency domain unit is a sub-frequency domain resource of the first frequency domain resource
  • the second frequency domain unit is a sub-frequency domain resource of the second frequency domain resource
  • the first terminal device determines based on the information corresponding to the first frequency domain resource and/or the second frequency domain resource, and the proportional relationship between the target transmit power corresponding to the first frequency domain unit and the target transmit power corresponding to the second frequency domain unit.
  • the target transmit power corresponding to the first frequency domain resource and the target transmit power corresponding to the second frequency domain resource include:
  • the first terminal device uses the size information of the first frequency domain resource, the size information of the second frequency domain resource, the transmit power corresponding to the first frequency domain resource and/or the second frequency domain resource, and the target corresponding to the first frequency domain unit.
  • the proportional relationship between the transmit power and the target transmit power corresponding to the second frequency domain unit determines the target transmit power corresponding to the first frequency domain resource and the target transmit power corresponding to the second frequency domain resource.
  • the first frequency domain resources are resources corresponding to the activated BWP of the first cell to which the first terminal device is connected
  • the second frequency domain resources are resources corresponding to the activated BWP of the second cell to which the first terminal device is connected.
  • the resource size information includes the number of sub-frequency domain resources in the activated BWP of the first cell
  • the size information of the second frequency domain resource includes the number of sub-frequency domain resources in the activated BWP of the second cell.
  • the first frequency domain resource is a frequency domain resource corresponding to the first carrier to which the first terminal device is connected
  • the second frequency domain resource is a frequency domain resource corresponding to the second carrier to which the first terminal device is connected
  • the first frequency domain resource is The size information includes the number of sub-frequency domain resources of the first carrier
  • the size information of the second frequency domain resource includes the number of sub-frequency domain resources of the second carrier.
  • the first frequency domain unit is a sub-frequency domain resource of the first frequency domain resource
  • the second frequency domain unit is a sub-frequency domain resource of the second frequency domain resource
  • the first terminal device is based on the first frequency domain resource. Determining the target transmit power corresponding to the first frequency domain resource and the target transmit power corresponding to the second frequency domain resource according to the information corresponding to the frequency domain resource and/or the second frequency domain resource, and the proportional relationship, including: the first terminal device according to the first the proportional relationship between the transmission power corresponding to the frequency domain resource and the total transmission power corresponding to the multiple frequency domain resources, the proportional relationship between the transmission power of the second frequency domain resource and the total transmission power corresponding to the multiple frequency domain resources, and The allocable transmit power of the first terminal device determines the target transmit power corresponding to the first frequency domain resource and the target transmit power corresponding to the second frequency domain resource.
  • the plurality of frequency domain resources include first frequency domain resources and second frequency domain resources.
  • the target transmit power corresponding to the first frequency domain resource or the second frequency domain resource is the ratio of the sum of the transmit power corresponding to each frequency domain resource and the sum of the transmit power corresponding to each frequency domain resource under the existing power control scheme.
  • the relationship is certain.
  • the first frequency domain resource is a resource corresponding to the activated BWP of the first cell to which the first terminal device is connected
  • the second frequency domain resource is a resource corresponding to the activated BWP of the second cell to which the first terminal device is connected.
  • P CMAX (i) is the maximum transmission power allowed by the first terminal device at the transmission opportunity i
  • ⁇ P (i) is the transmission power allocated according to at least one signal or channel with a priority higher than the reference signal
  • P CMAX (i ) is the sum of the transmit power corresponding to the activated BWP of the first cell and the transmit power corresponding to the activated BWP of the second cell under transmission opportunity i.
  • P′ SRS,b_m,f_m,c_m (i,q s_m ) is the target transmit power corresponding to the first frequency domain resource
  • P SRS,b_m,f_m, c_m (i,q s_m ) is the transmit power corresponding to the first frequency domain resource
  • q s_m is the index corresponding to the reference signal resource or resource set in the first cell.
  • P′ SRS,b_m,f_m,c_m (i,q s_m ) is the target transmit power corresponding to the second frequency domain resource
  • P SRS,b_m,f_m, c_m (i, q s_m ) is the transmit power corresponding to the second frequency domain resource
  • q s_m is the index corresponding to the reference signal resource or resource set in the second cell.
  • the first frequency domain resource is a frequency domain resource corresponding to the first carrier to which the first terminal device is connected
  • the second frequency domain resource is a frequency domain resource corresponding to the second carrier to which the first terminal device is connected.
  • P CMAX is the maximum transmission power allowed by the first terminal equipment
  • ⁇ P is the transmission power allocated based on at least one signal or channel with a priority higher than the reference signal and the remaining transmission power determined by P CMAX
  • ⁇ P PRS (i) is The sum of the transmission power corresponding to the first carrier and the transmission power corresponding to the second carrier at transmission timing i.
  • P′ PRS_n (i) is the target transmit power corresponding to the first frequency domain resource
  • P PRS_n (i) is the transmit power corresponding to the first frequency domain resource
  • P′ PRS_n (i) is the target transmit power corresponding to the second frequency domain resource
  • P PRS_n (i) is the transmit power corresponding to the second frequency domain resource.
  • the first frequency domain unit is a sub-frequency domain resource of the first frequency domain resource
  • the second frequency domain unit is a sub-frequency domain resource of the second frequency domain resource
  • the first terminal device is based on the first frequency domain resource.
  • the information corresponding to the frequency domain resource and/or the second frequency domain resource, and the proportional relationship to determine the target transmission power corresponding to the first frequency domain resource and the target transmission power corresponding to the second frequency domain resource include: configuring the first terminal device When the open-loop power control parameter corresponding to the first frequency domain resource is not configured, and the open-loop power control parameter corresponding to the second frequency domain resource is not configured, the first terminal device uses the open-loop power control parameter and the sub-parameter of the first frequency domain resource.
  • the proportional relationship between the number of frequency domain resources and the total number corresponding to multiple sub-frequency domain resources, and the remaining transmission power determines the target transmission power corresponding to the first frequency domain resource.
  • the first terminal device determines according to the proportional relationship between the target transmit power corresponding to the first frequency domain resource and the number of sub-frequency domain resources of the second frequency domain resource and the number of sub-frequency domain resources of the first frequency domain resource, Determine the target transmit power corresponding to the second frequency domain resource.
  • the remaining transmit power is determined based on the transmit power allocated to at least one signal or channel with a priority higher than the reference signal and the maximum transmit power allowed by the first terminal device.
  • the plurality of sub-frequency domain resources include each sub-frequency domain resource within the first frequency domain resource.
  • the first frequency domain resource is a resource corresponding to the activated BWP of the first cell to which the first terminal device is connected
  • the second frequency domain resource is a resource corresponding to the activated BWP of the second cell to which the first terminal device is connected.
  • the open-loop power control parameters include the target received power of the reference signal and the path loss reference signal information corresponding to the reference signal. Source index, and path loss compensation factor corresponding to the reference signal.
  • the target transmit power corresponding to the first frequency domain resource is P′ SRS,b_m,f_m,c_m (i,q s_m ), and the target transmit power corresponding to the second frequency domain resource is in,
  • ⁇ P(i) is the remaining transmit power
  • ⁇ M SRS (i) is the number of sub-frequency domain resources in the activated BWP of the first cell and the number of sub-frequency domain resources in the activated BWP of the second cell at the transmission timing i of transmitting the reference signal.
  • the sum of the number of frequency domain resources, M SRS, b_m, f_m, c_m (i) is the number of sub-frequency domain resources in the activated BWP b_m of the carrier f_m of the first cell c_m under the transmission timing i
  • q s_m is the number of the reference signal
  • the first frequency domain unit is a sub-frequency domain resource of the first frequency domain resource
  • the second frequency domain unit is a sub-frequency domain resource of the second frequency domain resource
  • the first terminal device is based on the first frequency domain resource.
  • the information corresponding to the frequency domain resource and/or the second frequency domain resource, and the proportional relationship determine the target transmission power corresponding to the first frequency domain resource and the target transmission power corresponding to the second frequency domain resource, including: corresponding to the first frequency domain resource
  • the open-loop power control parameters of the second frequency domain resource are the same as the open-loop power control parameters corresponding to the second frequency domain resource
  • the first terminal device determines the number of sub-frequency domain resources according to the open-loop power control parameter, the number of sub-frequency domain resources of the first frequency domain resource, and the number of sub-frequency domain resources.
  • the proportional relationship between the total number of frequency domain resources, the proportional relationship between the number of sub-frequency domain resources of the second frequency domain resource and the total number of multiple sub-frequency domain resources, and the remaining transmit power determine the first frequency domain resource.
  • the remaining transmit power is determined based on the transmit power allocated to at least one signal or channel with a priority higher than the reference signal and the maximum transmit power allowed by the first terminal device.
  • the plurality of sub-frequency domain resources include each sub-frequency domain resource within the first frequency domain resource.
  • the first frequency domain resource is a resource corresponding to the activated BWP of the first cell to which the first terminal device is connected
  • the second frequency domain resource is a resource corresponding to the activated BWP of the second cell to which the first terminal device is connected.
  • the open-loop power control parameters include the target received power of the reference signal, the path loss reference signal resource index corresponding to the reference signal, and the path loss compensation factor corresponding to the reference signal.
  • the target transmission power corresponding to the first frequency domain resource or the second frequency domain resource is P′ SRS,b_m,f_m,c_m (i,q s_m ).
  • ⁇ P(i) is the remaining transmit power
  • ⁇ M SRS (i) is the number of sub-frequency domain resources in the activated BWP of the first cell and the number of sub-frequency domain resources in the activated BWP of the second cell at the transmission timing i of transmitting the reference signal. The sum of the number of frequency domain resources.
  • P′ SRS,b_m,f_m,c_m (i,q s_m ) is the target transmit power corresponding to the first frequency domain resource
  • M SRS,b_m,f_m, c_m (i) is the number of sub-frequency domain resources within the activated BWP b_m of the carrier f_m of the first cell c_m at the transmission timing i
  • q s_m is the index corresponding to the resource or resource set of the reference signal in the first cell c_m
  • ⁇ _m is The subcarrier spacing configuration corresponding to the activated BWP b_m of the carrier f_m of the first cell c_m, is the target received power of the reference signal under the activated BWP b_m of the carrier f_m of the first cell c_m
  • ⁇ SRS,b_m,f_m,c_m (q s_m ) is the path corresponding to the
  • P′ SRS,b_m,f_m,c_m (i,q s_m ) is the target transmit power corresponding to the second frequency domain resource
  • M SRS,b_m,f_m, c_m (i) is the number of sub-frequency domain resources within the activated BWP b_m of the carrier f_m of the second cell c_m at the transmission timing i
  • q s_m is the index corresponding to the resource or resource set of the reference signal in the second cell c_m
  • ⁇ _m is The subcarrier spacing configuration corresponding to the activated BWP b_m of carrier f_m of the second cell c_m, is the target received power of the reference signal under the activated BWP b_m of the carrier f_m of the second cell c_m
  • ⁇ SRS,b_m,f_m,c_m (q s_m ) is the path corresponding to the reference
  • the power control method provided in the first aspect further includes: the first terminal device sending third indication information to the second device, and the third indication information is used to instruct the first terminal device to send the reference signal at the same time. , and at least one signal or channel with a higher priority than the reference signal; or, the third indication information is used to indicate that there is data transmission at the transmission opportunity of sending the reference signal; or, the third indication information is used to indicate that there is a priority at the transmission opportunity.
  • the third indication information is used to indicate that the transmission energy EPRE of each resource element corresponding to the first frequency domain resource and/or the second frequency domain resource under the transmission opportunity is reduced; or , the third indication information is used to indicate that the allocable transmission power of the first terminal device is reduced at the transmission opportunity; or, the third indication information is used to indicate that the power level of the first terminal device is reduced at the transmission opportunity; or, the third indication information is There is power backoff in the first terminal device at the instruction sending timing. It can be understood that the positioning accuracy based on time difference positioning technology is related to the bandwidth and power of the reference signal sent by the terminal device. When the sending power of the reference signal becomes smaller, the positioning accuracy will become lower.
  • the second device can determine that the transmit power of the reference signal is low or reduced by receiving the third indication information from the first terminal device.
  • the transmit power determined by the reference signal is The position measurement result has low accuracy and poor reliability, so that the second device can measure the credibility of the positioning measurement result corresponding to the reference signal based on the third indication information.
  • a power control method is provided.
  • the method can be executed by a first terminal device, or by a component of the first terminal device, such as a processor, a chip, or a chip system of the first terminal device. It can also be executed by a first terminal device. It is implemented by a logic module or software that can realize all or part of the functions of the first terminal device.
  • the following description takes the method being executed by the first terminal device as an example.
  • the method includes: the first terminal device determines the power adjustment coefficient corresponding to the first frequency domain resource and the transmit power corresponding to the second frequency domain resource, and determines the power adjustment coefficient corresponding to the first frequency domain resource and the transmission power corresponding to the second frequency domain resource.
  • the transmit power determines the target transmit power of the first frequency domain resource.
  • the first frequency domain resource and the second frequency domain resource are used for transmitting the reference signal.
  • the first terminal device can determine the target transmit power corresponding to the first frequency domain resource according to the power adjustment coefficient corresponding to the first frequency domain resource and the transmit power corresponding to the second frequency domain resource, so that the first terminal device
  • the reference signal can be sent with a target transmit power corresponding to the expected received power, thereby reducing the difference in received power of the reference signal on different frequency domain resources, thereby reducing the position estimation error and thereby improving positioning accuracy.
  • the power control method provided in the second aspect also includes:
  • the first terminal device receives second instruction information from the second device.
  • the second instruction information is used to instruct the first terminal device to determine the first terminal device according to the power adjustment coefficient corresponding to the first frequency domain resource and the transmit power corresponding to the second frequency domain resource.
  • the second indication information includes a power adjustment coefficient corresponding to the first frequency domain resource.
  • the power control method provided in the second aspect further includes:
  • the first terminal device sends capability information to the second device, and the capability information is used to indicate that the first terminal device has the ability to send a reference signal according to the power adjustment coefficient corresponding to the frequency domain resource.
  • the power control method provided in the second aspect also includes:
  • the first terminal device transmits the reference signal on the first frequency domain resource with the target transmit power corresponding to the first frequency domain resource, and the first terminal device transmits the reference signal on the second frequency domain resource with the transmit power corresponding to the second frequency domain resource. Signal.
  • a power control method is provided.
  • the method can be executed by a second device, or by a component of the second device, such as a processor, a chip, or a chip system of the second device. It can also be executed by a device that can implement Logic modules or software implementation of all or part of the second device functions.
  • the following description takes the method being executed by the second device as an example.
  • the method includes: the second device sends first indication information to the first terminal device, and the first indication information is used to instruct: the first terminal device transmits power according to the target corresponding to the first frequency domain unit and the target corresponding to the second frequency domain unit.
  • the proportional relationship between the transmission powers determines the target transmission power corresponding to the first frequency domain resource and the target transmission power corresponding to the second frequency domain resource.
  • the first frequency domain unit is a first frequency domain resource
  • the second frequency domain unit is a second frequency domain resource
  • the first frequency domain unit is a sub-frequency domain resource of the first frequency domain resource
  • the second frequency domain unit is a sub-frequency domain resource of the first frequency domain resource.
  • the first terminal device can determine the proportional relationship between the target transmission power corresponding to each of the multiple frequency domain units that transmit the reference signal, and determine the multiple frequency domain based on the proportional relationship.
  • the target transmit power corresponding to each frequency domain resource in the resource can prevent the terminal device from prioritizing the transmit power of the reference signal for the frequency domain resource corresponding to the PCell, and thus avoid the corresponding target transmit power for each frequency domain resource in the multiple frequency domain resources.
  • the transmission power difference is too large, which can reduce the position estimation error and thereby improve the positioning accuracy. Therefore, based on the power control method provided by the embodiment of this application, it is possible to optimize A power control scheme for terminal equipment to send reference signals to improve positioning accuracy.
  • the first indication information includes a proportional relationship between the target transmission power corresponding to the first frequency domain unit and the target transmission power corresponding to the second frequency domain unit.
  • the power control method provided in the third aspect further includes: the second device receives the capability information from the first terminal device, The capability information is used to indicate that the first terminal device has the ability to transmit the reference signal according to the proportional relationship between the target transmission powers corresponding to different frequency domain units.
  • third indication information is received from the first terminal device, and the third indication information is used to instruct the first terminal device to simultaneously send the reference signal and at least one signal or channel with a higher priority than the reference signal. ; Or, the third indication information is used to indicate that there is data transmission at the transmission opportunity of sending the reference signal; or, the third indication information is used to indicate that there is the transmission of at least one signal or channel with a priority higher than the reference signal at the transmission opportunity; or , the third indication information is used to indicate that the transmission energy EPRE of each resource element corresponding to the first frequency domain resource and/or the second frequency domain resource under the transmission opportunity is reduced; or, the third indication information is used to indicate that the first terminal under the transmission opportunity
  • the allocable transmit power of the device is reduced; or the third indication information is used to indicate that the power level of the first terminal device is reduced at the transmission opportunity; or the third indication information is used to indicate that there is power backoff of the first terminal device at the transmission opportunity.
  • a power control method is provided.
  • the method can be executed by a second device, or by a component of the second device, such as a processor, a chip, or a chip system of the second device. It can also be executed by a device that can implement Logic modules or software implementation of all or part of the second device functions.
  • the following description takes the method being executed by the second device as an example.
  • the method includes: the second device sends second indication information to the first terminal device, and the second indication information is used to instruct the first terminal device to send the power adjustment coefficient corresponding to the first frequency domain resource and the second frequency domain resource.
  • Power determine the target transmit power of the first frequency domain resource. Wherein, the first frequency domain resource and the second frequency domain resource are used for transmitting the reference signal.
  • the first terminal device can determine the target transmit power corresponding to the first frequency domain resource according to the power adjustment coefficient corresponding to the first frequency domain resource and the transmit power corresponding to the second frequency domain resource, so that the first terminal device
  • the reference signal can be sent with a target transmit power corresponding to the expected received power, thereby reducing the difference in received power of the reference signal on different frequency domain resources, thereby reducing the position estimation error and thereby improving positioning accuracy.
  • the second indication information includes a power adjustment coefficient corresponding to the first frequency domain resource.
  • the power control method provided in the fourth aspect further includes: the second device receives the capability information from the first terminal device, The capability information is used to indicate that the first terminal device has the ability to send the reference signal according to the power adjustment coefficient corresponding to the frequency domain resource.
  • a communication device for implementing the various methods mentioned above.
  • the communication device may be the first terminal device in the first aspect or the second aspect, or a device including the first terminal device, or a device included in the first terminal device, such as a chip; or, the communication device may be
  • the second of the above-mentioned third aspect or the fourth aspect is a device, or a device including the above-mentioned second device, or a device included in the above-mentioned second device.
  • the communication device includes corresponding modules, units, or means (means) for implementing the above method.
  • the modules, units, or means can be implemented by hardware, software, or by hardware executing corresponding software.
  • the hardware or software includes one or more modules or units corresponding to the above functions.
  • the communication device may include a processing module and a transceiver module.
  • the transceiver module which can also be called a transceiver unit, is used to implement any of the above aspects and the transmission and/or reception in any possible implementation manner. collection function.
  • the transceiver module can be composed of a transceiver circuit, a transceiver, a transceiver or a communication interface.
  • This processing module can be used to implement the processing functions in any of the above aspects and any possible implementation manner thereof.
  • the transceiver module includes a sending module and a receiving module, respectively used to implement the sending and receiving functions in any of the above aspects and any possible implementation manner thereof.
  • a sixth aspect provides a communication device, including: a processor and a memory; the memory is used to store computer instructions, and when the processor executes the instructions, the communication device performs the method described in any of the above aspects.
  • the communication device may be the first terminal device in the first aspect or the second aspect, or a device including the first terminal device, or a device included in the first terminal device, such as a chip; or, the communication device may be It is the second device in the above third aspect or the fourth aspect, or a device including the above second device, or a device included in the above second device.
  • a seventh aspect provides a communication device, including: a processor and a communication interface; the communication interface is used to communicate with modules outside the communication device; the processor is used to execute computer programs or instructions to enable the communication device Perform any of the methods described above.
  • the communication device may be the first terminal device in the first aspect or the second aspect, or a device including the first terminal device, or a device included in the first terminal device, such as a chip; or, the communication device may be It is the second device in the above third aspect or the fourth aspect, or a device including the above second device, or a device included in the above second device.
  • a communication device including: at least one processor; the processor is configured to execute a computer program or instructions stored in a memory, so that the communication device executes the method described in any of the above aspects.
  • the memory may be coupled to the processor, or may be independent of the processor.
  • the communication device may be the first terminal device in the first aspect or the second aspect, or a device including the first terminal device, or a device included in the first terminal device, such as a chip; or, the communication device may be It is the second device in the above third aspect or the fourth aspect, or a device including the above second device, or a device included in the above second device.
  • a computer-readable storage medium stores computer programs or instructions. When run on a communication device, the communication device can perform the method described in any of the above aspects. .
  • a tenth aspect provides a computer program product containing instructions that, when run on a communication device, enable the communication device to perform the method described in any of the above aspects.
  • An eleventh aspect provides a communication device (for example, the communication device may be a chip or a chip system).
  • the communication device includes a processor for implementing the functions involved in any of the above aspects.
  • the communication device includes a memory for storing necessary program instructions and data.
  • the device when it is a system-on-a-chip, it may be composed of a chip or may include chips and other discrete components.
  • the communication device provided in any one of the fifth to eleventh aspects is a chip
  • the above-mentioned sending action or function can be understood as output
  • the above-mentioned receiving action or function can be understood as input.
  • a twelfth aspect provides a communication system, which includes the first terminal device described in the above aspect and the second device described in the above aspect.
  • Figure 1 is a schematic diagram of the physical layer structure of a time slot and a sub-channel in SL;
  • Figure 2 is a schematic diagram of the positioning principle of UL-TDOA
  • Figure 3 is a schematic diagram of the frequency domain resource structure of multiple carriers in CA
  • Figure 4 is an architectural schematic diagram of a power control system corresponding to the power control method provided by the embodiment of the present application;
  • Figure 5 is a schematic diagram 1 of the relationship between terminal equipment, NG-RAN equipment, LMF and AMF provided by the embodiment of the present application;
  • Figure 6 is a schematic diagram 2 of the relationship between terminal equipment, NG-RAN equipment, LMF and AMF provided by the embodiment of the present application;
  • Figure 7 is a schematic diagram of the hardware structure of a terminal device and a network device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic flowchart 1 of the power control method provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic flowchart 2 of the power control method provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 10 is a schematic structural diagram of a first terminal device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 11 is a schematic structural diagram of a second device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • OFDM orthogonal frequency division multiplexing
  • the principle of OFDM technology is: divide multiple sub-channels in the frequency domain, convert the data to be transmitted from serial to parallel, obtain multiple sets of data for parallel transmission, and then modulate each set of data to the subcarrier of each sub-channel. transfer on. Therefore, in the time domain, the data to be transmitted is transmitted through multiple subcarriers superimposed in space. The multiple subcarriers are orthogonal to each other. When receiving the signal, the multiple subcarriers can be separated, and then each subcarrier is processed separately. Demodulate to obtain the data to be transmitted.
  • the minimum frequency domain resource in the NR system is one subcarrier
  • the minimum time domain resource is one OFDM symbol.
  • T s 1/( ⁇ f ref ⁇ N f,ref )
  • ⁇ f ref 15 ⁇ 10 3 Hz
  • N f,ref 2048.
  • the transmission parameter set supported by the NR system is shown in Table 1.
  • the first column configures the subcarrier space (SCS) ⁇
  • the second column indicates the subcarrier space.
  • one frame may include subframe #0 to subframe #9. The number of consecutive OFDM symbols in each subframe is
  • one subframe may include several slots.
  • the time slots are numbered in ascending order within a subframe. Arrange, and number in ascending order within a frame arrangement.
  • a time slot there are consecutive OFDM symbols, as shown in Table 2 and Table 3.
  • timeslot in a subframe starts with the OFDM symbol in the same subframe The start of is aligned in time. For example, when one time slot includes 14 OFDM symbols, the OFDM symbols can be ordered in time order as: OFDM symbol #0 ⁇ OFDM symbol #13.
  • one subcarrier in the frequency domain and one OFDM symbol in the time domain can be defined as RE.
  • RE is the smallest granular resource of the physical layer.
  • the NR system can define 12 consecutive subcarriers as one RB.
  • RB can be called a physical resource block (PRB).
  • PRB physical resource block
  • the NR system can support the terminal device to work only part of the system bandwidth, that is, BWP.
  • the BWP may be multiple RBs in the frequency domain resources corresponding to one carrier supported by one cell.
  • a cell covered by a network device such as a next-generation radio access network (NG-RAN) device in an NR system
  • NG-RAN next-generation radio access network
  • the cell allocates a 40MHz bandwidth to carrier #1 and a 60MHz bandwidth to carrier #2 respectively.
  • the BWP can be 20MHz bandwidth in the 40MHz bandwidth corresponding to carrier #1.
  • the 20MHz bandwidth includes multiple RBs.
  • the terminal device can only be on the BWP Work.
  • the network can configure the working BWP for the terminal device through high-level signaling.
  • Each terminal device can be configured with 1 to 4 BWPs, but there is only one BWP at any time. is activated. Except for radio resource management (RRM) measurements, terminal devices only send and receive data on activated BWP.
  • RRM radio resource management
  • carrier wave As can be understood that in the embodiments of this application, “carrier wave”, “carrier frequency” and “frequency point” have the same meaning. In other words, “carrier wave”, “carrier frequency” and “frequency point” can be expressed interchangeably. They are explained uniformly here and will not be described again below.
  • the index information may correspond to the resource identifier (identity, ID) of the configured terminal device.
  • the index of the time slot can correspond to the identifier of the SRS transmission opportunity in the configured SRS resource;
  • the index of the cell can correspond to the identifier of the configured cell;
  • the index of the carrier can correspond to the identifier of the configured carrier;
  • the index of activated BWP can correspond to Configured activation BWP identification, etc.
  • the reference signal in the embodiment of this application may include the SRS adopted by version 15 (reversion15, R15) and previous versions, and the positioning reference signal (positioning sounding reference signal, pos-SRS) proposed by version 16 (reversion16, R16) that is dedicated to positioning. , or other reference signals in the future, etc.
  • SRS configuration information is used by the terminal device to send SRS.
  • the SRS configuration information can be configured by the network device, and then the SRS configuration information can be sent to the terminal device through a radio resource control (radio resource control, RRC) connection.
  • the SRS configuration information may include a method of transmitting SRS, time domain resources or frequency domain resources, etc.
  • SRS resource set and SRS resource are introduced.
  • SRS configuration information may include one or more SRS resource sets, or one or more SRS resources.
  • An SRS resource set may include one or more SRS resources.
  • An SRS resource can include one or more of the following:
  • one SRS resource can be configured with 1, 2 or 4 antenna ports.
  • Time domain position In the NR system, the time domain position includes the index and starting position of the occupied OFDM symbol, etc. Among them, the index of the OFDM symbol can indicate the number of OFDM symbols occupied by the SRS resource.
  • One SRS resource can be configured with 1, 2, 4, 8 or 12 OFDM symbols, and the starting position can be given by the field startPosition.
  • SRS resources can be divided into periodic (periodic), semi-persistent (semi-persistent) or aperiodic (aperiodic) types.
  • periodic SRS resources For semi-persistent or periodic SRS resources, one SRS resource may include a period and a time slot offset index (time slot offset) specified for the terminal device.
  • one SRS resource can occupy 4-272 RBs.
  • an SRS resource can also include the repetition factor (field repetitionFactor) of SRS transmission, the offset of the SRS resource in the frequency domain, the frequency modulation configuration of the SRS resource, etc.
  • repetition factor field repetitionFactor
  • TS 38.213 defines the transmit power of SRS sent by the terminal equipment.
  • the transmission power of the SRS sent by the terminal device can be divided into the transmission power of pos-SRS and the transmission power of other SRS except pos-SRS.
  • the following introduces the transmit power of pos-SRS and the transmit power of other SRS respectively.
  • the transmission power P SRS,b,f,c (i,q s , l) of the terminal equipment for transmitting other SRS on the activated BWP b of the carrier f of the serving cell c at the transmission opportunity i can be determined by formula (1).
  • the sending timing is the SRS sending timing in the SRS resource
  • i is the index of the time slot in the frame.
  • c is the index of the serving cell.
  • f is the index of the carrier.
  • b is the index of activated BWP.
  • q s is the resource set index of SRS.
  • l is the index of the power control state.
  • each parameter in formula (1) is defined as follows:
  • P CMAX,f,c (i) represents the maximum transmission power allowed by the terminal device on the carrier f of serving cell c at transmission opportunity i.
  • P CMAX,f,c (i) can be signaled by higher layer (such as RRC signaling) configuration.
  • the nominal power or power reference value which is the target received power expected by the network device. It may be determined by a parameter set configured by high-layer signaling, and the parameter set may include SRS-ResourceSet and SRS-ResourceSetId.
  • ⁇ represents the subcarrier spacing configuration.
  • M SRS,b,f,c (i) represents the number of RBs included in the bandwidth allocated by the SRS resource on the activated BWP b of carrier f of serving cell c at transmission timing i, M SRS,b,f,c ( i) Determined by the currently activated BWP b bandwidth and subcarrier spacing configuration ⁇ .
  • ⁇ SRS,b,f,c (q s ) represents the path loss compensation factor, which is configured by the parameter alpha in high-layer signaling.
  • the value range of ⁇ SRS,b,f,c (q s ) can be [0,1] , such as ⁇ 0,0.4,0.5,0.6,0.7,0.8,0.9,1 ⁇ .
  • the reference signal may be a downlink reference signal such as a channel state information reference signal (channel state information reference signal, CSI-RS) or a synchronization signal block (Synchronization Signal/PBCH Block, SSB).
  • CSI-RS channel state information reference signal
  • SSB Synchronization Signal/PBCH Block
  • h b, f, c (i, l) represents the activated BWP of SRS power control adjustment level of carrier f of serving cell c under transmission timing i, h b, f, c (i, l) and whether the terminal equipment is configured It is related to physical uplink shared channel (PUSCH) transmission.
  • PUSCH physical uplink shared channel
  • the transmit power of pos-SRS does not consider the power control adjustment level.
  • the transmission power P SRS,b,f,c (i,q s ) of the terminal device when transmitting pos-SRS on the activated BWP b of the carrier f of the serving cell c at the transmission timing i can be determined by formula (2).
  • each parameter in formula (2) can refer to the definition of each parameter in formula (1), which will not be described again here.
  • the terminal device can send SRS to the neighboring network device to achieve positioning.
  • the neighboring cell network equipment may refer to the network equipment of a neighboring cell covering the terminal device.
  • the reference signal resources corresponding to PL b, f, c (q d ) in the formula (1) are the reference corresponding to the activated BWP of the neighboring cell covered by the neighboring cell network equipment.
  • sending opportunity and “transmission opportunity” have the same meaning and can be expressed interchangeably. They are explained uniformly here and will not be described again below.
  • SL can be called a side link, a through link, a secondary link or a side link, etc.
  • SL is a link introduced to support direct communication between devices.
  • SL can be used in device-to-device (D2D) communication scenarios and in vehicle-to-everything (V2X) scenarios.
  • D2D device-to-device
  • V2X vehicle-to-everything
  • terminal device #1 and terminal device #2 can be directly connected through SL.
  • the interface between terminal device #1 and terminal device #2 is PC5, and the PC5
  • the relevant specifications of the interface are specified by the SL protocol.
  • SL mainly consists of physical sidelink control channel (PSCCH), physical sidelink shared channel (PSSCH), and physical sidelink feedback channel (physical Sidelink feedback channel, PSFCH) and other components.
  • PSCCH physical sidelink control channel
  • PSSCH physical sidelink shared channel
  • PSFCH physical Sidelink feedback channel
  • working mode one there are two resource allocation modes: working mode one and working mode two.
  • the two working modes are introduced below.
  • Working mode 1 The terminal device performs data transmission in the RRC connection state, and the transmission resources are controlled by the network device. Among them, the network device schedules transmission resources for transmitting SL control information and data.
  • the terminal device sends an SL scheduling request (SR) and an SL buffer status report (BSR) to the network device, and then the network device determines the amount of data required for SL communication of the terminal device based on the SL BSR. and estimate the resources required for transmission.
  • the network device can use the configured SL-radio network temporary identifier (SL-RNTI) to schedule transmission resources for SL communication.
  • Working mode two The terminal device selects resources from the resource pool and sends SL control information and data information. Among them, once the terminal device selects a resource in the resource pool, the selected resource will be valid throughout the SL control period. After the SL control period ends, the terminal device can perform resource selection again.
  • the scenario in which the terminal device selects resources from the resource pool may be: the terminal device is not within the coverage of the network device; or the terminal device is within the coverage of the network device but is not in the RRC connection state.
  • This application implements The example does not specifically limit this.
  • the scenario in which the terminal device is within the coverage of the network device but not in the RRC connection state may be: a radio link failure (RLF) occurs between the terminal device and the network device, or a radio link failure (RLF) occurs between the terminal device and the network device.
  • RLF radio link failure
  • RLF radio link failure
  • the communication modes in SL can be divided into: unicast, multicast, and broadcast.
  • unicast may refer to one-to-one communication between two terminal devices.
  • Multicast can refer to communication between one terminal device and a group of terminal devices.
  • Broadcasting can refer to a terminal device sending information to all terminal devices within the communication range.
  • the time-frequency resources for communication between terminal equipment and terminal equipment in SL can be found in the time-frequency resources for communication between terminal equipment and network equipment in NR system.
  • the difference between the two is that the carrier in SL may not correspond to a cell.
  • the activated BWP corresponding to the carrier in the SL can be called SL BWP.
  • Figure 1 is a schematic diagram of the physical layer structure of a time slot and a sub-channel in SL.
  • one time slot can include 14 OFDM symbols.
  • the starting symbol in a time slot corresponds to the access grant channel (AGC) symbol
  • the ending symbol in the time slot corresponds to the gap (gap).
  • the symbols between the AGC and the gap can include PSCCH symbols and PSSCH symbols.
  • the PSCCH symbol is mapped starting from the lowest PRB of the PSSCH symbol and occupies the same symbol as some PSSCH symbols, but is separated in the frequency domain.
  • the PSSCH symbol will occupy the time-frequency domain resources corresponding to all symbols to send data and demodulation reference signal (de-modulation reference signal, DMRS).
  • DMRS demodulation reference signal
  • the symbol-level PSSCH power control scheme is divided into power control scheme 1 and power control scheme 2.
  • the following describes the power control scheme 1 and power control scheme 2 respectively.
  • Power control scheme 1 This scheme corresponds to the power control scheme of the first PSSCH symbol.
  • the first PSSCH symbol is a PSSCH symbol without a PSCCH symbol.
  • the terminal equipment sends the first PSSCH on the activated SL BWP b of the download wave f at the transmission timing i.
  • the transmit power of the symbol P PSSCH1 (i) can be determined by formula (3).
  • P PSSCH1 (i) min ⁇ P CMAX ,P MAX,CBR ,min(P PSSCH,D (i),P PSSCH,SL (i)) ⁇ [dBm] Formula (3)
  • each parameter in formula (3) is defined as follows:
  • PCMAX represents the maximum transmit power allowed by the terminal device.
  • P MAX,CBR represents the maximum transmit power allowed by the terminal device under the control of channel busy rate (CBR).
  • P PSSCH,D (i) represents the transmit power of the terminal equipment based on DL path loss estimation at transmission opportunity i.
  • P PSSCH,D (i) can be determined by formula (4), which is as follows:
  • P PSSCH,SL (i) represents the transmit power of the terminal equipment based on SL path loss estimation at transmission opportunity i.
  • P PSSCH,SL (i) can be determined by formula (5), which is as follows:
  • P 0,SL can be the power control value P0 indicated by the parameter sl-P0-PSSCH-PSCCH; Indicates the number of RBs occupied by the terminal equipment when transmitting the first PSSCH symbol on the activated SL BWP b of download wave f at the transmission timing i; ⁇ SL can be indicated by the parameter sl-Alpha-PSSCH-PSCCH. If this parameter is not configured, ⁇ SL The value is 1; PL SL table Indicates SL path loss.
  • PL SL can be the difference between the reference signal transmit power and the fed back reference signal receiving power (RSRP).
  • RSRP reference signal receiving power
  • PL SL can be the transmit power of PSSCH DMRS and the fed back power of the receiving terminal equipment.
  • the difference between L3-RSRP, the receiving terminal device is the terminal device that receives PSSCH DMRS.
  • Power control scheme 2 This scheme corresponds to the power control scheme of the second PSSCH symbol.
  • the second PSSCH symbol is a PSSCH symbol with a PSCCH symbol.
  • the transmit power corresponding to the second PSSCH symbol sent by the terminal equipment can be based on the RB ratio according to the above formula.
  • (3) to (5) are converted, that is, the transmission power P PSSCH2 (i) of the terminal equipment transmitting the second PSSCH symbol on the activated SL BWP b of the download wave f at the transmission timing i can be determined by formula (6).
  • each parameter in formula (6) can refer to the definition of each parameter in formulas (3) to (5), for example Indicates the number of RBs occupied by the terminal equipment when sending the second PSSCH symbol on the activated SL BWP b of download wave f at the sending opportunity i, Indicates the number of RBs occupied by the terminal equipment for transmitting PSCCH symbols on the activated SL BWP b of download wave f at transmission timing i.
  • the relevant description of other parameters will not be described here.
  • the transmission power corresponding to the PSCCH symbol sent by the terminal equipment is similar to the transmission power corresponding to the second PSSCH symbol sent by the terminal equipment, and can be converted according to the RB proportion according to the above formulas (3) to (5), that is, the terminal equipment transmits at the opportunity
  • the transmission power P PSCCH (i) of the activated SL BWP of the PSCCH symbol transmitted on the i download wave f can be determined by formula (7).
  • each parameter in formula (7) can refer to the definition of each parameter in formulas (3) to (6), and will not be described again here.
  • time difference positioning technology may include time difference positioning technology based on the participation of network devices and time difference positioning technology based on SL, which are introduced below:
  • the principle of positioning technology based on the time difference in the participation of network equipment is to perform positioning by measuring the relevant parameters of the SRS sent by the network equipment received by the terminal equipment.
  • the relevant parameter of SRS may be, for example, time difference of arrival (TDOA).
  • Time difference-based positioning technology can include uplink time difference of arrival (UL-TDOA).
  • the positioning principle of UL-TDOA is to measure the arrival time difference of SRS sent by different network devices when receiving it from the terminal device, and determine the terminal device based on the arrival time difference. location information.
  • the UL-TDOA positioning principle diagram shown in Figure 2 is used as an example to illustrate the positioning principle of UL-TDOA.
  • the terminal device can send SRS to network device #1, network device #2, and network device #3 respectively, and measure the SRS from the terminal device to network device #1, network device #2, and network device #3 respectively.
  • For the time difference between two network devices in at least two time differences can be obtained, such as the time difference between SRS reaching network device #1 and network device #2, and the time difference between SRS reaching network device #1 and network device #3.
  • the distance difference corresponding to each time difference can form a hyperbola with the corresponding two network devices as the focus, and the location of the terminal device can be estimated by using the intersection of the two hyperbola.
  • positioning technology based on time difference can also include other positioning technologies, such as positioning technology based on multi-cell round trip time (Multi-RTT) or positioning based on enhanced cell identity (E-CID) technology, the embodiments of this application do not specifically limit this.
  • Multi-RTT multi-cell round trip time
  • E-CID enhanced cell identity
  • the principle of time difference positioning technology based on SL is similar to that of time difference positioning technology based on the participation of network equipment.
  • the difference is that the terminal device does not send a reference signal to the network device, but to one or more receiving terminals that establish an SL connection with the terminal device.
  • the device sends a reference signal, and uses the time difference and/or arrival angle of the reference signal to reach the one or more receiving terminal devices to calculate the corresponding distance and/or angle, and then estimates the distance between the terminal device and the one or more receiving terminal devices based on the distance and/or angle. Or the relative position relationship between multiple receiving terminal devices. If the position of one or more receiving terminal devices is known, the absolute position of the terminal device can be obtained based on the relative position relationship.
  • the terminal device does not send a reference signal to the network device, but to one or more receiving terminals that establish an SL connection with the terminal device.
  • the device sends a reference signal, and uses the time difference and/or arrival angle of the reference signal to reach the one or more receiving terminal devices
  • the wider the signal bandwidth the higher the time resolution, and thus the higher the estimated positioning accuracy.
  • the measured time difference may be 0.5ms
  • the signal bandwidth is large
  • the measured time difference may be 0.54ms.
  • the latter has a higher time resolution of 0.54ms.
  • the positioning accuracy using 0.54ms for position estimation will also be higher than the positioning accuracy using 0.5ms for position estimation. Therefore, positioning accuracy can be improved by increasing the bandwidth of the reference signal sent by the terminal device.
  • CA carrier aggregation
  • DC dual connectivity
  • CA may refer to using frequency domain resources corresponding to multiple different carriers to send and receive data at the same time. Among them, CA can combine frequency domain resources corresponding to different carriers, thereby increasing the bandwidth of the reference signal sent by the terminal device.
  • frequency domain resources corresponding to different carriers may refer to frequency domain resources corresponding to multiple carriers with different center frequencies.
  • the frequency domain resources corresponding to different carriers may refer to frequency bands corresponding to different carriers.
  • the bandwidths of frequency bands corresponding to different carriers may be the same or different, and the frequency bands corresponding to different carriers may be continuous or discontinuous. This is not specifically limited in the embodiments of the present application.
  • the frequency domain resource corresponding to carrier #1 is frequency band #1
  • the frequency domain resource corresponding to carrier #2 is frequency band #2
  • the frequency domain resource corresponding to carrier #3 is frequency band #3.
  • the bandwidth #1 of the frequency band #1 is different from the bandwidth #2 of the frequency band #2
  • the bandwidth #2 of the frequency band #2 is the same as the bandwidth #3 of the frequency band #3.
  • Frequency band #1 and frequency band #2 are continuous, but frequency band #1 and frequency band #3 are not continuous, and frequency band #2 and frequency band #3 are not continuous.
  • each carrier may be called a carrier unit (Component carrier, CC).
  • each CC corresponds to an independent frequency domain resource.
  • Each CC has a corresponding index, and the terminal device can determine the relevant configuration for sending and receiving data on the CC based on the index corresponding to each CC. For example, the terminal device may determine the transmission power of the reference signal sent by the terminal device according to the index corresponding to each CC and the above formulas (1) to (7).
  • CA can be applied in the scenario of communication between a terminal device and a network device, and can also be applied in SL.
  • the network device can determine the configuration of each CC in the CA, and perform CA configuration on the terminal device by sending RRC signaling to the terminal device.
  • the network device can determine the configuration of each CC in the CA and send it to the terminal device Send RRC signaling to configure the terminal device for CA; for working mode 2, the terminal device can determine the configuration of each CC in the CA.
  • the CA in the communication scenario between the terminal device and the network device and the CA in the SL scenario are introduced below.
  • each carrier can be associated with a cell, that is, one CC corresponds to an independent cell.
  • one CC may refer to the activated BWP of a carrier of a cell.
  • the cells corresponding to each CC are different.
  • the cells corresponding to each CC may be multiple different cells covered by the same network device, or may be multiple different cells covered by different network devices.
  • CC#1 corresponds to cell #1
  • CC#2 corresponds to cell #2.
  • Cell #1 and cell #2 may be the service network equipment coverage of the terminal device.
  • two different cells alternatively, cell #1 may be a cell covered by the service network equipment of the terminal equipment, and cell #2 may be a cell covered by the neighboring cell network equipment of the terminal equipment.
  • the set of cells corresponding to each CC can be called a serving cell set.
  • the serving cell set may include a primary cell (primary cell, PCell) and one or more secondary cells (secondary cell, SCell).
  • PCell primary cell
  • SCell secondary cell
  • PCell A terminal device configured with CA can only be connected to one PCell. Among them, the terminal device performs an initial connection establishment process or a connection reestablishment process in the PCell.
  • PCell is responsible for handling RRC communication with the terminal device. That is to say, the PCell may be a cell where the terminal device performs initial connection establishment; or the PCell may be a cell where the terminal device performs RRC connection reestablishment; or the PCell may be a cell designated during a handover process.
  • the initial information of the PCell can be obtained through the ul-CarrierFreq and ul-Bandwidth fields in the system message.
  • SCell A terminal device configured with CA can connect to one or more SCells. SCell can be added, modified or released by the terminal device through the RRC connection reconfiguration message to provide additional wireless resources. Among them, there may be no RRC connection between the terminal device and the SCell.
  • the serving cell set includes only one PCell; if the terminal device is configured with CA, the serving cell set includes PCell and SCell, and the terminal device uses the same cell wireless network in all serving cells.
  • Temporary identifier (cell-radio network temporary identifier, C-RNTI).
  • the index of the PCell may be set to 0, and the index of the SCell may be configured by the network device to the terminal device through RRC.
  • each carrier may not be associated with a cell, that is, one CC corresponds to one carrier.
  • a CC may refer to the activated SL BWP of a carrier.
  • DC can also be called multi-radio access technology dual connectivity (MR-DC).
  • MR-DC multi-radio access technology dual connectivity
  • DC can support two network devices to provide data or signaling transmission services for the same terminal device at the same time. It can be understood that DC can be applied to scenarios where terminal equipment communicates with network equipment.
  • a network device that interacts with the core network through control plane signaling may be called a master node (MN) or a primary network device, and other network devices may be called a secondary node (SN) or a secondary network. equipment.
  • MN master node
  • SN secondary node
  • DC architecture can, but is not limited to, include the following four types:
  • EN-DC E-UTRA-NR dual connectivity
  • network equipment such as evolved node B (eNB)
  • long term evolution long term evolution, LTE
  • the network device in the NR system such as the next generation node B (gNodeB, gNB)
  • the SN that is, the SN as the terminal device
  • both the MN and SN are connected to the 4G core network (evolved packet core, EPC) , which can provide air interface transmission resources for data between terminal equipment and EPC
  • EPC evolved packet core
  • the 5G core network (5G core, 5GC) in the system can provide air interface transmission resources for data between terminal equipment and 5GC;
  • NGEN-DC NG-RAN E-UTRA-NR dual connectivity
  • LTE long term evolution
  • NG-RAN evolved NodeB ng-eNB
  • gNB next generation evolved NodeB
  • 5GC 5GC
  • 5G also supports NR and NR DC (NR-DC), that is, both MN and SN are network devices in the NR system, and both MN and SN are connected to 5GC.
  • NR-DC NR and NR DC
  • the DC scenario described in the embodiments of this application is to more clearly explain the technical solutions of the embodiments of this application and does not constitute a limitation on the technical solutions provided by the embodiments of this application.
  • the implementation of this application The technical solution provided in the example is also applicable to application scenarios where the terminal device supports simultaneous access to two or more network devices, and is not restricted.
  • there is one MN in two or more network devices there is one MN in two or more network devices, and the network devices other than the MN can be called SNs.
  • the serving cell group provided by the MN for the terminal equipment can be called the master cell group (MCG), and the serving cell group provided by the SN for the terminal equipment can be called the secondary cell group (secondary cell group, SCG).
  • MCG and SCG each include at least one cell.
  • PCell can be a cell in MCG and works on the main carrier.
  • Primary second cell (PSCell) is a cell in SCG.
  • the MCG may include a PCell and optionally one or more SCells.
  • the SCG may include a PSCell and optionally one or more SCells.
  • PCell PCell
  • PSCell PSCell
  • SCell serving cell in DC.
  • PCell Deployed on the main carrier, or PCell works on the main carrier.
  • the PCell in the DC is similar to the PCell in the CA.
  • the PCell is the cell corresponding to the terminal device initiating the initial connection establishment process or the connection reestablishment process.
  • the relevant description of the PCell in the CA above please refer to the relevant description of the PCell in the CA above, which will not be described again here.
  • PSCell It is the cell where the terminal device performs random access or initial PUSCH transmission in the SCG (referring to the terminal device skipping the random access process to send data transmission during the SN change process), or initiating random access during the synchronous reconfiguration process.
  • SCell Similar to SCell in CA, you can refer to the relevant description of SCell in CA above. Among them, in DC, cells in MCG and SCG except PCell and PSCell can be called SCell.
  • the serving cell set in CA Similar to the serving cell set in CA. For example, if no DC is configured, the serving cell set There is only one serving cell in the combination, that is, PCell; if CA or DC is configured, the serving cell of the terminal device is a set of cells composed of PCell, PSCell and all SCells.
  • the terminal device first configures the transmission power of the reference signal for the PCell according to formulas (1) to (2), and then configures the remaining transmission power for the SCell. For example, take the terminal device configured with a PCell and a SCell. Assume that the maximum transmit power of the terminal device is 1. If the PCell needs to allocate 70% of the transmit power, the SCell can allocate only 30% of the transmit power. In this way, the gap between the transmit power corresponding to PCell and the transmit power corresponding to SCell is too large.
  • the network device receives reference signals with large power differences on two frequency domain resources, it will directly affect the accuracy of the time difference obtained by measuring the reference signals. properties, which in turn will introduce position estimation errors, resulting in reduced positioning accuracy.
  • the existing SL protocol does not provide a power control scheme for terminal equipment configured with CA to send reference signals for positioning.
  • embodiments of the present application provide a power control method that can optimize the power control scheme for the terminal device to send reference signals to improve positioning accuracy.
  • At least one of the following or similar expressions thereof refers to any combination of these items, including any combination of a single item (items) or a plurality of items (items).
  • at least one of a, b, or c can mean: a, b, c, a-b, a-c, b-c, or a-b-c, where a, b, c can be single or multiple .
  • words such as “first” and “second” are used to distinguish identical or similar items with basically the same functions and effects. Those skilled in the art can understand that words such as “first” and “second” do not limit the number and execution order, and words such as "first” and “second” do not limit the number and execution order.
  • "instruction” may include direct instruction and indirect instruction, and may also include explicit instruction and implicit instruction.
  • the information indicated by a certain information (such as the first indication information below) is called information to be indicated.
  • the information to be indicated can be directly indicated.
  • Information such as the information to be indicated itself or the index of the information to be indicated, etc.
  • the information to be indicated may also be indirectly indicated by indicating other information, where there is an association relationship between the other information and the information to be indicated. It is also possible to indicate only a part of the information to be indicated, while other parts of the information to be indicated are known or agreed in advance.
  • the indication of specific information can also be achieved by means of a pre-agreed (for example, protocol stipulated) arrangement order of each piece of information, thereby reducing the indication overhead to a certain extent.
  • the technical solutions of the embodiments of this application can be applied to 5G systems or NR systems.
  • Technical solutions of embodiments of the present application It can also be applied to other communication systems.
  • LTE system LTE frequency division duplex (FDD) system, LTE time division duplex (TDD) system, universal mobile telecommunication system (UMTS), global interconnection microwave access (worldwide interoperability for microwave access, WiMAX) communication system, etc.
  • the 5G system involved in this application includes a non-standalone (NSA) NR system or a standalone (SA) NR system.
  • the technical solution provided by this application can also be applied to future communication systems, such as the sixth generation mobile communication system.
  • the communication system may also be a public land mobile communication network (PLMN) network, a D2D communication system, a machine to machine (M2M) communication system, an Internet of Things (IoT) communication system, or Other communication systems.
  • PLMN public land mobile communication network
  • D2D communication system D2D communication system
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic architectural diagram of a power control system corresponding to the power control method provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • the power control system includes a first terminal device and a second device.
  • the second device may be a first network device, and the first network device may be a service network device of the first terminal device.
  • the second device may also be a second terminal device, and the second terminal device may be a terminal device that establishes an SL connection with the first terminal device to participate in positioning.
  • the first terminal device is configured with a DC
  • the second device may also be a second network device, and the second network device may be the SN of the first terminal device.
  • the second device may also be a location management function (LMF).
  • LMF location management function
  • the power control system may also include other network elements or functions or modules such as a second network device, LMF, access and mobility management function (AMF), etc.
  • LMF access and mobility management function
  • the network device in the embodiment of the present application may be any communication device with wireless transceiver function used to communicate with the terminal device.
  • the network equipment includes but is not limited to: eNB, baseband unit (BBU), access point (AP) in the Wi-Fi system, wireless relay node, wireless backhaul node, transmission point (transmission point) , TP) or transmission-reception point (transmission-reception point, TRP), etc.
  • the network device may also be a gNB or TRP or TP in the 5G system, or one or a group (including multiple antenna panels) of antenna panels of a base station in the 5G system.
  • the network device can also be a network node that constitutes a gNB or TP, such as a BBU, or a distributed unit (DU), etc.
  • gNB may include centralized units (CUs) and DUs.
  • the gNB may also include an active antenna unit (active antenna unit, AAU).
  • CU implements some functions of gNB
  • DU implements some functions of gNB.
  • CU is responsible for processing non-real-time protocols and services, implementing RRC, and packet data convergence protocol (PDCP) layer functions.
  • DU is responsible for processing physical layer protocols and real-time services, and implementing the functions of the radio link control (RLC) layer, media access control (MAC) layer and physical (physical, PHY) layer.
  • RLC radio link control
  • MAC media access control
  • PHY physical layer
  • the network device may be a device including one or more of a CU node, a DU node, and an AAU node.
  • the terminal equipment (terminal equipment) in the embodiment of this application may refer to an access terminal, a user unit, a user station, a mobile station, a mobile station, a relay station, a remote station, a remote terminal, a mobile device, or a user terminal (user terminal).
  • UE terminal, wireless communication equipment, user agent, user device, cellular phone, cordless phone, session initiation protocol (session initiation protocol, SIP) phone, wireless local loop (wireless local loop, WLL) station, Personal digital assistant (PDA), handheld devices with wireless communication capabilities, computing devices or other processing devices connected to wireless modems, vehicle-mounted devices, wearable devices, terminal devices in future 5G networks or future evolved PLMNs
  • PDA Personal digital assistant
  • the terminal device may be a mobile phone, a tablet computer, a computer with a wireless transceiver function, a virtual reality terminal device, an augmented reality terminal device, a wireless terminal in industrial control, or a wireless terminal in driverless driving.
  • wireless terminals wireless terminals, wireless terminals in remote surgery, wireless terminals in smart grids, wireless terminals in transportation security, wireless terminals in smart cities, wireless terminals in smart homes, etc.
  • a wearable device may also be called a wearable smart device, which is a general term for applying wearable technology to intelligently design daily wear and develop wearable devices, such as glasses, Gloves, watches, clothing and shoes, etc.
  • a wearable device is a portable device that is worn directly on the body or integrated into the user's clothing or accessories.
  • Wearable devices are not just hardware devices, but also achieve powerful functions through software support, data interaction, and cloud interaction.
  • Broadly defined wearable smart devices include full-featured, large-sized devices that can achieve complete or partial functions without relying on smartphones, such as smart watches or smart glasses, and those that only focus on a certain type of application function and need to cooperate with other devices such as smartphones. Use, such as various types of smart bracelets, smart jewelry, etc. for physical sign monitoring.
  • the terminal device may also be a terminal device in the IoT system.
  • IoT is an important part of the future development of information technology. Its main technical feature is to connect objects to the network through communication technology, thereby realizing human-machine Interconnection, an intelligent network that interconnects things.
  • IOT technology can achieve massive connections, deep coverage, and terminal power saving through, for example, narrowband (NB) technology.
  • NB narrowband
  • terminal equipment may also include sensors such as smart printers, train detectors, and gas stations.
  • the main functions include collecting data (part of the terminal equipment), receiving control information and downlink data of network equipment, and sending electromagnetic waves. , transmit uplink data to network equipment.
  • the network device and the terminal device in the embodiment of the present application can communicate through a licensed spectrum, a license-free spectrum, or a licensed spectrum and a license-free spectrum at the same time.
  • Network equipment and terminal equipment can communicate through spectrum below 6 gigahertz (GHz), spectrum above 6 GHz, or both spectrum below 6 GHz and spectrum above 6 GHz can be used for communication at the same time.
  • GHz gigahertz
  • the embodiments of the present application do not limit the spectrum resources used between the network device and the terminal device.
  • the terminal device or network device in the embodiment of this application can be deployed on land, including indoors or outdoors, handheld or vehicle-mounted; it can also be deployed on water; it can also be deployed on aircraft, balloons and artificial satellites in the air.
  • the embodiments of this application do not limit the application scenarios of terminal devices or network devices.
  • the power control method provided by the embodiment of the present application can be applied to various communication systems mentioned above.
  • Figure 5 or Figure 6 is a schematic diagram of the relationship between the first terminal equipment, the NG-RAN equipment, the LMF and the AMF when the power control method of the embodiment of the present application is applied in the NR system.
  • the terminal The device is connected to the NG-RAN device via the ng-eNB and gNB through the LTE-Uu and/or NR-Uu interface; the NG-RAN device is connected to the 5GC through the NG-C interface.
  • NG-RAN equipment includes one or more ng-eNBs ( Figure 5 or Figure 6 takes one ng-eNB as an example); NG-RAN equipment may also include one or more gNBs ( Figure 5 takes one gNB as an example).
  • Figure 6 takes 2 gNBs as an example for illustration).
  • ng-eNB is the LTE base station connected to 5GC
  • gNB is the 5G base station connected to 5GC.
  • 5GC includes AMF and LMF.
  • the AMF is used to implement functions such as access management
  • the LMF is used to interact with the first terminal device or NG-RAN device to implement various functions (such as positioning function or power control function, etc.).
  • AMF and LMF are connected through the NLs interface.
  • the interface between the control plane between 5GC and NG-RAN equipment is the N2 interface
  • the interface between the user plane between 5GC and NG-RAN is the N3 interface
  • the interface between gNBs is the Xn interface.
  • 5GC can also include an enhanced serving mobile location center (E-SMLC) and a user plane secure location platform (secure user plane location platform, SLP).
  • E-SMLC and SLP are connected to LMF respectively.
  • the E-SMLC and SLP can provide the LMF with auxiliary data required by the first terminal device, including, for example, information about the signal measured by the first terminal device (e.g., expected signal timing, signal codec, signal frequency, signal Doppler), The location and/or identification of ground transmitters, and/or signals, timing and orbital information from GNSS satellite aircraft to facilitate positioning technologies such as Assisted GNSS, UL-TDOA and E-CID.
  • Figure 6 is similar to Figure 5. The difference is, for example, that the device or component of the location management function (such as LMF) in Figure 5 is deployed in the 5GC, and the device or component of the location management function in Figure 6 (such as the location management component (location management component) management component (LMC)) can be deployed in NG-RAN equipment.
  • LMC is included in gNB. LMC is part of the functional components of LMF and can be integrated in the gNB of NG-RAN equipment.
  • the NG-RAN device in Figure 5 or Figure 6 may be the first network device in Figure 4.
  • Figure 5 or Figure 6 is only an exemplary schematic diagram showing the relationship between the first terminal equipment, NG-RAN equipment, LMF and AMF when the power control method of the embodiment of the present application is applied in the 5G communication system, and is not limiting. Only one NG-RAN device is included.
  • Figure 5 or Figure 6 are only illustrative descriptions and do not limit the embodiments of the present application.
  • Figure 5 or Figure 6 may also include other devices similar to those illustrated in the figures.
  • network elements or devices or functional nodes with interactive relationships between functional nodes which are not specifically limited in this application.
  • FIG. 7 a schematic diagram of the hardware structure of a terminal device 700 and a network device 800 is provided for this embodiment of the present application.
  • the terminal device 700 includes at least one processor 701 (in Figure 7, one processor 701 is taken as an example for illustration), at least one memory 702 (in Figure 7, one memory 702 is taken as an example for illustration), and At least one transceiver 703 (in FIG. 7, one transceiver 703 is taken as an example for illustration).
  • the terminal device 700 may also include an output device 704 and an input device 705.
  • the processor 701, the memory 702 and the transceiver 703 are connected through communication lines.
  • the communication line may include a path to carry information between the above-mentioned components.
  • the processor 701 may be a general central processing unit (CPU), a microprocessor, an application-specific integrated circuit (ASIC), or one or more processors for controlling the execution of the program of the present application. integrated circuit. In a specific implementation, as an embodiment, the processor 701 may also include multiple CPUs, and the processor 701 may be a single-CPU processor or a multi-CPU processor.
  • a processor here may refer to one or more devices, circuits, or processing cores for processing data (such as computer program instructions).
  • Memory 702 may be a read-only memory (ROM) or other type of static storage device that can store static information and instructions, a random access memory (random access memory (RAM)) or other type that can store information and instructions.
  • the dynamic storage device can also be electrically erasable programmable read-only memory (EEPROM), compact disc read-only memory (CD-ROM) or other optical disk storage, optical disc storage (including compressed optical discs, laser discs, optical discs, digital versatile discs, or Blu-ray discs, etc.), magnetic disk storage media or other magnetic storage devices, or can be used to carry or store the desired program code in the form of instructions or data structures and can be used by Any other media accessible by a computer, but not limited to this.
  • the memory 702 may exist independently and be connected to the processor 701 through a communication line. Memory 702 may also be integrated with processor 701.
  • the memory 702 is used to store computer execution instructions for executing the solution of the present application, and the processor 701 controls the execution.
  • the processor 701 is used to execute computer execution instructions stored in the memory 702, thereby implementing the power control method described in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the computer execution instructions in the embodiments of the present application may also be called application program codes or computer program codes, which are not specifically limited in the embodiments of the present application.
  • the transceiver 703 may use any transceiver-like device for communicating with other devices or communication networks, such as Ethernet, radio access network (RAN), or wireless local area networks (WLAN) wait.
  • Transceiver 703 includes a transmitter Tx and a receiver Rx.
  • Output device 704 communicates with processor 701 and can display information in a variety of ways.
  • the output device 704 may be a liquid crystal display (LCD), a light emitting diode (LED) display device, a cathode ray tube (CRT) display device, or a projector. wait.
  • LCD liquid crystal display
  • LED light emitting diode
  • CRT cathode ray tube
  • Input device 705 communicates with processor 701 and can accept user input in a variety of ways.
  • the input device 705 may be a mouse, a keyboard, a touch screen device, a sensing device, or the like.
  • the network device 800 includes at least one processor 801 (in Figure 7, one processor 801 is taken as an example for illustration), at least one memory 802 (in Figure 7, one memory 802 is taken as an example for illustration), At least one transceiver 803 (in FIG. 7, an example of including one transceiver 803 is used for illustration) and at least one network interface 804 (in FIG. 7, an example of including one network interface 804 is used for explanation).
  • the processor 801, the memory 802, the transceiver 803 and the network interface 804 are connected through communication lines.
  • the network interface 804 is used to connect to the core network device through a link (such as the S1 interface), or to connect to the network interfaces of other network devices through a wired or wireless link (such as the X2 interface) (not shown in Figure 7) , the embodiments of this application do not specifically limit this.
  • the relevant description of the processor 801, the memory 802, and the transceiver 803 may refer to the description of the processor 801, the memory 802, and the transceiver 803 in the terminal device 700, which will not be described again here.
  • the network device 800 in the embodiment of the present application may be a device that accesses the core network or a chip that can be used in a device that accesses the core network.
  • the device that accesses the core network may be, for example, a base station in the Long Term Evolution LTE system, a base station in a global system for mobile communication (GSM), a base station in UMTS, a base station in an NR system, or a base station in a PLMN.
  • Base station broadband network gateway (BNG), aggregation switch, non-3GPP (non 3GPP) network equipment, etc.
  • the base station may include various forms of base stations, such as macro base stations, micro base stations (also called small stations), relay stations, access points, etc., which are not specifically limited in the embodiments of this application.
  • the network device 800 in the embodiment of this application supports configuring a CA or DC for the terminal device 700.
  • the network device 800 in the embodiment of this application supports configuring transmission resources under the SL for the terminal device 700.
  • the network device 800 in the embodiment of the present application supports configuring positioning reference signal resources or positioning reference signal resource sets under the SL for the terminal device 700.
  • the network device 800 in the embodiment of this application supports configuring CA under SL for the terminal device 700.
  • the terminal device 700 in the embodiment of the present application may be a device used to implement wireless communication functions, such as a terminal or a chip that can be used in a terminal, which is not specifically limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the terminal can be an LTE system, GSM, UMTS, NR system, user equipment (UE) in the future evolved PLMN, access terminal, terminal unit, terminal station, mobile station, mobile station, remote station, remote Terminal, mobile device, wireless communication equipment, terminal agent or terminal device, etc.
  • the terminal device 700 in the embodiment of the present application has CA capabilities or DC capabilities.
  • the terminal device 700 in the embodiment of the present application has SL capability.
  • the terminal device 700 supports connection with other terminal devices through the PC5 interface.
  • the terminal device 700 in the embodiment of the present application has CA capabilities under SL.
  • the names of the signals between the devices or the names of the parameters in the information are just examples. In specific implementations, they may also have other names, which are not specifically limited in the embodiments of the present application. .
  • the power control method provided by the embodiment of the present application includes the following steps:
  • the first terminal device determines the proportional relationship between the target transmission power corresponding to the first frequency domain unit and the target transmission power corresponding to the second frequency domain unit.
  • the first frequency domain unit is a first frequency domain resource
  • the second frequency domain unit is a second frequency domain resource
  • the first frequency domain unit is a sub-frequency domain resource of the first frequency domain resource
  • the second frequency domain unit is a sub-frequency domain resource of the first frequency domain resource.
  • the first frequency domain unit and the second frequency domain resource are used to transmit reference signals.
  • the first frequency domain resource and the second frequency domain resource are different.
  • the first frequency domain resource and the second frequency domain resource may refer to frequency domain resources that can be used by the first terminal device.
  • the first terminal device may send the reference signal on the first frequency domain resource and the second frequency domain resource at the same time.
  • the first terminal device determines the first frequency domain resource and the second frequency domain resource according to high-layer signaling and reference signal configuration information.
  • the first terminal device can obtain the high-layer signaling and reference signal configuration information according to the configuration of the second device.
  • the method for the first terminal device to obtain the high-layer signaling and reference signal configuration information may include the following methods.
  • Method 1 When the first network device configures CA for the first terminal device, the first terminal device can obtain the high-level signaling and reference signals sent by the first network device during the process of establishing an initial connection or reestablishing an RRC connection. configuration information, and then determine the first frequency domain resource and the second frequency domain resource according to the high-layer signaling and reference signal configuration information.
  • Method 2 In the case where the first network device and the second network device configure a DC for the first terminal device, the first The terminal device may obtain the high-level signaling and reference signal configuration information respectively sent by the first network device and the second network device during the process of establishing an initial connection or performing RRC connection reestablishment, and then determine the configuration information based on the high-level signaling and reference signal configuration information. First frequency domain resources and second frequency domain resources.
  • Method 3 When the first terminal device is in working mode 1, the first terminal device obtains the high-level signaling and reference signal configuration information sent by the first network device, and then determines the first terminal device based on the high-level signaling and reference signal configuration information. Frequency domain resources and second frequency domain resources.
  • Method 4 When the first terminal device is in working mode 2, the first terminal device determines the first frequency domain resource and the second frequency domain resource in the resource pool.
  • the reference signal is used for positioning.
  • the reference signal may be used to locate the first terminal device; or the reference signal may be used to locate the first network device, the second network device, or the second terminal device.
  • the reference signal may be the reference signal described in the preamble of the detailed description, or the reference signal may be a positioning reference signal applied in SL, which is not specifically limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the frequency domain resources may refer to resources corresponding to the activated BWP of the cell to which the first terminal device is connected.
  • the first frequency domain resources may be resources corresponding to the activated BWP of the first cell to which the first terminal device is connected, and the second frequency domain resources are resources corresponding to the activated BWP of the second cell to which the first terminal device is connected.
  • the first frequency domain resource may be a resource corresponding to the activated BWP of the carrier of the first cell to which the first terminal device is connected, and the second frequency domain resource may be the resource corresponding to the activated BWP of the carrier of the second cell to which the first terminal device is connected.
  • the sub-frequency domain resources are RBs or REs.
  • the sub-frequency domain resources of the first frequency domain resource may be resources corresponding to RBs or REs in the activated BWP of the first cell to which the first terminal device is connected, and the sub-frequency domain resources of the second frequency domain resource may be resources corresponding to the first terminal device. Resources corresponding to the RB or RE in the activated BWP of the second cell to which the device is connected.
  • the sub-frequency domain resources of the first frequency domain resource may be resources corresponding to RBs or REs in the activated BWP of the carrier of the first cell to which the first terminal device is connected, and the sub-frequency domain resources of the second frequency domain resource may be the second frequency domain resource. Resources corresponding to the RB or RE in the activated BWP of the carrier of the second cell to which a terminal device is connected.
  • the target transmit power corresponding to the first frequency domain unit is the same as the target corresponding to the second frequency domain unit.
  • the proportional relationship between the transmit powers may be the proportional relationship between the target transmit power corresponding to the activated BWP of the first cell and the target transmit power corresponding to the activated BWP of the second cell.
  • the target transmit power corresponding to the first frequency domain unit is the same as the second frequency domain unit.
  • the proportional relationship between the target transmit power corresponding to the two frequency domain units may be the target transmit power corresponding to the RB or RE in the activated BWP of the first cell and the target transmit power corresponding to the RB or RE in the activated BWP of the second cell. proportional relationship between them.
  • the first cell and the second cell may be cells in the serving cell set corresponding to the CA.
  • the first cell may be a PCell and the second cell may be a SCell; or the first cell may be SCell, the second cell may be PCell, which is not specifically limited in the embodiment of this application.
  • the first cell and the second cell can be cells in the serving cell set corresponding to the DC, the first cell can be a PCell, and the second cell can be a PSCell; or the first cell can be a PCell, and the second cell can be a PCell.
  • the second cell may be a SCell; or the first cell may be a PSCell, and the second cell may be a PCell; or the first cell may be a PCell.
  • the cell may be a SCell and the second cell may be a PSCell; or the first cell may be an SCell and the second cell may be a PCell, which is not specifically limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the frequency domain resource may refer to the frequency domain resource corresponding to the carrier to which the first terminal device is connected.
  • the first frequency domain resource is a frequency domain resource corresponding to a first carrier to which the first terminal device is connected
  • the second frequency domain resource is a frequency domain resource corresponding to a second carrier to which the first terminal device is connected.
  • the frequency domain resources may be resources corresponding to the activated SL BWP of the carrier connected to the first terminal device.
  • the first frequency domain resource may be the resource corresponding to the activated SL BWP of the first carrier connected to the first terminal device
  • the second frequency domain resource may be the first terminal device The resources corresponding to the activated SL BWP of the connected second carrier.
  • the first frequency domain resource may be a frequency domain resource corresponding to the first carrier to which the first terminal device SL is connected
  • the second frequency domain resource may be a frequency domain resource corresponding to the second carrier to which the first terminal device SL is connected.
  • the first frequency domain resource may be a resource corresponding to the activated BWP of the first carrier to which the first terminal device SL is connected
  • the second frequency domain resource may be a frequency domain resource corresponding to the second carrier to which the first terminal device SL is connected.
  • the first frequency domain resource may be a frequency domain resource corresponding to the first carrier to which the first terminal device SL is connected
  • the second frequency domain resource may be a frequency domain resource corresponding to the activated BWP of the second carrier to which the first terminal device SL is connected.
  • the sub-frequency domain resources of the first frequency domain resource may be resources corresponding to RBs or REs in the activated SL BWP of the first carrier connected to the first terminal device
  • the sub-frequency domain resources of the second frequency domain resource may be The resource corresponding to the RB or RE in the activated SL BWP of the second carrier to which the first terminal device is connected.
  • the sub-frequency domain resources of the first frequency domain resource may be resources corresponding to RBs or REs in the first carrier to which the first terminal device SL is connected
  • the sub-frequency domain resources of the second frequency domain resource may be resources to which the first terminal device SL is connected.
  • the target transmit power corresponding to the first frequency domain unit is the same as the target corresponding to the second frequency domain unit.
  • the proportional relationship between the transmit power may be the proportional relationship between the target transmit power corresponding to the activated SL BWP of the first carrier and the target transmit power corresponding to the activated SL BWP of the second carrier.
  • the target transmit power corresponding to the first frequency domain unit is the same as the second frequency domain unit.
  • the proportional relationship between the target transmission power corresponding to the two frequency domain units can be the target transmission power corresponding to the RB or RE within the activated SL BWP of the first carrier and the target transmission corresponding to the RB or RE within the activated SL BWP of the second carrier.
  • the proportional relationship between power can be the target transmission power corresponding to the RB or RE within the activated SL BWP of the first carrier and the target transmission corresponding to the RB or RE within the activated SL BWP of the second carrier.
  • activation of carrier SL BWP may have the same meaning as “activation of carrier BWP” and may be expressed interchangeably. They are explained uniformly here and will not be described again below.
  • SL CA may refer to "the first terminal device is configured to support multiple carriers simultaneously under SL”.
  • the two have the same meaning and can be interchangeably expressed. They are explained here in a unified manner and will not be described in detail below. .
  • the target transmission power may be the actual transmission power of the first terminal device for transmitting the reference signal.
  • the proportional relationship between the target transmission power corresponding to the first frequency domain unit and the target transmission power corresponding to the second frequency domain unit may be agreed upon in the agreement; or, it may be the first terminal device. It has been negotiated in advance with the second device (for example, the first network device or the second terminal device); or it can be configured in advance on the first terminal device, which is not specifically limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the proportional relationship between the target transmission power corresponding to the first frequency domain unit and the target transmission power corresponding to the second frequency domain unit may be similar.
  • the target transmit power #1 and the target transmit power may be 1:0.95, 1:0.9, 1:0.8, or 0.9:1, etc., which is not specifically limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the target transmission power may be the transmission power expected by the first terminal device.
  • the proportional relationship between the target transmit power corresponding to the first frequency domain unit and the target transmit power corresponding to the second frequency domain unit may be the first terminal device according to its own capabilities and/or the first frequency domain resource and the second frequency domain unit.
  • the information corresponding to the frequency domain resources is determined.
  • the information corresponding to the frequency domain resource may include size information of the frequency domain resource and/or the transmission power corresponding to the frequency domain resource.
  • the information corresponding to the first frequency domain resource may include size information of the first frequency domain resource and/or the transmission power corresponding to the first frequency domain resource.
  • the size information of the first frequency domain resource may include the number of sub-frequency domain resources of the first frequency domain resource and/or the number of sub-frequency domain resources occupied by sending reference signals in the first frequency domain resource.
  • the first frequency domain resource corresponds to The transmission power may be the transmission power calculated according to formula (1) or formula (2). That is to say, in this embodiment of the present application, the transmission power corresponding to the first frequency domain resource refers to the transmission power calculated according to the power control scheme in the existing protocol.
  • the size information corresponding to the second frequency domain resource may include the number of sub-frequency domain resources of the second frequency domain resource or the number of sub-frequency domain resources occupied by sending reference signals in the second frequency domain resource.
  • the second frequency domain resource The corresponding transmit power may be the transmit power calculated according to formula (1) or formula (2).
  • the first terminal device may determine the target transmission power corresponding to the first frequency domain unit and the transmission power corresponding to the second frequency domain resource according to the transmission power corresponding to the first frequency domain resource and the transmission power corresponding to the second frequency domain resource.
  • the first terminal device taking PCell as the first cell, SCell as the second cell, and the ratio between the transmit power corresponding to the activated BWP of PCell and the transmit power corresponding to the activated BWP of SCell is 4:1, the first terminal device
  • the proportional relationship between the target transmit power corresponding to the activated BWP of the PCell and the target transmit power corresponding to the activated BWP of the SCell can be determined as 3:2 or 5:4, so that the reference signals on two different frequency domain resources can reach the second
  • the power of the device is similar, thereby improving positioning accuracy.
  • the first terminal device may determine the gap between the target transmit power corresponding to the first frequency domain unit and the target transmit power corresponding to the second frequency domain unit according to the maximum transmit power allowed by the first terminal device.
  • proportional relationship For example, PCell is the first cell and SCell is the second cell.
  • the ratio between the transmit power corresponding to the activated BWP of the PCell and the transmit power corresponding to the activated BWP of the SCell is 1:4, and the maximum transmission power of the first terminal device is Taking the power of 5 power units as an example, the first terminal device can determine the proportional relationship between the target transmit power corresponding to the activated BWP of PCell and the target transmit power corresponding to the activated BWP of SCell as 2:3, so that two different frequency The power of the reference signal on the domain resource is similar when it reaches the second device, thereby improving positioning accuracy.
  • the first terminal device determines the target transmit power corresponding to the first frequency domain unit and the second frequency domain unit according to the size information corresponding to the first frequency domain resource and the size information corresponding to the second frequency domain resource. The proportional relationship between the target transmit power corresponding to the domain unit.
  • the first terminal device For example, assuming that PCell is the first cell, SCell is the second cell, and the ratio between the number of RBs in the activated BWP of PCell and the number of RBs in the activated BWP of SCell is 1:2, the first terminal device
  • the proportional relationship between the target transmit power corresponding to the activated BWP of PCell and the target transmit power corresponding to the activated BWP of SCell can be determined as 6:5 or 5:4, etc., so that the reference signals on two different frequency domain resources can reach the first The power of the two devices is similar, thereby improving positioning accuracy.
  • the first terminal device may determine the target corresponding to each first frequency domain unit based on the DL path loss estimate corresponding to the first frequency domain resource and the DL path loss estimate corresponding to the second frequency domain resource.
  • PCell is the first cell
  • SCell is the second cell
  • the ratio between the DL path loss estimate corresponding to the activated BWP of PCell and the DL path loss estimate corresponding to the activated BWP of SCell is 0.5. Since SCell The DL path loss estimate corresponding to the activated BWP of the PCell is greater than the DL path loss estimate corresponding to the activated BWP of the PCell.
  • the first terminal device can determine the proportional relationship between the target transmit power corresponding to the activated BWP of the PCell and the target transmit power corresponding to the activated BWP of the SCell.
  • the ratio is 2:3, which can make the reference signals on two different frequency domain resources have similar powers when they arrive at the second device, thereby improving positioning accuracy.
  • the first terminal device determines the target transmission power corresponding to the first frequency domain resource and the second frequency domain resource according to the proportional relationship between the target transmission power corresponding to the first frequency domain unit and the target transmission power corresponding to the second frequency domain unit. Corresponding target transmit power.
  • the first frequency domain unit when the first frequency domain unit is a sub-frequency domain resource of the first frequency domain resource and the second frequency domain unit is a sub-frequency domain resource of the second frequency domain resource, the first frequency domain unit is a sub-frequency domain resource of the second frequency domain resource.
  • the sub-frequency domain resources of the first frequency domain resource are resources corresponding to the RBs in the activated BWP of the PCell
  • the sub-frequency domain resources of the second frequency domain resources are resources corresponding to the RBs in the activated BWP of the SCell
  • the ratio between the number of RBs in the PCell's activated BWP and the number of RBs in the SCell's activated BWP is 1:2.
  • the target transmit power corresponding to the RB in the PCell's activated BWP is equal to the target transmit power in the SCell's activated BWP
  • the proportional relationship between the target transmit power corresponding to the RB is 1:1
  • the proportional relationship between the target transmit power corresponding to the PCell's activated BWP and the target transmit power corresponding to the SCell's activated BWP is 1:2 instead of 1:1.
  • the first terminal device may be based on the first frequency domain unit.
  • the proportional relationship between the corresponding target transmit power and the target transmit power corresponding to the second frequency domain unit directly determines the target transmit power corresponding to the first frequency domain resource and the target transmit power corresponding to the second frequency domain resource.
  • the first frequency domain resource is the resource corresponding to the activated SL BWP of the first carrier
  • the second frequency domain resource is the resource corresponding to the activated SL BWP of the second carrier
  • the maximum transmission power allowed by the first terminal device is Taking 6 power units as an example, if the proportional relationship between the target transmit power corresponding to the activated SL BWP of the first carrier and the target transmit power corresponding to the activated BWP of the second carrier is 2:1, then the first terminal device can determine the The target transmit power corresponding to the activated SL BWP of one carrier is 2 power units, and the target transmit power corresponding to the activated SL BWP of the second carrier is 1 power unit; alternatively, the first terminal device can determine the activated SL BWP of the first carrier.
  • the corresponding target transmit power is 4 power units, and the target transmit power corresponding to the activated SL BWP of the second carrier is 2 power units; alternatively, the first terminal device can determine that the target transmit power corresponding to the activated SL BWP of the first carrier is 1.5 power units, the target transmit power corresponding to the activated SL BWP of the second carrier is 0.5 power units.
  • the first terminal device determines the target corresponding to the first frequency domain resource according to the proportional relationship between the target transmit power corresponding to the first frequency domain unit and the target transmit power corresponding to the second frequency domain unit.
  • the target transmit power corresponding to the transmit power and the second frequency domain resource may include:
  • the first terminal device obtains information corresponding to the first frequency domain resource and/or the second frequency domain resource.
  • No. Information corresponding to a frequency domain resource and/or a second frequency domain resource may include one or more of the following: the number of RBs or the number of REs in the first frequency domain resource and/or the second frequency domain resource, the number of REs in the first frequency domain resource, The number of RBs or the number of REs occupied by the reference signal in the resource and/or the second frequency domain resource, and the transmit power corresponding to the first frequency domain resource and/or the second frequency domain resource.
  • the first terminal device can obtain information corresponding to the first frequency domain resource and/or the second frequency domain resource according to the higher layer signaling and reference signal configuration information.
  • the first terminal device uses information corresponding to the first frequency domain resource and/or the second frequency domain resource, and the ratio between the target transmission power corresponding to the first frequency domain unit and the target transmission power corresponding to the second frequency domain unit. The relationship between the target transmit power corresponding to the first frequency domain resource and the target transmit power corresponding to the second frequency domain resource is determined.
  • the first frequency domain resource is the resource corresponding to the activated SL BWP of the first carrier
  • the second frequency domain resource is the resource corresponding to the activated SL BWP of the second carrier
  • the RB within the activated SL BWP of the first carrier is The ratio between the number and the number of RBs in the activated SL BWP of the second carrier is 1:2.
  • the proportional relationship between the target transmit power corresponding to the first frequency domain unit and the target transmit power corresponding to the second frequency domain unit is 6: 5.
  • the maximum transmission power allowed by the first terminal device is 16 power units. As an example, it is explained that the first terminal device corresponds to the size information of the first frequency domain resource, the size information of the second frequency domain resource, and the first frequency domain unit.
  • the proportional relationship between the target transmit power corresponding to the second frequency domain unit and the target transmit power corresponding to the second frequency domain unit is determined to determine the target transmit power corresponding to the first frequency domain resource and the target transmit power corresponding to the second frequency domain resource.
  • the first frequency domain unit is a sub-frequency domain resource of the first frequency domain resource
  • the second frequency domain unit is a sub-frequency domain resource of the second frequency domain resource
  • the sub-frequency domain resource is an RB
  • the first frequency domain unit is a sub-frequency domain resource of the second frequency domain resource.
  • the terminal device can determine that the proportional relationship between the target transmit power corresponding to the activated SL BWP of the first carrier and the target transmit power corresponding to the activated SL BWP of the second carrier is 3:5, and the target transmit power corresponding to the activated SL BWP of the first carrier is
  • the power can be 3 power units, and the target transmit power corresponding to the activated SL BWP of the second carrier can be 5 power units; or, the target transmit power corresponding to the activated SL BWP of the first carrier can be 6 power units, and the target transmit power corresponding to the activated SL BWP of the second carrier can be 6 power units.
  • the target transmit power corresponding to the activated SL BWP of the carrier can be 10 power units.
  • the first frequency domain resource is the resource corresponding to the activated SL BWP of the first carrier
  • the second frequency domain resource is the resource corresponding to the activated SL BWP of the second carrier
  • the transmit power corresponding to the first frequency domain resource is 2 power unit
  • the transmit power corresponding to the second frequency domain resource is 1 power unit
  • the proportional relationship between the target transmit power corresponding to the first frequency domain unit and the target transmit power corresponding to the second frequency domain unit is 10:9
  • the maximum transmit power allowed by the first terminal device is 6 power units.
  • the first terminal device is based on the transmit power corresponding to the first frequency domain resource and/or the transmit power corresponding to the second frequency domain resource, and the first frequency domain.
  • the proportional relationship between the target transmit power corresponding to the unit and the target transmit power corresponding to the second frequency domain unit determines the target transmit power corresponding to the first frequency domain resource and the target transmit power corresponding to the second frequency domain resource.
  • the first terminal device may use the transmit power corresponding to the first frequency domain resource to be 2 power units.
  • the benchmark respectively determines that the target transmit power corresponding to the activated SL BWP of the first carrier is 2 power units, and the target transmit power corresponding to the activated SL BWP of the second carrier is 1.8 power units; alternatively, the first terminal device can use the second frequency
  • the transmit power corresponding to the domain resource is 1 power unit.
  • the target transmit power corresponding to the activated SL BWP of the second carrier is determined to be 1 power unit.
  • the target transmit power corresponding to the activated SL BWP of the first carrier is 1.1 power units. .
  • the power control method provided by the embodiment of the present application can be applied to a scenario where the first terminal device is configured with three or more frequency domain resources.
  • the following is an example of a scenario in which the first terminal device configures three frequency domain resources.
  • the first terminal device is configured with first frequency domain resources, second frequency domain resources, and third frequency domain resources.
  • the power control method provided by the embodiment of this application includes:
  • the first terminal device may determine the proportional relationship between the target transmission power corresponding to the first frequency domain unit, the target transmission power corresponding to the second frequency domain unit, and the target transmission power corresponding to the third frequency domain unit.
  • the first frequency domain unit is a first frequency domain resource
  • the second frequency domain unit is a second frequency domain resource
  • the third frequency domain unit is a third frequency domain resource
  • the first frequency domain unit is a first frequency domain resource.
  • the sub-frequency domain resources of the resource the second frequency domain unit is the sub-frequency domain resource of the second frequency domain resource
  • the third frequency domain unit is the sub-frequency domain resource of the third frequency domain resource.
  • the third frequency domain resource may be a resource corresponding to the activated BWP of the third cell to which the first terminal device is connected.
  • the third cell may be a cell in the serving cell set corresponding to the CA; or the third cell may be a cell in the serving cell set corresponding to the DC.
  • the third frequency domain resource may be a frequency domain resource corresponding to the third carrier connected to the first terminal device.
  • the third frequency domain resource may be a resource corresponding to the activated SL BWP of the third carrier connected to the first terminal device.
  • the first terminal device determines the first frequency domain unit according to the proportional relationship between the target transmission power corresponding to the first frequency domain unit, the target transmission power corresponding to the second frequency domain unit, and the target transmission power corresponding to the third frequency domain unit.
  • the principle of the first terminal device performing step S801-1 is similar to the principle of the first terminal device performing step S801, and the principle of the first terminal device performing step S802-1 is similar to the principle of the first terminal device performing step S802.
  • the principle of the first terminal device performing step S801-1 is similar to the principle of the first terminal device performing step S801
  • the principle of the first terminal device performing step S802-1 is similar to the principle of the first terminal device performing step S802.
  • the first terminal device may determine a proportional relationship between the target transmit power corresponding to the first frequency domain unit, the target transmit power corresponding to the second frequency domain unit, and the target transmit power corresponding to the third frequency domain unit.
  • the first frequency domain unit is a first frequency domain resource
  • the second frequency domain unit is a second frequency domain resource
  • the third frequency domain unit is a third frequency domain resource
  • the first frequency domain unit is a first frequency domain resource.
  • the sub-frequency domain resources of the resource the second frequency domain unit is the sub-frequency domain resource of the second frequency domain resource
  • the third frequency domain unit is the sub-frequency domain resource of the third frequency domain resource.
  • the first frequency domain resource is the resource corresponding to the activated SL BWP of the first carrier
  • the second frequency domain resource is the resource corresponding to the activated SL BWP of the second carrier
  • the third frequency domain resource is the resource corresponding to the activated SL BWP of the third carrier.
  • resources, and the maximum transmit power allowed by the first terminal device is 4 power units. For example, if the target transmit power corresponding to the activated SL BWP of the first carrier, the target transmit power corresponding to the activated BWP of the second carrier, the target transmit power corresponding to the activated BWP of the second carrier, The proportional relationship between the target transmit power corresponding to the activated BWP is 2:1:1, then the first terminal device can determine the activated SL of the first carrier.
  • the target transmit power corresponding to the BWP is 2 power units, and the activated SL of the second carrier
  • the target transmit power corresponding to BWP is 1 power unit, and the target transmit power corresponding to the activated SL BWP of the third carrier is 1 power unit.
  • step S802-1 may include:
  • the first terminal device may obtain information corresponding to at least one frequency domain resource among the first frequency domain resource, the second frequency domain resource, and the third frequency domain resource.
  • the first terminal device uses information corresponding to at least one frequency domain resource among the first frequency domain resource, the second frequency domain resource, and the third frequency domain resource, and the target transmit power corresponding to the first frequency domain unit, and the second frequency domain resource.
  • the proportional relationship between the target transmit power corresponding to the frequency domain unit and the target transmit power corresponding to the third frequency domain unit determines the first frequency domain resource
  • steps S801-1, S802-1, S802-1a, and S802-1b please refer to the relevant description of steps S801, S802, S802a, and S802b, which will not be described again here.
  • the first terminal device is configured with first frequency domain resources, second frequency domain resources, third frequency domain resources and fourth frequency domain resources.
  • the power control method provided by the embodiment of the present application includes:
  • the first terminal device may determine the target transmit power corresponding to the first frequency domain unit, the target transmit power corresponding to the second frequency domain unit, the target transmit power corresponding to the third frequency domain unit, and the target transmit power corresponding to the fourth frequency domain unit. The proportional relationship between the target transmit power.
  • the first frequency domain unit is a first frequency domain resource
  • the second frequency domain unit is a second frequency domain resource
  • the third frequency domain unit is a third frequency domain resource
  • the fourth frequency domain unit is a fourth frequency domain resource
  • the first frequency domain unit is a sub-frequency domain resource of the first frequency domain resource
  • the second frequency domain unit is a sub-frequency domain resource of the second frequency domain resource
  • the third frequency domain unit is a sub-frequency domain resource of the third frequency domain resource.
  • domain resources, and the fourth frequency domain unit is a sub-resource of the fourth frequency domain resource.
  • the third frequency domain resource may be a resource corresponding to the activated BWP of the third cell to which the first terminal device is connected.
  • the third cell may be a cell in the serving cell set corresponding to the CA; or the third cell may be a cell in the serving cell set corresponding to the DC.
  • the third frequency domain resource may be a frequency domain resource corresponding to the third carrier to which the first terminal device is connected.
  • the third frequency domain resource may be a resource corresponding to the activated SL BWP of the third carrier connected to the first terminal device.
  • the fourth frequency domain resource may be a resource corresponding to the activated BWP of the fourth cell to which the first terminal device is connected.
  • the fourth cell may be a cell in the serving cell set corresponding to the CA; or the fourth cell may be a cell in the serving cell set corresponding to the DC.
  • the fourth frequency domain resource may be a frequency domain resource corresponding to the fourth carrier to which the first terminal device is connected.
  • the fourth frequency domain resource may be a resource corresponding to the activated SL BWP of the fourth carrier connected to the first terminal device.
  • the first terminal device determines the first frequency domain unit according to the proportional relationship between the target transmission power corresponding to the first frequency domain unit, the target transmission power corresponding to the second frequency domain unit, and the target transmission power corresponding to the third frequency domain unit.
  • the target transmit power corresponding to the frequency domain resource, the target transmit power corresponding to the second frequency domain resource, and the target transmit power corresponding to the third frequency domain resource are determined according to the proportional relationship between the target transmission power corresponding to the first frequency domain unit, the target transmission power corresponding to the second frequency domain unit, and the target transmission power corresponding to the third frequency domain unit.
  • the first terminal device can determine the proportional relationship between the target transmission powers corresponding to different frequency domain units that transmit the reference signal, and determine the target transmission power corresponding to the different frequency domain resources according to the proportional relationship, It can prevent the terminal equipment from configuring the transmission power of the reference signal for the frequency domain resource corresponding to the PCell first, thereby avoiding an excessive gap in the reference signal transmission power on different frequency domain resources, reducing the position estimation error, thereby improving the positioning accuracy. Therefore, based on the power control method provided by the embodiment of the present application, the power control scheme for the terminal device to send the reference signal can be optimized to improve positioning accuracy.
  • the actions of the first terminal device in the above-mentioned steps S801 to S802-2 can be executed by the processor 701 in the terminal device 700 shown in FIG. 7 by calling the application code stored in the memory 702 to instruct the network device.
  • This embodiment does not impose any restrictions on this.
  • the power control method provided by the embodiment of the present application may also include:
  • the first terminal device sends the reference signal on the first frequency domain resource with the target transmission power corresponding to the first frequency domain resource, and sends the reference signal on the second frequency domain resource with the target transmission power corresponding to the second frequency domain resource.
  • the first terminal device when the first terminal device is configured with three or more frequency domain resources, the first terminal device can use the configured multiple frequency domain resources to The reference signal is transmitted with a target transmission power corresponding to each of the plurality of frequency domain resources.
  • the first terminal device may transmit the reference signal on the first frequency domain resource with the target transmission power corresponding to the first frequency domain resource, and on the second frequency domain resource with the target transmission power corresponding to the second frequency domain resource.
  • the reference signal is transmitted with the transmit power, and the reference signal is transmitted with the target transmit power corresponding to the third frequency domain resource on the third frequency domain resource.
  • the first terminal device may send a reference signal to the second device, and may also send the reference signal to a neighboring network device of the first terminal device.
  • the second device may be a first network device, a second network device, or a second terminal device, which is not specifically limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the first terminal device may provide the first network device and/or a neighbor cell of the first terminal device.
  • the network device sends the reference signal; or, in the case where the first network device and the second network device configure a DC for the first terminal device, the first terminal device can also send a reference signal to the first network device, the second network device and/or the neighboring cell.
  • Network devices send reference signals.
  • the first terminal device may send a reference signal to the second terminal device.
  • the power control method provided by the embodiment of the present application may also include:
  • the second device sends first indication information to the first terminal device.
  • the first indication information is used to instruct the first terminal device according to the target transmit power corresponding to the first frequency domain unit and the target transmit power corresponding to the second frequency domain unit. The proportional relationship between them determines the target transmit power corresponding to the first frequency domain resource and the target transmit power corresponding to the second frequency domain resource.
  • the first terminal device receives the first instruction information from the second device, and performs step S802 or step 801 according to the first instruction information. That is to say, since in some communication scenarios it may be necessary to give priority to ensuring communication reliability rather than positioning accuracy, the terminal device determines the target transmission power for transmitting the reference signal through the indication of the first indication information, which can avoid unnecessary use of a similar signal.
  • the reference signal is sent with a similar target transmit power in the scenario where the reference signal is transmitted with a certain transmit power.
  • the first indication information may be used to instruct the first terminal device to configure the resource according to the three or more frequency domain resources.
  • the proportional relationship between units determines the target transmit power corresponding to each of three or more frequency domain resources.
  • the first indication information may be used to indicate that the first terminal device corresponds to the target transmit power corresponding to the first frequency domain unit, the target transmit power corresponding to the second frequency domain unit, and the target transmit power corresponding to the third frequency domain unit.
  • the proportional relationship between the target transmit powers is determined to determine the target transmit power corresponding to the first frequency domain resource, the target transmit power corresponding to the second frequency domain resource, and the target transmit power corresponding to the third frequency domain resource.
  • the first indication information may be used to indicate that the first terminal device transmits data according to the target transmit power corresponding to the first frequency domain unit, the target transmit power corresponding to the second frequency domain unit, and the target transmit power corresponding to the third frequency domain unit.
  • the proportional relationship between the target transmit power and the target transmit power corresponding to the fourth frequency domain unit is determined to determine the target transmit power corresponding to the first frequency domain resource, the target transmit power corresponding to the second frequency domain resource, and the third frequency domain resource.
  • the corresponding target is sent transmit power, and the target transmit power corresponding to the fourth frequency domain resource.
  • the second device may be a first network device, a second terminal device, a second network device, or the like.
  • the first network device may send the first indication information to the first terminal device; or the second terminal device may send the first indication information to the first terminal device; or when the first network device and the second network device are When the first terminal device is configured with a DC, the second network device may send the first indication information to the first terminal device, which is not specifically limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the first indication information can be sent through RRC signaling, or broadcast message, or MAC signaling, or physical layer signaling, or SL corresponding signaling.
  • RRC signaling or broadcast message
  • MAC signaling or physical layer signaling
  • the first indication information may be positioning reference signal configuration information. It can be understood that since the positioning reference signal configuration information may indicate that the positioning reference signal is used for positioning, it may implicitly instruct the first terminal device to transmit power according to the target transmit power corresponding to the first frequency domain unit and the target transmit power corresponding to the second frequency domain unit. The proportional relationship between them determines the target transmit power corresponding to the first frequency domain resource and the target transmit power corresponding to the second frequency domain resource.
  • the first indication information may include a proportional relationship between the target transmission power corresponding to the first frequency domain unit and the target transmission power corresponding to the second frequency domain unit. That is to say, the proportional relationship between the target transmission power corresponding to the first frequency domain unit and the target transmission power corresponding to the second frequency domain unit may be indicated by the second device.
  • the proportional relationship between the target transmission power corresponding to the first frequency domain unit and the target transmission power corresponding to the second frequency domain unit in the first indication information may be a ratio expected by the second device. relation.
  • the second terminal device can determine the reception of the reference signal on each frequency domain resource. power, and further adjust the ratio between the target transmit power corresponding to each of the multiple frequency domain units for transmitting the reference signal in the first indication information according to the difference in the received power of the reference signal on each frequency domain resource. relation.
  • the first terminal device before the first terminal device receives the first indication information, it further includes:
  • the first terminal device sends capability information to the second device, and the capability information is used to indicate that the first terminal device has the ability to send reference signals based on a proportional relationship between target transmit powers corresponding to different frequency domain units.
  • the second device receives the capability information from the first terminal device. That is to say, the first network device sends the first indication information to the first terminal device only after receiving the capability information of the first terminal device.
  • the first terminal device can determine the corresponding target transmit power of different frequency domain resources based on the proportional relationship between the corresponding target transmit powers of different frequency domain resources according to the indication of the first indication information, it can be avoided
  • the terminal device preferentially configures the transmission power of the reference signal for the frequency domain resource corresponding to the PCell, which can avoid an excessive gap in the reference signal transmission power on different frequency domain resources, reduce the position estimation error, and thereby improve the positioning accuracy. Therefore, based on the power control method provided by the embodiment of the present application, the power control scheme for the terminal device to send the reference signal can be optimized to improve positioning accuracy.
  • the actions of the first terminal device in the above steps S801 to S804 can be executed by the processor 701 in the communication device 700 shown in Figure 7 by calling the application code stored in the memory 702 to instruct the network device to execute; in the second device
  • the actions of the second device in the above-mentioned steps S801 to S804 may be performed by the processor 801 in the network device 800 shown in Figure 7 calling the application stored in the memory 802.
  • the program code is used to instruct the terminal device to execute; in the case where the second device is a second terminal device, the actions of the second device in the above steps S801 to S804 can be called by the processor 701 in the terminal device 700 shown in Figure 7
  • the application code stored in the memory 702 is used to instruct the terminal device to execute, and this embodiment does not impose any limitation on this.
  • the proportional relationship between the target transmit power corresponding to the first frequency domain unit and the target transmit power corresponding to the second frequency domain unit includes the target transmit power corresponding to the first frequency domain unit and the second frequency domain unit.
  • the target transmit power corresponding to the frequency domain units is the same. That is to say, the first terminal device transmits the reference signal with the same transmit power in each of the multiple frequency domain units, which can improve the received power of the reference signal on the multiple frequency domain resources when it reaches the second device. Consistency, thereby reducing position estimation errors, thereby improving positioning accuracy.
  • the target transmit power corresponding to the first frequency domain unit and the target corresponding to the second frequency domain unit are
  • the proportional relationship between the transmit power and the target transmit power corresponding to the third frequency domain unit includes the target transmit power corresponding to the first frequency domain unit, the target transmit power corresponding to the second frequency domain unit, and the target transmit power corresponding to the third frequency domain unit.
  • the target transmit power is the same.
  • the target transmit power corresponding to the first frequency domain unit, the second frequency domain unit, the third frequency domain resource, and the fourth frequency domain resource When the first terminal device configures the first frequency domain resource, the second frequency domain resource, the third frequency domain resource, and the fourth frequency domain resource, the target transmit power corresponding to the first frequency domain unit, the second frequency domain unit
  • the proportional relationship between the corresponding target transmit power, the target transmit power corresponding to the third frequency domain unit, and the target transmit power corresponding to the fourth frequency domain unit includes the target transmit power corresponding to the first frequency domain unit, the target transmit power corresponding to the second frequency domain unit
  • the corresponding target transmit power, the target transmit power corresponding to the third frequency domain unit, and the target transmit power corresponding to the fourth frequency domain unit are the same.
  • the first frequency domain unit is the first frequency domain resource and the second frequency domain unit is the second frequency domain resource
  • the first frequency domain unit The corresponding target transmit power is the same as the target transmit power corresponding to the second frequency domain unit: the target transmit power corresponding to the activated BWP of the first cell is the same as the target transmit power corresponding to the activated BWP of the second cell.
  • the target transmit power corresponding to the first frequency domain unit is the same as the target transmit power corresponding to the RB or RE in the activated BWP of the first cell and the target transmit power corresponding to the RB or RE in the activated BWP of the second cell.
  • the first frequency domain unit is the first frequency domain resource and the second frequency domain unit is the second frequency domain resource
  • the first frequency domain unit The target transmit power corresponding to the domain unit is the same as the target transmit power corresponding to the second frequency domain unit.
  • the target transmit power corresponding to the activated SL BWP of the first carrier is the same as the target transmit power corresponding to the activated SL BWP of the second carrier.
  • the target transmit power corresponding to the first frequency domain unit is the same as the target transmit power corresponding to the RB or RE within the activated SL BWP of the first carrier and the target transmit power corresponding to the RB or RE within the activated SL BWP of the second carrier.
  • the target corresponding to the first frequency domain unit may mean that the power factor ratio of the RE of the first frequency domain resource is the same as the power factor ratio of the RE of the second frequency domain resource.
  • the power factor ratio may refer to the power or energy corresponding to each RE, and the power factor ratio may also be expressed as energy per resource element (EPRE), or power per resource element, etc. This application The examples do not specifically limit this.
  • step S802b According to the situation that the frequency domain units correspond to different frequency domain resource granularities, combined with the calculation methods of different target transmission powers in step S802b, several target transmission powers corresponding to the first frequency domain unit and the second frequency domain unit are introduced in the proportional relationship. The corresponding target transmit power under the same condition.
  • Case 1 This case corresponds to the case where the frequency domain unit is a frequency domain resource.
  • the first frequency domain unit is a first frequency domain resource
  • the second frequency domain unit is a second frequency domain resource
  • the target transmit power corresponding to the first frequency domain unit is the same as the second frequency domain unit.
  • the proportional relationship between the target transmit power corresponding to the units includes that the target transmit power corresponding to the first frequency domain unit is the same as the target transmit power corresponding to the second frequency domain unit.
  • the first terminal device is based on the first frequency domain resource and/or the second frequency domain unit.
  • the information corresponding to the frequency domain resource and the proportional relationship between the target transmission power corresponding to the first frequency domain unit and the target transmission power corresponding to the second frequency domain unit are used to determine the target transmission power corresponding to the first frequency domain resource and the target transmission power corresponding to the second frequency domain unit.
  • the target transmit power corresponding to the domain resource includes:
  • the first terminal device is based on the proportional relationship between the transmission power corresponding to the first frequency domain resource and/or the second frequency domain resource, and the target transmission power corresponding to the first frequency domain unit and the target transmission power corresponding to the second frequency domain unit.
  • the target transmit power corresponding to the second frequency domain resource is the same as the target transmit power corresponding to the first frequency domain resource.
  • the corresponding target transmission power is the minimum value between the first transmission power and the second transmission power.
  • the target transmit power corresponding to the first frequency domain resource is the same as the target transmit power corresponding to the second frequency domain resource.
  • the corresponding target transmit power is the same.
  • the first transmit power is the maximum average transmit power determined based on the maximum transmit power allowed by the first terminal device.
  • the maximum transmission power allowed by the first terminal device may be different.
  • the maximum transmit power allowed by the first terminal device may be PCMAX,f,c (i) in the aforementioned formula (1).
  • the maximum transmit power allowed by the first terminal device may be PCMAX in formula (3).
  • Type 1 Corresponding to the frequency domain resource is the resource corresponding to the activated BWP of the cell. This type may correspond to the scenario where the first network device configures CA or DC for the first terminal device.
  • the first frequency domain resource is the resource corresponding to the activated BWP of the first cell to which the first terminal device is connected
  • the second frequency domain resource is the resource corresponding to the activated BWP of the second cell to which the first terminal device is connected
  • the first transmit power is the maximum average transmission power determined based on the maximum transmission power allowed by the first terminal device at the transmission timing i when transmitting the reference signal.
  • the first transmission power can be expressed as P CMAX (i)/N, P CMAX (i) is the maximum transmission power allowed by the first terminal device at the transmission opportunity i, and N is the transmission opportunity.
  • N is equal to 2.
  • N is equal to the number of the multiple frequency domain resources.
  • the first terminal device is configured with first frequency domain resources, second frequency domain resources, and third frequency domain resources, and N is equal to 3.
  • the first terminal device configures the first frequency domain resource, the second frequency domain resource, the third frequency domain resource and the fourth frequency domain resource, and N is equal to 4.
  • PCMAX (i) can also mean that the first terminal device transmits data on the first frequency at the sending timing i.
  • the maximum transmission power allowed on the first frequency domain resource or the second frequency domain resource; or, PCMAX (i) can also represent the maximum transmission power allowed by the first terminal device on the first frequency domain resource at the transmission opportunity i and the maximum transmission power allowed by the first terminal on the first frequency domain resource.
  • P CMAX (i) can also represent the maximum transmission power allowed by the first terminal device on the first frequency domain resource, or the second frequency domain resource, or the third frequency domain resource at the transmission opportunity i; or, P CMAX (i) It can also represent the maximum transmission power allowed by the first terminal device on the first frequency domain resource at the transmission timing i, the maximum transmission power allowed by the first terminal device on the second frequency domain resource, and the maximum transmission power allowed by the first terminal device on the third frequency domain resource. The maximum value between the maximum transmit powers allowed on frequency domain resources.
  • the second transmission power may be an average value between the transmission power corresponding to the first frequency domain resource and the transmission power corresponding to the second frequency domain resource.
  • the target transmit power corresponding to the first frequency domain resource or the second frequency domain resource can be calculated according to formula (8).
  • P′ SRS,b_m,f_m,c_m (i,q s_m ) is the target transmit power corresponding to the first frequency domain resource or the second frequency domain resource.
  • P′ SRS,b_m,f_m,c_m (i,q s_m ) is the target transmit power corresponding to the first frequency domain resource.
  • P′ SRS,b_m,f_m,c_m (i,q s_m ) is the target transmit power corresponding to the second frequency domain resource.
  • P mean (i) is the second transmit power, which can be determined by formula (9).
  • each parameter in formula (9) is defined as follows:
  • m can represent the m-th cell among N cells.
  • P SRS,b_m,f_m,c_m i,q s_m
  • q s_m is the resource or resource set of the reference signal in the first cell.
  • the index corresponding to a cell, P SRS, b_m, f_m, c_m (i, q s_m ) can be calculated by formula (1) or formula (2).
  • P SRS,b_m,f_m,c_m (i,q s_m ) represents the transmit power corresponding to the second frequency domain resource
  • q s_m is the resource or resource set of the reference signal in the first
  • the index corresponding to the two cells, P SRS, b_m, f_m, c_m (i, q s_m ) can be calculated by formula (1) or formula (2). It should be understood that the index corresponding to the resource or resource set of the reference signal in the first cell and the index corresponding to the second cell may be the same or different, and this is not specifically limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the second transmit power is the maximum value between the transmit power corresponding to the first frequency domain resource and the transmit power corresponding to the second frequency domain resource.
  • the target transmit power corresponding to the first frequency domain resource or the second frequency domain resource can be calculated according to formula (10).
  • each parameter in formula (10) please refer to the relevant explanations of formula (8) and formula (9).
  • max ⁇ P 1 ,P 2 ,...P m ⁇ represents the second transmission power
  • P 1 ,P 2 ,...P m represents the transmission power corresponding to the activated BWP b_m of the carrier f_m of each cell under the transmission timing i, which can be expressed by the formula (1) or formula (2).
  • P m represents the transmission power corresponding to the first frequency domain resource.
  • P m represents the transmit power corresponding to the second frequency domain resource.
  • the second transmission power is the transmission power corresponding to the first frequency domain resource or the second frequency domain resource; or, the second transmission power is the transmission power corresponding to the first frequency domain resource or the second frequency domain resource of the first terminal device.
  • the transmit power corresponding to the second frequency domain resource is determined.
  • the target transmit power corresponding to the first frequency domain resource or the second frequency domain resource can be calculated according to formula (11).
  • each parameter in formula (11) please refer to the relevant explanations of formula (8) to formula (10).
  • P r represents the transmission power corresponding to the first frequency domain resource or the second frequency domain resource.
  • ⁇ represents the power scaling factor, which may be default or indicated, that is, the second transmission power is determined by the first terminal device according to the transmission power corresponding to the first frequency domain resource or the second frequency domain resource and ⁇ . If there is no indication or no default value is set, ⁇ is equal to 1, that is, the second transmit power is the transmit power corresponding to the first frequency domain resource or the second frequency resource.
  • Type 2 Corresponds to the resource corresponding to the activated SL BWP where the frequency domain resource is the carrier.
  • This type can correspond to the scenario where the second terminal device configures SL CA for the first terminal device.
  • the first frequency domain resource is the frequency domain resource corresponding to the first carrier connected to the first terminal device
  • the second frequency domain resource is the frequency domain resource corresponding to the second carrier connected to the first terminal device
  • the first transmit power is based on The maximum average transmit power determined by the maximum transmit power allowed by the first terminal device.
  • the first transmit power may be expressed as PCMAX /N, where PCMAX is the maximum transmit power allowed by the first terminal device, and N is the number of carriers in multiple carriers. It can be understood that for the specific value of N, please refer to the relevant description of N in Type 1 mentioned above, and will not be described again here.
  • PCMAX can also represent the maximum transmission power allowed by the first terminal device on the first frequency domain resource or the second frequency domain resource; or, PCMAX can also represent the maximum transmission power allowed by the first terminal device on the first frequency domain resource.
  • the maximum value between the maximum transmit power allowed on one frequency domain resource and the maximum transmit power allowed by the first terminal device on the second frequency domain resource please refer to the above-mentioned description of PCMAX (i) in Type 1. , which will not be described again here.
  • the second transmit power may be an average value between the transmit power corresponding to the first frequency domain resource and the transmit power corresponding to the second frequency domain resource.
  • the target transmit power corresponding to the first frequency domain resource or the second frequency domain resource can be calculated according to formula (12).
  • P′ PRS_n (i) is the target transmit power corresponding to the first frequency domain resource or the second frequency domain resource.
  • P′ PRS_n (i) is the target transmit power corresponding to the first frequency domain resource.
  • P′ PRS_n (i) is the target transmit power corresponding to the second frequency domain resource.
  • P mean (i) represents the second power, which can be calculated from formula (3) to formula (7).
  • the second transmit power is the maximum value between the transmit power corresponding to the first frequency domain resource and the transmit power corresponding to the second frequency domain resource.
  • the target transmit power corresponding to the first frequency domain resource or the second frequency domain resource can be determined by formula (13).
  • each parameter in formula (13) please refer to the relevant description in formula (12).
  • max ⁇ P 1 ,P 2 ,...P n ⁇ represents the second transmission power
  • P 1 ,P 2 ,...P n represents the reference signal transmission power corresponding to the activated SL BWP b_n of each carrier f_n at the transmission timing i
  • P n represents the transmission power corresponding to the first frequency domain resource
  • P n represents the transmission power corresponding to the second frequency domain resource.
  • the second transmission power is the transmission power corresponding to the first frequency domain resource or the second frequency domain resource; or, the second transmission power is the transmission power corresponding to the first frequency domain resource or the second frequency domain resource of the first terminal device.
  • the transmit power corresponding to the second frequency domain resource is determined.
  • the target transmit power corresponding to the first frequency domain resource or the second frequency domain resource can be determined by formula (14).
  • each parameter in formula (14) please refer to the relevant descriptions of formula (12) to formula (13).
  • ⁇ represents the power scaling factor, which may be default or indicated, that is, the second transmission power is determined by the first terminal device according to the transmission power corresponding to the first frequency domain resource or the second frequency domain resource and ⁇ . If there is no indication or no default value is set, ⁇ is equal to 1, that is, the second transmit power is the transmit power corresponding to the first frequency domain resource or the second frequency resource.
  • the above formulas (8) to (14) may be applicable to the case where the first terminal device is configured with three or more frequency domain resources.
  • the above formulas (8) to (14) may be applicable to the above The solution corresponding to scenario one or scenario two.
  • P r represents the transmit power corresponding to one of the first frequency domain resource, the second frequency domain resource, and the third frequency domain resource.
  • P r may be the transmission power corresponding to the default frequency domain resource, and the default frequency domain resource may be the frequency resource corresponding to the PCell; or, P r may be indicated by the second device, which is not specified in the embodiment of this application. limited.
  • P′ RRS_n (i) is the third frequency domain resource Corresponding target transmit power.
  • P n represents the transmit power corresponding to the third frequency domain resource.
  • P r represents the first frequency domain resource, the second frequency domain resource, and the third frequency domain resource. The corresponding transmit power of a resource.
  • P r can be the transmission power corresponding to the default frequency domain resource, and the default frequency domain resource can be the frequency resource corresponding to the main carrier in the SL CA; or, P r can be indicated by the second device.
  • P r can be the transmission power corresponding to the default frequency domain resource
  • the default frequency domain resource can be the frequency resource corresponding to the main carrier in the SL CA; or, P r can be indicated by the second device.
  • P r can be the transmission power corresponding to the default frequency domain resource
  • the default frequency domain resource can be the frequency resource corresponding to the main carrier in the SL CA
  • P r can be indicated by the second device.
  • Case 2 This case corresponds to the case where the frequency domain unit is a sub-frequency domain resource of the frequency domain resource.
  • the first frequency domain unit is a sub-frequency domain resource of the first frequency domain resource
  • the second frequency domain unit is a sub-frequency domain resource of the second frequency domain resource
  • the first frequency domain unit corresponds to
  • the proportional relationship between the target transmit power corresponding to the second frequency domain unit and the target transmit power corresponding to the second frequency domain unit includes that the target transmit power corresponding to the first frequency domain unit is the same as the target transmit power corresponding to the second frequency domain unit, and the first terminal device according to the first Information corresponding to a frequency domain resource and/or a second frequency domain resource, and the proportional relationship between the target transmission power corresponding to the first frequency domain unit and the target transmission power corresponding to the second frequency domain unit, determine the first frequency domain resource
  • the corresponding target transmit power and the target transmit power corresponding to the second frequency domain resource include:
  • the first terminal device determines the target transmit power corresponding to the first frequency domain resource and the target transmit power corresponding to the second frequency domain resource according to the size information of the first frequency domain resource, the size information of the second frequency domain resource and the proportional relationship.
  • the first frequency domain resources are resources corresponding to the activated BWP of the first cell to which the first terminal device is connected
  • the second frequency domain resources are resources corresponding to the activated BWP of the second cell to which the first terminal device is connected.
  • the size information of the frequency domain resources includes the number of sub-frequency domain resources in the activated BWP of the first cell
  • the size information of the second frequency domain resource includes the number of sub-frequency domain resources in the activated BWP of the second cell. That is to say, in type one, the frequency domain resources are resources corresponding to the activated BWP of the cell to which the first terminal device is connected.
  • the first frequency domain resource is a frequency domain resource corresponding to a first carrier connected to the first terminal device
  • the second frequency domain resource is a frequency domain resource corresponding to the second carrier connected to the first terminal device
  • the first frequency domain resource is a frequency domain resource corresponding to a second carrier connected to the first terminal device.
  • the size information of the frequency domain resources includes the number of sub-frequency domain resources of the first carrier
  • the size information of the second frequency domain resources includes the number of sub-frequency domain resources of the second carrier. That is to say, in Type 2, the frequency domain resources are frequency domain resources corresponding to the carrier to which the first terminal device is connected.
  • the first frequency domain unit is a sub-frequency domain resource of the first frequency domain resource
  • the second frequency domain unit is a sub-frequency domain resource of the second frequency domain resource
  • the first terminal device is based on the first frequency domain resource.
  • the corresponding target transmit power and the target transmit power corresponding to the second frequency domain resource include:
  • the first terminal device is based on the proportional relationship between the number of sub-frequency domain resources of the first frequency domain resource and the total number corresponding to the multiple sub-frequency domain resources, the number of sub-frequency shift resources of the second frequency domain resource and the multiple sub-frequency domain resources.
  • the proportional relationship between the corresponding total quantities and the allocable transmit power of the first terminal device determines the target transmit power corresponding to the first frequency domain resource and the target transmit power corresponding to the second frequency domain resource.
  • the plurality of sub-frequency domain resources include each sub-frequency domain resource within the first frequency domain resource and each sub-frequency domain resource within the second frequency domain resource. It can be understood that multiple sub-frequency domain resources may also refer to those that need to be sent at the same sending opportunity i All sub-frequency domain resources corresponding to the reference signal.
  • the target transmission power corresponding to the first frequency domain resource or the second frequency domain resource is based on the number of sub-frequency domain resources included in the first frequency domain resource or the second frequency domain resource and the reference signal that needs to be sent at the same transmission opportunity.
  • the proportional relationship between the corresponding quantities of all sub-frequency domain resources is determined, thereby making the corresponding transmission power on each sub-frequency domain resource in all sub-frequency domain resources consistent, thereby improving the second device's ability to receive transmissions on each frequency domain resource.
  • the power consistency of the reference signal achieves improved positioning accuracy.
  • the allocable transmit power of the first terminal device is the maximum transmit power allowed by the first terminal device.
  • the maximum transmission power allowed by the first terminal device is different.
  • the formula for determining the target transmit power corresponding to the first frequency domain resource or the second frequency domain resource is exemplarily introduced below based on Type 1 and Type 2.
  • the target transmit power corresponding to the first frequency domain resource or the second frequency domain resource can be determined by formula (15) or formula (16). It can be understood that formula (15) and formula (16) can also be applied to the case where the first terminal device is configured with three or more frequency domain resources, such as scenario one or scenario two.
  • ⁇ M SRS (i) is the sum of the number of sub-frequency domain resources in the activated BWP of the first cell and the number of sub-frequency domain resources in the activated BWP of the second cell under transmission timing i. It can be understood that in scenario one, ⁇ M SRS (i) is the number of sub-frequency domain resources in the activated BWP of the first cell, the number of sub-frequency domain resources in the activated BWP of the second cell, and The sum of the number of sub-frequency domain resources in the activated BWP of the third cell.
  • ⁇ M SRS (i) is the number of sub-frequency domain resources in the activated BWP of the first cell, the number of sub-frequency domain resources in the activated BWP of the second cell, and the number of sub-frequency domain resources in the activated BWP of the third cell under transmission timing i.
  • M SRS,b_m,f_m,c_m (i) is the number of sub-frequency domain resources within the activated BWP b_m of carrier f_m of cell c_m under transmission timing i. That is to say, when m is the index value of the first cell, P′ SRS,b_m,f_m,c_m (i,q s_m ) is the target transmit power corresponding to the first frequency domain resource, and q s_m is the reference signal The index corresponding to the resource or resource set in the first cell, M SRS, b_m, f_m, c_m (i) is the number of sub-frequency domain resources within the activated BWP b_m of the carrier f_m of the first cell c_m at the transmission timing i.
  • P′ SRS,b_m,f_m,c_m (i,q s_m ) is the target transmit power corresponding to the second frequency domain resource
  • q s_m is the resource of the reference signal Or the corresponding index of the resource set in the second cell
  • M SRS, b_m, f_m, c_m (i) is the number of sub-frequency domain resources in the activated BWP b_m of the carrier f_m of the second cell c_m at the transmission timing i.
  • P CMAX (i) and P' SRS,b_m,f_m,c_m (i,q s_m ) in formula (15) are linear values, and the units can be watts (W), milliwatts (mW), etc.
  • the corresponding power value in formula (16) is a logarithmic value, and the unit can be dBm, dBW, etc.
  • formula (15) can be transformed into formula (17).
  • P′ SRS,b_m,f_m,c_m (i,q s_m ) ⁇ SRS,b_m,f_m,c_m ⁇ P SRS,b_m,f_m,c_m (i,q s_m )
  • ⁇ SRS, b_m, f_m, c_m may represent the power adjustment coefficient corresponding to the first frequency domain resource or the second frequency domain resource when the first terminal device is configured with CA or DC.
  • P SRS,b_m,f_m,c_m (i,q s_m ) may represent the transmission power corresponding to the first frequency domain resource or the second frequency domain resource, and the transmission power may be determined by the aforementioned formula (1) or formula (2).
  • P′ SRS,b_m,f_m,c_m (i,q s_m ) is the target transmit power corresponding to the second frequency domain resource
  • ⁇ SRS,b_m,f_m, c_m is the power adjustment coefficient corresponding to the second frequency domain resource
  • P SRS,b_m,f_m,c_m (i,q s_m ) is the transmit power corresponding to the second frequency domain resource.
  • the purpose of formula (17) is to further adjust the transmit power corresponding to the existing power control scheme, and thereby obtain the target transmit power corresponding to the first frequency domain resource or the second frequency domain resource.
  • ⁇ SRS, b_m, f_m, c_m can be determined by formula (18) or formula (19).
  • the corresponding power value in formula (17) is a linear value, and the unit can be W, mW, etc.
  • the corresponding power value in formula (18) can be a linear value
  • P CMAX (i) in formula (19) can be a logarithmic value
  • P SRS,b_m,f_m,c_m (i,q s_m ) can be a linear value.
  • formula (16) can be transformed into formula (20).
  • P′ SRS,b_m,f_m,c_m (i,q s_m ) ⁇ SRS,b_m,f_m,c_m +P SRS,b_m,f_m,c_m (i,q s_m )
  • the corresponding power value in formula (20) is a logarithmic value, and the unit can be dBm or dBW.
  • ⁇ SRS, b_m, f_m, c_m in the formula (20) can be determined according to the above formula (19) or the following formula (21).
  • the target transmit power corresponding to the first frequency domain resource or the second frequency domain resource can be determined by formula (22) or formula (23). It can be understood that formula (17) or formula (18) may also be applicable to the case where the first terminal device is configured with three or more frequency domain resources, such as scenario one or scenario two.
  • P′ PRS_n (i) P CMAX +10log 10 (M PRS_n (i)/ ⁇ M PRS (i)) Formula (23)
  • parameter P CMAX in formula (22) and formula (23) can be found in the relevant explanations of formula (12) to formula (14), and will not be repeated here.
  • ⁇ M PRS (i) is the sum of the number of sub-frequency domain resources of the first carrier and the number of sub-frequency domain resources of the second carrier under transmission timing i. It can be understood that in scenario one, ⁇ M PRS (i) is the number of sub-frequency domain resources of the first carrier, the number of sub-frequency domain resources of the second carrier, and the number of sub-frequency domain resources of the third carrier at transmission timing i. The sum of the quantities. In scenario 2, ⁇ M PRS (i) transmits the number of sub-frequency domain resources of the first carrier, the number of sub-frequency domain resources of the second carrier, the number of sub-frequency domain resources of the third carrier, and the number of sub-frequency domain resources of the third carrier at transmission timing i. The sum of the number of sub-frequency domain resources of the four carriers.
  • M PRS_n (i) is the number of sub-frequency domain resources for downloading wave f_n at timing i. That is to say, when n in PRS_n is the index value of the first carrier, P′ PRS_n (i) is the target transmission power corresponding to the first frequency domain resource, and M PRS_n (i) is the first transmission power at the transmission opportunity i.
  • PRS_n When n in PRS_n is the index value of the second carrier, P′ PRS_n (i) is the target transmit power corresponding to the second frequency domain resource, and M PRS_n (i) is the sub-unit of the second carrier f_n at the transmission opportunity i.
  • M PRS_n (i) is the number of sub-frequency domain resources of the third carrier f_n at the transmission opportunity i.
  • M PRS_n (i) is the number of sub-frequency domain resources of the fourth carrier f_n at the transmission timing i.
  • the corresponding power value in formula (22) is a linear value, and the unit may be W, mW, etc.
  • the corresponding power value in formula (23) is a logarithmic value, and the unit can be dBm, dBW, etc.
  • formula (22) can be transformed into formula (24).
  • P′ PRS_n (i) ⁇ PRS_n +P PRS_n (i) Formula (24)
  • ⁇ PRS_n may represent the power adjustment coefficient corresponding to the first frequency domain resource or the second frequency domain resource when the first terminal device is configured with SL CA.
  • ⁇ PRS_n may represent the transmission power corresponding to the first frequency domain resource or the second frequency domain resource, and the transmission power may be determined by the aforementioned formula (3) to formula (7).
  • P′ PRS_n (i) is the target corresponding to the first frequency domain resource.
  • Transmit power ⁇ PRS_n is the power adjustment coefficient corresponding to the first frequency domain resource
  • P PRS_n (i) is the transmit power corresponding to the first frequency domain resource.
  • PRS_n is the index value of the second carrier
  • P′ PRS_n (i) is the target transmit power corresponding to the second frequency domain resource
  • ⁇ PRS_n is the power adjustment coefficient corresponding to the second frequency domain resource
  • P PRS_n (i) is the transmit power corresponding to the second frequency domain resource.
  • the purpose of formula (23) is to further adjust the transmit power corresponding to the existing power control scheme, and thereby obtain the target transmit power corresponding to the first frequency domain resource or the second frequency domain resource.
  • ⁇ PRS_n can be determined by formula (25) or formula (26).
  • the corresponding power value in formula (24) is a linear value, and the unit can be W, mW, etc.
  • the corresponding power value in formula (25) can be a linear value
  • P CMAX (i) in formula (26) can be a logarithmic value
  • P PRS_n (i) can be a linear value.
  • formula (23) can be transformed into formula (27).
  • P′ PRS_n (i) ⁇ PRS_n +P PRS_n (i)
  • the corresponding power value in formula (27) is a logarithmic value, and the unit can be dBm or dBW.
  • ⁇ PRS_n in the formula (27) can be determined according to the above formula (26) or the following formula (28).
  • the first frequency domain unit is a sub-frequency domain resource of the first frequency domain resource
  • the second frequency domain unit is a sub-frequency domain resource of the second frequency domain resource
  • the first frequency domain unit corresponds to
  • the proportional relationship between the target transmit power corresponding to the second frequency domain unit and the target transmit power corresponding to the second frequency domain unit includes that the target transmit power corresponding to the first frequency domain unit is the same as the target transmit power corresponding to the second frequency domain unit, and the first terminal device according to the first Information corresponding to a frequency domain resource and/or a second frequency domain resource, and the proportional relationship between the target transmission power corresponding to the first frequency domain unit and the target transmission power corresponding to the second frequency domain unit, determine the first frequency domain resource
  • the corresponding target transmit power and the target transmit power corresponding to the second frequency domain resource include:
  • the first terminal device determines the first frequency domain resource according to the size information of the first frequency domain resource, the size information of the second frequency domain resource, the transmission power corresponding to the first frequency domain resource and/or the second frequency domain resource, and the proportional relationship.
  • the corresponding target transmit power and the target transmit power corresponding to the second frequency domain resource are the same.
  • the first frequency domain resources are resources corresponding to the activated BWP of the first cell to which the first terminal device is connected
  • the second frequency domain resources are resources corresponding to the activated BWP of the second cell to which the first terminal device is connected.
  • the size information of the frequency domain resources includes the number of sub-frequency domain resources in the activated BWP of the first cell
  • the size information of the second frequency domain resource includes the number of sub-frequency domain resources in the activated BWP of the second cell. That is to say, in type one, the frequency domain resources are resources corresponding to the activated BWP of the cell to which the first terminal device is connected.
  • the first frequency domain resource is a frequency domain resource corresponding to a first carrier connected to the first terminal device
  • the second frequency domain resource is a frequency domain resource corresponding to the second carrier connected to the first terminal device
  • the first frequency domain resource is a frequency domain resource corresponding to a second carrier connected to the first terminal device.
  • the size information of the frequency domain resources includes the number of sub-frequency domain resources of the first carrier
  • the size information of the second frequency domain resources includes the number of sub-frequency domain resources of the second carrier. That is to say, in Type 2, the frequency domain resources are frequency domain resources corresponding to the carrier to which the first terminal device is connected.
  • the first frequency domain unit is a sub-frequency domain resource of the first frequency domain resource
  • the second frequency domain unit is a sub-frequency domain resource of the second frequency domain resource
  • the first terminal device is based on the first frequency domain resource.
  • the corresponding target transmit power and the target transmit power corresponding to the second frequency domain resource include:
  • the first terminal device is based on the proportional relationship between the transmission power corresponding to the first frequency domain resource and the total transmission power corresponding to the plurality of frequency domain resources, the transmission power of the second frequency domain resource and the total transmission power corresponding to the plurality of frequency domain resources. Based on the proportional relationship between the first terminal device and the allocable transmit power of the first terminal device, the target transmit power corresponding to the first frequency domain resource and the target transmit power corresponding to the second frequency domain resource are determined.
  • the plurality of frequency domain resources include first frequency domain resources and second frequency domain resources.
  • the transmission power corresponding to the first frequency domain resource or the second frequency domain resource can be determined according to the aforementioned formula (1) or formula (2).
  • the transmit power corresponding to the first frequency domain resource or the second frequency domain resource can be determined according to the aforementioned formulas (3) to (7).
  • the allocable transmit power of the first terminal device is the maximum transmit power allowed by the first terminal device.
  • the maximum transmission power allowed by the first terminal device is different.
  • the target transmit power corresponding to the first frequency domain resource or the second frequency domain resource is the ratio of the sum of the transmit power corresponding to each frequency domain resource and the sum of the transmit power corresponding to each frequency domain resource under the existing power control scheme.
  • the relationship is certain.
  • the target transmit power corresponding to the first frequency domain resource or the second frequency domain resource can be determined by formula (29) or formula (30). It can be understood that formula (29) and formula (30) can also be applied to the case where the first terminal device is configured with three or more frequency domain resources, such as scenario one or scenario two.
  • P′ SRS,b_m,f_m,c_m (i,q s_m ) P SRS,b_m,f_m,c_m (i,q s_m )- ⁇ P SRS (i)+P CMAX (i)
  • ⁇ P SRS (i) is the sum of the transmit power corresponding to the activated BWP of the first cell and the transmit power corresponding to the activated BWP of the second cell under transmission timing i. It can be understood that in scenario one, ⁇ P SRS (i) is the transmit power corresponding to the activated BWP of the first cell, the transmit power corresponding to the activated BWP of the second cell, and the activated BWP of the third cell under transmission timing i. The sum of transmit power.
  • the corresponding power value in formula (29) is a linear value, and the unit can be W, milliwatt, etc.
  • the corresponding power value in formula (30) is a logarithmic value, and the unit can be dBm, dBW, etc.
  • the target transmit power corresponding to the first frequency domain resource or the second frequency domain resource can be determined by formula (31) or formula (32). It can be understood that formula (31) and formula (32) may also be applicable to the case where the first terminal device is configured with three or more frequency domain resources, such as scenario one or scenario two.
  • P′ PRS_n (i) P PRS_n (i)- ⁇ P PRS (i)+P CMAX formula (32)
  • ⁇ P PRS (i) is the sum of the transmission power corresponding to the first carrier and the transmission power corresponding to the second carrier at transmission opportunity i. It can be understood that in scenario one, ⁇ P PRS (i) is the sum of the transmission power corresponding to the first carrier, the transmission power corresponding to the second carrier, and the transmission power corresponding to the third carrier under transmission opportunity i.
  • the above describes the target transmit power corresponding to the first frequency domain resource and the second frequency domain resource when the allocable transmit power of the first terminal device is the maximum transmit power allowed by the first terminal device.
  • there may be power reduction in the first terminal device when the first terminal device needs to send other signals or channels at the same time as the reference signal is sent (for example, the network schedules the first terminal device to send PUSCH at the same time), the allocable transmit power of the first terminal device is reduced.
  • the network instructs the first terminal device to perform additional power backoff, etc., and the allocable transmit power of the first terminal device is reduced.
  • the following describes the target transmit power corresponding to the first frequency domain resource and the second frequency domain resource when the first terminal device has power backoff.
  • the allocable transmit power of the first terminal device is the remaining transmit power determined based on the transmit power allocated to at least one signal or channel with a higher priority than the reference signal.
  • At least one signal or channel with a higher priority than the reference signal may include: physical random access channel (PRACH), channel state information (CSI) used to transmit Channel, or PUSCH used to transmit hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ) acknowledgment (ACK) information, etc.
  • PRACH physical random access channel
  • CSI channel state information
  • PUSCH used to transmit hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ) acknowledgment (ACK) information
  • HARQ hybrid automatic repeat request acknowledgment
  • At least one signal or channel with a higher priority than the reference signal may include: PSCCH, PSSCH, or PSFCH, etc. used to transmit CSI.
  • at least one signal or channel with a higher priority than the reference signal may be a signal or channel agreed upon by the SL-related protocol; or, at least one signal or channel with a higher priority than the reference signal may be configured by the second device to the first terminal device. , the embodiments of this application do not specifically limit this.
  • the allocable transmit power of the first terminal device may be the remaining transmit power determined based on the assigned transmit power of at least one signal or channel with a higher priority than the reference signal and the maximum transmit power allowed by the first terminal device.
  • the allocable transmit power of the first terminal device may be determined by formula (33) or formula (34).
  • ⁇ P(i) P CMAX (i)- ⁇ P others formula (33)
  • ⁇ P(i) represents the allocable transmit power of the first terminal device.
  • P CMAX (i) please refer to the relevant description of Type 1 mentioned above and will not be repeated here.
  • ⁇ P others represents the sum of power allocated by the first terminal device to at least one signal or channel with a higher priority than the reference signal at the transmission opportunity i.
  • the power value corresponding to formula (33) is a linear value, and the unit can be W, mW, etc.
  • the power value corresponding to formula (34) is a logarithmic value, and the unit can be dBm, dBW, etc.
  • the allocable transmit power of the first terminal device may be determined by formula (35) or formula (36).
  • ⁇ P P CMAX - ⁇ P others formula (35)
  • ⁇ P represents the allocable transmit power of the first terminal device.
  • ⁇ P others represents the sum of power allocated by the first terminal device to at least one signal or channel with a higher priority than the reference signal in the SL CA scenario.
  • the power value corresponding to formula (35) is a linear value, and the unit can be W, mW, etc.
  • the power value corresponding to formula (36) is a logarithmic value, and the unit can be dBm, dBW, etc.
  • the allocable transmit power of the first terminal device is the remaining transmit power determined according to the power offset value.
  • the power offset value may be agreed upon in a protocol, negotiated in advance between the first terminal device and the second device, or preconfigured by the first terminal device, which is not specifically limited in the embodiments of this application.
  • the allocable transmit power of the first terminal device may be the remaining transmit power determined according to the power offset value and the maximum transmit power allowed by the first terminal device.
  • the allocable transmit power of the first terminal device may be: a difference or a product value between the maximum transmit power allowed by the first terminal device and the power offset.
  • the allocable transmit power of the first terminal device may be the transmit power allocated according to the power offset value, the maximum transmit power allowed by the first terminal device, and at least one signal or channel with a higher priority than the reference signal. Determine the remaining transmit power.
  • the allocable transmit power of the first terminal device may be the maximum value between the first difference value and the second difference value.
  • the first difference is the difference between the maximum transmission power allowed by the first terminal equipment and the power offset
  • the second difference is the maximum transmission power allowed by the first terminal equipment and at least one with a priority higher than the reference signal. The difference between the assigned transmit power of a signal or channel.
  • power offset value can also be alternatively expressed as “power offset value” or “power adjustment value”, etc., and is not specifically limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the sum of the target transmit power corresponding to the first frequency domain resource and the second frequency domain resource should avoid exceeding the allocable transmit power of the first terminal device.
  • method A and method B can be used to determine the target transmit power corresponding to the first frequency domain resource and the second frequency domain resource. Method A and method B are introduced below respectively.
  • Method A In Method A, the calculation methods provided in the aforementioned cases 1 and 2 can be used to determine the target transmit power corresponding to each frequency domain resource under the remaining transmit power.
  • the target transmit power corresponding to each frequency domain resource in case 1 and case 2 is introduced below.
  • the first transmit power is the remaining average transmit power determined based on the transmit power allocated to at least one signal or channel with a higher priority than the reference signal and the maximum transmit power allowed by the first terminal device.
  • the first transmission power can be expressed as ⁇ P(i)/N, ⁇ P(i) is the remaining transmission power in the aforementioned formula (33) or formula (34), and N is the first transmission power at the transmission opportunity i.
  • N The number of cells to which the terminal device is connected. It can be understood that in the case where the first terminal device only configures the first frequency domain resource and the second frequency domain resource, N is equal to 2.
  • the first transmit power can be expressed as ⁇ P/N
  • ⁇ P is the remaining transmit power in the aforementioned formula (35) or formula (36)
  • N is the value of the cell to which the first terminal device is connected at the transmission opportunity i. quantity. It can be understood that in the case where the first terminal device only configures the first frequency domain resource and the second frequency domain resource, N is equal to 2.
  • the first transmit power is the remaining average transmit power determined based on the power offset value and the maximum transmit power allowed by the first terminal device.
  • the first transmission power may be a difference between the power offset value and the maximum transmission power allowed by the first terminal device.
  • the target transmit power corresponding to the first frequency domain resource or the second frequency domain resource can be determined by formula (37).
  • the target transmission power corresponding to the first frequency domain resource or the second frequency domain resource can be determined by equation (38).
  • the target transmission power corresponding to the first frequency domain resource or the second frequency domain resource can be determined by equation (39).
  • the target transmit power corresponding to the first frequency domain resource or the second frequency domain resource can be determined by formula (40).
  • the target transmission power corresponding to the first frequency domain resource or the second frequency domain resource can be determined by equation (41).
  • the target transmission power corresponding to the first frequency domain resource or the second frequency domain resource can be determined by equation (42).
  • the target transmit power corresponding to the first frequency domain resource or the second frequency domain resource can be calculated by formula (43) or formula (44 )Sure.
  • ⁇ P(i) in formula (43) and formula (44) can be the above-mentioned remaining transmission power, such as ⁇ P(i) in formula (33) or formula (34), which will be explained here uniformly and will not be described in detail below. .
  • ⁇ P(i) please refer to the relevant explanations of the aforementioned formula (15) and formula (16), and will not be described again here.
  • formula (43) can be transformed into formula (17).
  • ⁇ SRS, b_m, f_m, c_m in formula (17) can be determined by formula (46) or formula (47).
  • formula (44) For formula (44): formula (43) can be transformed into formula (20).
  • ⁇ SRS, b_m, f_m, c_m in the formula (20) can be determined according to the above formula (46) or the following formula (47).
  • the target transmit power corresponding to the first frequency domain resource or the second frequency domain resource can be determined by formula (48) or formula (49).
  • P′ PRS_n (i) ⁇ P+10log 10 (M PRS_n (i)/ ⁇ M PRS (i)) Formula (49)
  • ⁇ P in formula (48) and formula (49) can be the above-mentioned remaining transmission power, for example, ⁇ P in formula (35) or formula (36), which will be described uniformly here and will not be described again below.
  • ⁇ P in formula (35) or formula (36) can be the above-mentioned remaining transmission power, for example, ⁇ P in formula (35) or formula (36), which will be described uniformly here and will not be described again below.
  • formula (43) can be transformed into formula (24).
  • ⁇ PRS_n in formula (24) can be determined by formula (50) or formula (51).
  • formula (49) can be transformed into formula (27).
  • ⁇ PRS_n in formula (27) can be determined according to the above formula (51) or the following formula (52).
  • the target transmit power corresponding to the first frequency domain resource or the second frequency domain resource can be determined by formula (53) or formula (54).
  • P′ SRS,b_m,f_m,c_m (i,q s_m ) P SRS,b_m,f_m,c_m (i,q s_m )- ⁇ P SRS (i)+ ⁇ P(i)
  • the target transmit power corresponding to the first frequency domain resource or the second frequency domain resource can be determined by formula (55) or formula (56).
  • P′ PRS_n (i) P PRS_n (i)- ⁇ P PRS (i)+ ⁇ P Formula (56)
  • Method B the target transmission power corresponding to each frequency domain resource under the remaining transmission power can be determined according to the configuration of the open-loop power control parameters corresponding to each frequency domain resource of the first terminal device.
  • the configuration of the open-loop power control parameters corresponding to each frequency domain resource of the first terminal device may include case A and case B. Based on case A and case B, the calculation method of the target transmit power corresponding to each frequency domain resource is introduced below. .
  • the first terminal device only configures the open-loop power control parameter corresponding to one frequency domain resource among the plurality of frequency domain resources, and can then calculate it based on the open-loop power control parameter corresponding to the frequency domain resource.
  • the target transmit power corresponding to each frequency domain resource.
  • the first frequency domain unit is a sub-frequency domain resource of the first frequency domain resource
  • the second frequency domain unit is a sub-frequency domain resource of the second frequency domain resource
  • the first terminal device is based on the first frequency domain resource.
  • the information corresponding to the frequency domain resource and/or the second frequency domain resource, and the proportional relationship determine the target transmission power corresponding to the first frequency domain resource and the target transmission power corresponding to the second frequency domain resource (step S802b), including:
  • the first terminal device uses the open-loop power control parameter,
  • the target transmit power corresponding to the first frequency domain resource is determined by the proportional relationship between the number of sub-frequency domain resources of the first frequency domain resource and the total number corresponding to the plurality of sub-frequency domain resources, and the remaining transmit power.
  • the first terminal device determines according to the proportional relationship between the target transmit power corresponding to the first frequency domain resource and the number of sub-frequency domain resources of the second frequency domain resource and the number of sub-frequency domain resources of the first frequency domain resource, Determine the target transmit power corresponding to the second frequency domain resource.
  • the remaining transmit power is determined based on the transmit power allocated to at least one signal or channel with a priority higher than the reference signal and the maximum transmit power allowed by the first terminal device.
  • the plurality of sub-frequency domain resources include each sub-frequency domain resource within the first frequency domain resource.
  • the first frequency domain resource is a resource corresponding to the activated BWP of the first cell to which the first terminal device is connected
  • the second frequency domain resource is a resource corresponding to the activated BWP of the second cell to which the first terminal device is connected.
  • the open-loop power control parameters include the target received power of the reference signal, the path loss reference signal resource index corresponding to the reference signal, and the path loss compensation factor corresponding to the reference signal.
  • the target transmit power corresponding to the first frequency domain resource is P′ SRS,b_m,f_m,c_m (i,q s_m )
  • the target transmit power corresponding to the second frequency domain resource is P′ SRS,b_n,f_n,c_n ( i,q s_n ).
  • P′ SRS,b_m,f_m,c_m (i,q s_m ) can be determined by formula (57) or formula (58)
  • P′ SRS,b_n,f_n,c_n (i,q s_n ) is determined by formula (59) Sure.
  • P CMAX (i) may be the maximum transmission power allowed by the first terminal device at the transmission timing i, which will be described uniformly here and will not be described in detail below.
  • ⁇ M SRS (i) is the sum of the number of sub-frequency domain resources in the activated BWP of the first cell and the number of sub-frequency domain resources in the activated BWP of the second cell under transmission timing i.
  • M SRS,b_m,f_m,c_m (i) is the number of sub-frequency domain resources within the activated BWP b_m of the carrier f_m of the first cell c_m at the transmission opportunity i.
  • q s_m is the index corresponding to the resource or resource set of the reference signal in the first cell c_m.
  • ⁇ _m is the subcarrier spacing configuration corresponding to the activated BWP b_m of the carrier f_m of the first cell c_m.
  • ⁇ SRS,b_m,f_m,c_m (q s_m ) is the path loss compensation factor corresponding to the reference signal under the activated BWP b_m of the carrier f_m of the first cell c_m.
  • PL b_m, f_m, c_m (q d_m ) is the path loss estimate corresponding to the reference signal under the activated BWP b_m of the carrier f_m of the first cell c_m.
  • q s_n is the index corresponding to the resource or resource set of the reference signal in the second cell c_m.
  • M SRS,b_n,f_n,c_n (i) is the number of sub-frequency domain resources in the activated BWP b_n of the carrier f_n of the second cell c_n under the transmission timing i.
  • the method can also be configured according to the above formula (57) or Formula (58) determines the target transmit power corresponding to the second frequency domain resource, and determines the first frequency domain resource according to the above formula (59). The target transmit power corresponding to the source.
  • the above formula (57) to formula (59) can also be used to determine the target corresponding to each frequency domain resource. Transmit power, for example, in scenario 1, the first terminal device is configured with the open-loop power control parameters corresponding to the first frequency domain resource, and the open-loop power control corresponding to the second frequency domain resource and the third frequency domain resource is not configured.
  • the parameters, and thus the target transmit power corresponding to the first frequency domain resource can be determined according to formula (57), the target transmit power corresponding to the second frequency domain resource and the target transmit power corresponding to the third frequency domain resource can be determined according to formula (59).
  • case B In case B, the first terminal device only configures the open-loop power control parameters corresponding to each frequency domain resource in the multiple frequency domain resources, and the open-loop power control parameters corresponding to each frequency domain resource are the same, Then, the target transmit power corresponding to each frequency domain resource can be calculated based on the same open-loop power control parameter.
  • the first frequency domain unit is a sub-frequency domain resource of the first frequency domain resource
  • the second frequency domain unit is a sub-frequency domain resource of the second frequency domain resource
  • the first terminal device is based on the first frequency domain resource.
  • the information corresponding to the frequency domain resource and/or the second frequency domain resource, and the proportional relationship determine the target transmission power corresponding to the first frequency domain resource and the target transmission power corresponding to the second frequency domain resource (step S802b), including:
  • the first terminal device uses the open-loop power control parameter and the sub-frequency of the first frequency domain resource.
  • the proportional relationship between the number of domain resources and the total number corresponding to multiple sub-frequency domain resources, the proportional relationship between the number of sub-frequency domain resources of the second frequency domain resource and the total number corresponding to multiple sub-frequency domain resources, and the remaining Transmit power determine the target transmit power corresponding to the first frequency domain resource and the target transmit power corresponding to the second frequency domain resource;
  • the remaining transmit power is determined based on the transmit power allocated to at least one signal or channel with a priority higher than the reference signal and the maximum transmit power allowed by the first terminal device.
  • the plurality of sub-frequency domain resources include each sub-frequency domain resource within the first frequency domain resource.
  • the first frequency domain resource is a resource corresponding to the activated BWP of the first cell to which the first terminal device is connected
  • the second frequency domain resource is a resource corresponding to the activated BWP of the second cell to which the first terminal device is connected.
  • the open-loop power control parameters include the target received power of the reference signal, the path loss reference signal resource index corresponding to the reference signal, and the path loss compensation factor corresponding to the reference signal.
  • the target transmission power corresponding to the first frequency domain resource or the second frequency domain resource is P′ SRS,b_m,f_m,c_m (i,q s_m ).
  • P′ SRS,b_m,f_m,c_m (i,q s_m ) can be determined according to formula (60) or formula (61).
  • each parameter in formula (60) or formula (61) is defined as follows:
  • P′ SRS,b_m,f_m,c_m (i,q s_m ) is the target transmit power corresponding to the first frequency domain resource.
  • M SRS,b_m,f_m,c_m (i) is the number of sub-frequency domain resources within the activated BWP b_m of the carrier f_m of the first cell c_m at the transmission opportunity i.
  • q s_m is the index corresponding to the resource or resource set of the reference signal in the first cell c_m.
  • ⁇ _m is the subcarrier spacing configuration corresponding to the activated BWP b_m of the carrier f_m of the first cell c_m.
  • ⁇ SRS,b_m,f_m,c_m (q s_m ) is the path loss compensation factor corresponding to the reference signal under the activated BWP b_m of the carrier f_m of the first cell c_m.
  • PL b_m, f_m, c_m (q d_m ) is the path loss estimate corresponding to the reference signal under the activated BWP b_m of the carrier f_m of the first cell c_m.
  • each parameter in formula (60) or formula (61) is defined as follows:
  • P′ SRS,b_m,f_m,c_m (i,q s_m ) is the target transmit power corresponding to the second frequency domain resource.
  • M SRS,b_m,f_m,c_m (i) is the number of sub-frequency domain resources within the activated BWP b_m of the carrier f_m of the second cell c_m under the transmission timing i.
  • q s_m is the index corresponding to the resource or resource set of the reference signal in the second cell c_m.
  • ⁇ _m is the subcarrier spacing configuration corresponding to the activated BWP b_m of carrier f_m of the second cell c_m.
  • ⁇ SRS,b_m,f_m,c_m (q s_m ) is the path loss compensation factor corresponding to the reference signal under the activated BWP b_m of the carrier f_m of the second cell c_m.
  • PL b_m, f_m, c_m (q d_m ) is the path loss estimate corresponding to the reference signal under the activated BWP b_m of carrier f_m of the second cell c_m.
  • the above formula (60) or formula (61) can also be used to determine the target corresponding to each frequency domain resource. Transmit power, for example, in scenario 1, between the open-loop power control parameters corresponding to the first frequency domain resource, the open-loop power control parameters corresponding to the second frequency domain resource, and the open-loop power control parameters corresponding to the third frequency domain resource. are the same as each other, and the target transmit power corresponding to the first frequency domain resource to the third frequency domain resource can be determined according to formula (60).
  • the device preferentially allocates and transmits frequency domain resources with higher priority (such as frequency domain resources corresponding to PCell). power, which can avoid excessive differences in transmission power of reference signals on different frequency domain resources, thereby reducing position estimation errors. Furthermore, the first terminal device transmits the reference signal with the same transmission power in each of the multiple frequency domain units, which can improve the consistency of the received power when the reference signal on the multiple frequency domain resources reaches the second device. properties, thereby further reducing the position estimation error.
  • the power control method shown in Figure 8 also includes:
  • the first terminal device sends third indication information to the second device.
  • the second device receives the third indication information from the first terminal device.
  • the third indication information is used to instruct the first terminal device to send the reference signal at the same time, and at least one signal or channel with a higher priority than the reference signal; or, the third indication information is used to indicate that there is data at the sending opportunity of sending the reference signal.
  • Send or, the third indication information is used to indicate the transmission of at least one signal or channel with a priority higher than the reference signal at the sending opportunity; or, the third indication information is used to indicate the first frequency domain resource and/or the first frequency domain resource at the sending opportunity.
  • the EPRE corresponding to the second frequency domain resource is reduced; or the third indication information is used to indicate that the allocable transmission power of the first terminal device is reduced at the transmission opportunity; or the third indication information is used to indicate that the allocable transmission power of the first terminal device is reduced at the transmission opportunity.
  • the power level is reduced; or, the third indication information is used to indicate that there is power backoff in the first terminal device at the sending timing.
  • the positioning accuracy based on time difference positioning technology is related to the bandwidth and power of the reference signal sent by the terminal device.
  • the sending power of the reference signal becomes smaller, the positioning accuracy will become lower. That is to say, the second device can determine that the transmission power of the reference signal is low or reduced by receiving the third indication information from the first terminal device. In other words, the positioning measurement result determined by the reference signal is less accurate and credible. The degree of accuracy is poor, so that the second device can measure the credibility of the positioning measurement result corresponding to the reference signal based on the third indication information.
  • the power control method includes the following steps:
  • the first terminal device determines the power adjustment coefficient corresponding to the first frequency domain resource and the transmit power corresponding to the second frequency domain resource. Wherein, the first frequency domain resource and the second frequency domain resource are used for transmitting the reference signal.
  • the first frequency domain resource may be a frequency domain resource corresponding to a first carrier to which the first terminal device is connected
  • the second frequency domain resource may be a frequency domain resource corresponding to a second carrier to which the second terminal device is connected.
  • the power adjustment coefficient corresponding to the first frequency domain resource may be the power adjustment coefficient expected by the first terminal device.
  • the first terminal device may determine the expected received power of the reference signal sent on the first frequency domain resource according to the current DL path loss estimate or SL path loss estimate.
  • the number of first frequency domain resources may be one or more, which is not specifically limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the first terminal device determines the target transmit power of the first frequency domain resource according to the power adjustment coefficient corresponding to the first frequency domain resource and the transmit power corresponding to the second frequency domain resource.
  • the first terminal device can determine the target transmit power corresponding to the first frequency domain resource according to the power adjustment coefficient corresponding to the first frequency domain resource and the transmit power corresponding to the second frequency domain resource, so that the first terminal device
  • the reference signal can be sent with a target transmit power corresponding to the expected received power, thereby reducing the difference in received power of the reference signal on different frequency domain resources, thereby reducing the position estimation error and thereby improving positioning accuracy.
  • the actions of the first terminal device in the above-mentioned steps S901 to S902 can be executed by the processor 701 in the communication device 700 shown in FIG. 7 by calling the application code stored in the memory 702 to instruct the network device. This does not impose any restrictions.
  • the power control method provided by the embodiment of the present application also includes:
  • the first terminal device transmits the reference signal on the first frequency domain resource with the target transmit power corresponding to the first frequency domain resource, and the first terminal device transmits the reference signal on the second frequency domain resource with the transmit power corresponding to the second frequency domain resource.
  • Send reference signal .
  • the first terminal device may send the reference signal to the second device.
  • the second device may be a second terminal device.
  • the power control method provided by the embodiment of the present application also includes:
  • the second device sends second instruction information to the first terminal device.
  • the second instruction information is used to instruct the first terminal device to determine the third frequency domain resource based on the power adjustment coefficient corresponding to the first frequency domain resource and the transmission power corresponding to the second frequency domain resource.
  • the target transmit power of a frequency domain resource.
  • the first terminal device receives the second instruction information from the second device, and performs step S902 according to the second instruction information.
  • the second indication information may be carried by a PC5-RRC message or sidelink control information (SCI).
  • SCI sidelink control information
  • the first frequency domain resource may be a frequency domain resource for which the second device indicates that power adjustment is required; or, the first frequency domain resource may be a frequency domain resource for which the second device desires to perform power adjustment.
  • the first frequency domain resource may be other resources among the plurality of frequency domain resources except the second frequency domain resource.
  • the second frequency domain resource may be indicated by the second device; or the second frequency domain resource may be determined by the first terminal device itself, which is not specifically limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the first frequency domain resource includes frequency domain resource #1 corresponding to carrier #1, frequency domain resource #2 corresponding to carrier #2, and frequency domain resource #3 corresponding to carrier #3, and carrier #1 corresponds to For example, frequency domain resource #1 and frequency domain resource #2 corresponding to carrier #2 are target frequency domain resources.
  • the second indication information includes power adjustment coefficients K1 and K2 corresponding to carrier #1 and carrier #2. Among them, K1 is the power adjustment coefficient corresponding to carrier #1, and K2 is the power adjustment coefficient corresponding to carrier #2. In addition, the second frequency domain resource is the frequency domain resource corresponding to carrier #3.
  • the second indication information includes the power adjustment coefficient corresponding to the first frequency domain resource. That is to say, the second device can determine the power adjustment coefficient corresponding to the first frequency domain resource according to the expected received power of the reference signal.
  • the first terminal device before the first terminal device receives the second indication information from the second device, it further includes:
  • the first terminal device sends capability information to the second device, and the capability information is used to indicate that the first terminal device has the ability to send a reference signal according to the power adjustment coefficient corresponding to the frequency domain resource.
  • the target transmit power corresponding to the first frequency domain resource can be determined through formula (62).
  • P PRS_n (i) K_n ⁇ P PRS (i) Formula (62)
  • P PRS_n (i) represents the target transmit power corresponding to the first frequency domain resource.
  • P PRS (i) represents the transmit power corresponding to the second frequency domain resource, which can be determined by formulas (3) to (7).
  • K_n represents the power adjustment coefficient corresponding to the first frequency domain resource.
  • the target transmit power corresponding to the first frequency domain resource can be determined through formula (63).
  • P PRS_n (i) P PRS (i)+K_n Formula (63)
  • the target transmit power corresponding to the first domain resource can be determined through formula (64).
  • P PRS_n (i) min ⁇ P CMAX ,P MAX,CBR ,min(P PRS_n,D (i),P PRS_n,SL (i) ⁇ Formula (64)
  • each parameter in formula (64) can be found in formula (3) to formula (7) and formula (62).
  • the DL path loss PL D_n corresponding to P PRS_n,D (i) is PL D K_n, or f is the carrier corresponding to the second frequency domain resource;
  • P PRS_n, SL (i) corresponding SL path loss PL SL_n PL SL ⁇ K_n, or
  • the first terminal device can determine the target transmit power corresponding to the first frequency domain resource according to the power adjustment coefficient corresponding to the first frequency domain resource and the transmit power corresponding to the second frequency domain resource, so that the first terminal device
  • the reference signal can be sent with a target transmit power corresponding to the expected received power of the second device, thereby reducing the difference in received power of the reference signal on different frequency domain resources, thereby reducing the position estimation error, thereby improving positioning accuracy.
  • the actions of the first terminal device in the above-mentioned steps S901 to S904 can be executed by the processor 701 in the communication device 700 shown in FIG. 7 by calling the application code stored in the memory 702 to instruct the network device; in the second device In the case of a first network device, the actions of the second device in steps S901 to S904 may be performed by the processor 801 in the network device 800 shown in Figure 7 calling the application code stored in the memory 802 to instruct the terminal device.
  • the actions of the second device in the above steps S901 to S904 can be performed by the processor 701 in the terminal device 700 shown in Figure 7 to call the application program stored in the memory 702
  • the code is used to instruct the terminal device to execute, and this embodiment does not impose any restrictions on this.
  • the methods and/or steps implemented by the first terminal device can also be implemented by components (such as processors, chips, chip systems, circuits, logic modules) that can be used in the first terminal device. , or software) implementation.
  • the methods and/or steps implemented by the second device may also be implemented by components (such as processors, chips, chip systems, circuits, logic modules, or software) available for the second device.
  • the above mainly introduces the solutions provided by this application.
  • this application also provides a communication device, which is used to implement various methods in the above method embodiments.
  • the communication device may be the first terminal device in the above method embodiment, or a device including the first terminal device, or a component that can be used in the first terminal device, such as a chip or a chip system.
  • the communication device may be the second device in the above method embodiment, or a device including the second device, or a component that can be used in the second device, such as a chip or a chip system.
  • the communication device includes corresponding hardware structures and/or software modules for performing each function.
  • the present application can be implemented in the form of hardware or a combination of hardware and computer software. Whether a function is performed by hardware or computer software driving the hardware depends on the specific application and design constraints of the technical solution. Skilled artisans may implement the described functionality using different methods for each specific application, but such implementations should not be considered beyond the scope of this application.
  • FIG. 10 shows a schematic structural diagram of the first terminal device 100.
  • the first terminal device 100 includes a processing module 1001 and a transceiver module 1002.
  • the first terminal device 100 may also include a storage module (not shown in Figure 10) for storing program instructions and data.
  • the processing module 1001 is used to determine the target transmit power corresponding to the first frequency domain unit and The proportional relationship between the target transmission powers corresponding to the second frequency domain unit.
  • the processing module 1001 is also configured to determine the target transmit power corresponding to the first frequency domain resource and the target transmit power corresponding to the second frequency domain resource according to the proportional relationship.
  • the first frequency domain unit is a first frequency domain resource
  • the second frequency domain unit is a second frequency domain resource
  • the first frequency domain unit is a sub-frequency domain resource of the first frequency domain resource
  • the second frequency domain unit is a sub-frequency domain resource of the first frequency domain resource.
  • the first frequency domain resource and the second frequency domain resource are used to transmit reference signals.
  • the transceiving module 1002 is configured to receive first indication information from the second device.
  • the first indication information is used to instruct the first terminal device to determine the target transmit power corresponding to the first frequency domain resource and the target transmit power corresponding to the second frequency domain resource according to the proportional relationship.
  • the first indication information includes a proportional relationship between the target transmit power corresponding to the first frequency domain unit and the target transmit power corresponding to the second frequency domain unit.
  • the transceiving module 1002 is also configured to send capability information to the second device before receiving the first indication information from the second device.
  • the capability information is used to indicate that the first terminal device has the ability to transmit the reference signal according to the proportional relationship between target transmission powers corresponding to different frequency domain units.
  • the transceiver module 1002 is also configured to transmit the reference signal on the first frequency domain resource with the target transmission power corresponding to the first frequency domain resource, and on the second frequency domain resource with the target corresponding to the second frequency domain resource. Transmit power to transmit the reference signal.
  • the first frequency domain resource is a resource corresponding to the activated BWP of the first cell to which the first terminal device is connected
  • the second frequency domain resource is a resource corresponding to the activated BWP of the second cell to which the first terminal device is connected
  • the first frequency domain resources are frequency domain resources corresponding to the first carrier to which the first terminal device is connected
  • the second frequency domain resources are frequency domain resources corresponding to the second carrier to which the first terminal device is connected.
  • the sub-frequency domain resources are resource blocks RB or resource elements RE.
  • the processing module 1001 is configured to obtain information corresponding to the first frequency domain resource and/or the second frequency domain resource, and according to the information corresponding to the first frequency domain resource and/or the second frequency domain resource, and the first The proportional relationship between the target power corresponding to the frequency domain unit and the target power corresponding to the second frequency domain unit determines the target transmit power corresponding to the first frequency domain resource and the target transmit power corresponding to the second frequency domain resource.
  • the proportional relationship between the target power corresponding to the first frequency domain unit and the target power corresponding to the second frequency domain unit includes the target transmit power corresponding to the first frequency domain unit and the target transmit power corresponding to the second frequency domain unit. same.
  • the first frequency domain unit is a first frequency domain resource
  • the second frequency domain unit is a second frequency domain resource.
  • the processing module 1001 is configured to perform the processing according to the information corresponding to the first frequency domain resource and/or the second frequency domain resource.
  • the proportional relationship between the target power corresponding to the first frequency domain unit and the target power corresponding to the second frequency domain unit determines the target transmit power corresponding to the first frequency domain resource and the target transmit power corresponding to the second frequency domain resource, including : Determine the first frequency domain based on the proportional relationship between the transmission power corresponding to the first frequency domain resource and/or the second frequency domain resource, and the target power corresponding to the first frequency domain unit and the target power corresponding to the second frequency domain unit.
  • the target transmit power corresponding to the resource and the target transmit power corresponding to the second frequency domain resource are the same as the target transmit power corresponding to the first frequency domain resource, and the target transmit power corresponding to the first frequency domain resource is the minimum value between the first transmit power and the second transmit power.
  • the first frequency domain resources are resources corresponding to the activated BWP of the first cell to which the first terminal device is connected
  • the second frequency domain resources are resources corresponding to the activated BWP of the second cell to which the first terminal device is connected
  • the first transmit power is The maximum average transmission power allowed by a terminal device at transmission timing i; or, the first frequency domain resource is the frequency domain resource corresponding to the first carrier connected to the first terminal device, and the second frequency domain resource is the frequency domain resource corresponding to the first carrier connected to the first terminal device.
  • the first transmission power is the maximum average transmission power allowed by the first terminal device; the second transmission power is the average value between the transmission power corresponding to the first frequency domain resource and the transmission power corresponding to the second frequency domain resource or maximum value; or, the second transmit power is the transmit power corresponding to the first frequency domain resource or the second frequency domain resource; or, the second transmit power is the transmit power corresponding to the first terminal device according to the first frequency domain resource or the second frequency domain resource.
  • the transmit power is determined.
  • the first frequency domain unit is a sub-frequency domain resource of the first frequency domain resource
  • the second frequency domain unit is a sub-frequency domain resource of the second frequency domain resource
  • the processing module 1001 is configured to perform the processing according to the first frequency domain resource and /or the information corresponding to the second frequency domain resource, and the proportional relationship between the target power corresponding to the first frequency domain unit and the target power corresponding to the second frequency domain unit determine the target transmit power corresponding to the first frequency domain resource and the second frequency domain unit.
  • the target transmit power corresponding to the frequency domain resource includes: determining the target transmit power corresponding to the first frequency domain resource and the corresponding target transmit power of the second frequency domain resource based on the size information of the first frequency domain resource, the size information and proportional relationship of the second frequency domain resource. target transmit power.
  • the first frequency domain resources are resources corresponding to the activated BWP of the first cell to which the first terminal device is connected
  • the second frequency domain resources are resources corresponding to the activated BWP of the second cell to which the first terminal device is connected.
  • the resource size information includes the number of sub-frequency domain resources in the activated BWP of the first cell
  • the size information of the second frequency domain resource includes the number of sub-frequency domain resources in the activated BWP of the second cell.
  • the target transmit power corresponding to the first frequency domain resource or the second frequency domain resource is Alternatively, the target transmit power corresponding to the first frequency domain resource or the second frequency domain resource is PCMAX (i)+10log 10 (M SRS,b_m,f_m,c_m (i)/ ⁇ M SRS (i)).
  • P CMAX (i) is the maximum transmission power allowed by the first terminal equipment at the transmission opportunity i
  • ⁇ M SRS (i) is the number of sub-frequency domain resources in the activated BWP of the first cell at the transmission opportunity i and the number of sub-frequency domain resources in the first cell at the transmission opportunity i.
  • M SRS,b_m,f_m,c_m (i) is the first cell under transmission opportunity i
  • the number of sub-frequency domain resources within the activated BWP b_m of carrier f_m of cell c_m; when m in c_m is the index value of the second cell, M SRS, b_m, f_m, c_m (i) is the transmission opportunity i
  • the first frequency domain resource is a frequency domain resource corresponding to the first carrier to which the first terminal device is connected
  • the second frequency domain resource is a frequency domain resource corresponding to the second carrier to which the first terminal device is connected
  • the first frequency domain resource is The size information includes the number of sub-frequency domain resources of the first carrier
  • the size information of the second frequency domain resource includes the number of sub-frequency domain resources of the second carrier
  • the target transmit power corresponding to the first frequency domain resource or the second frequency domain resource is PCMAX +10log 10 (M PRS_n (i)/ ⁇ M PRS (i)).
  • P CMAX is the maximum transmission power allowed by the first terminal equipment
  • ⁇ M PRS (i) is the sum of the number of sub-frequency domain resources of the first carrier and the number of sub-frequency domain resources of the second carrier under transmission timing i;
  • M PRS_n (i) is the number of sub-frequency domain resources of the first carrier f_n at the transmission timing i;
  • n in PRS_n is the index value of the second carrier
  • M PRS_n (i) is the number of sub-frequency domain resources of the second carrier f_n at the transmission opportunity i.
  • the first frequency domain unit is a sub-frequency domain resource of the first frequency domain resource
  • the second frequency domain unit is a sub-frequency domain resource of the second frequency domain resource
  • the processing module 1001 is configured to perform the processing according to the first frequency domain resource and /or the information corresponding to the second frequency domain resource, and the proportional relationship between the target power corresponding to the first frequency domain unit and the target power corresponding to the second frequency domain unit determine the target transmit power corresponding to the first frequency domain resource and the second frequency domain unit.
  • the target transmit power corresponding to the frequency domain resource includes: the size information of the first frequency domain resource, the size information of the second frequency domain resource, the transmit power corresponding to the first frequency domain resource and/or the second frequency domain resource, and the ratio.
  • the relationship determines the target transmit power corresponding to the first frequency domain resource and the target transmit power corresponding to the second frequency domain resource.
  • the first frequency domain resource is an activated BWP corresponding to the first cell to which the first terminal device is connected. resources, the second frequency domain resource is the resource corresponding to the activated BWP of the second cell connected to the first terminal device, the size information of the first frequency domain resource includes the number of sub-frequency domain resources within the activated BWP of the first cell, and the The size information of the second frequency domain resource includes the number of sub-frequency domain resources in the activated BWP of the second cell; the target transmit power corresponding to the first frequency domain resource or the second frequency domain resource is P′ SRS,b_m,f_m,c_m ( i,q s_m ), P′ SRS,b_m,f_m,c_m (i,q s_m ) satisfy the following relationship:
  • P′ SRS,b_m,f_m,c_m (i,q s_m ) ⁇ SRS,b_m,f_m,c_m ⁇ P SRS,b_m,f_m,c_m (i,q s_m );
  • P CMAX (i) is the maximum transmission power allowed by the first terminal device at the transmission opportunity i
  • ⁇ P SRS (i) is the transmission power corresponding to the activated BWP of the first cell at the transmission opportunity i and the activation of the second cell.
  • the sum of the transmit power corresponding to the BWP, ⁇ M SRS (i) is the sum of the number of sub-frequency domain resources in the activated BWP of the first cell and the number of sub-frequency domain resources in the activated BWP of the second cell at the transmission timing i.
  • P′ PRS_n (i) ⁇ PRS_n ⁇ P PRS_n (i);
  • PCMAX is the maximum transmission power allowed by the first terminal equipment
  • ⁇ P PRS (i) is the sum of the transmission power corresponding to the first carrier and the transmission power corresponding to the second carrier at the transmission timing i
  • ⁇ M PRS (i) is the sum of the number of sub-frequency domain resources of the first carrier and the number of sub-frequency domain resources of the second carrier under transmission timing i
  • P′ PRS_n (i ) is the target transmit power corresponding to the first frequency domain resource
  • P PRS_n (i) is the transmit power corresponding to the first frequency domain resource
  • M PRS_n (i) is the number of sub-frequency domain resources of the first carrier f_n at the transmission opportunity i
  • P′ PRS_n (i) is the target transmit power corresponding to the second frequency domain resource
  • P PRS_n (i) is the transmit power corresponding to the second frequency domain
  • the processing module 1001 is configured to determine the power adjustment coefficient corresponding to the first frequency domain resource and the transmit power corresponding to the second frequency domain resource. According to the power adjustment coefficient corresponding to the first frequency domain resource and The transmit power corresponding to the second frequency domain resource determines the target transmit power of the first frequency domain resource.
  • the first frequency domain resource and the second frequency domain resource are used for transmitting the reference signal. Wherein, the first frequency domain resource and the second frequency domain resource are used for transmitting the reference signal.
  • the transceiver module 1002 is configured to receive second indication information from the second device.
  • the second indication information is used to instruct the first terminal device to determine the target transmit power of the first frequency domain resource based on the power adjustment coefficient corresponding to the first frequency domain resource and the transmit power corresponding to the second frequency domain resource.
  • the second indication information includes the power adjustment coefficient corresponding to the first frequency domain resource.
  • the transceiving module 1002 is configured to send capability information to the second device before receiving the second indication information from the second device.
  • the capability information is used to indicate that the first terminal device has the ability to send the reference signal according to the power adjustment coefficient corresponding to the frequency domain resource.
  • the transceiver module 1002 is configured to transmit the reference signal on the first frequency domain resource with the target transmission power corresponding to the first frequency domain resource, and on the second frequency domain resource with the transmission power corresponding to the second frequency domain resource. Send reference signal.
  • the first terminal device 100 is presented in the form of dividing various functional modules in an integrated manner.
  • a “module” here may refer to a specific application specific integrated circuit (ASIC), a circuit, a processor and memory that executes one or more software or firmware programs, an integrated logic circuit, and/or other devices that can provide the above functions.
  • ASIC application specific integrated circuit
  • the first terminal device 100 may take the form of the communication device 700 shown in FIG. 7 .
  • the function or implementation process of the processing module 1001 in Figure 10 can be implemented by the processor 701 in the communication device 700 shown in Figure 7 calling the computer execution instructions stored in the memory 702.
  • the function or implementation process of the transceiver module 1002 in Figure 10 can be implemented by the transceiver 703 in the communication device 700 shown in Figure 7 .
  • the function or implementation process of the transceiver module 1002 can be implemented through the input and output interface (or communication interface) of the chip or chip system, and the processing module The function or implementation process of 1001 can be implemented by the processor (or processing circuit) of the chip or chip system.
  • the first terminal device 100 provided in this embodiment can execute the above power control method, the technical effects it can obtain can be referred to the above method embodiments, which will not be described again here.
  • FIG. 11 shows a schematic structural diagram of the second device 110 .
  • the second device 110 includes a processing module 1101 and a transceiver module 1102.
  • the second device 110 may also include a storage module (not shown in FIG. 11) for storing program instructions and data.
  • the transceiver module 1102 which may also be called a transceiver unit, is used to implement sending and/or receiving functions.
  • the transceiver module 1102 may be composed of a transceiver circuit, a transceiver, a transceiver or a communication interface.
  • the transceiver module 1102 may include a receiving module and a sending module, respectively configured to perform the receiving and sending steps performed by the second device in the above method embodiments, and/or to support the steps described herein.
  • the processing module 1101 can be used to perform steps of the processing class (such as determination, etc.) performed by the second device in the above method embodiment, and/or other processes used to support the technology described herein. For example:
  • the transceiver module 1102 is configured to send first indication information to the first terminal device.
  • the first indication information is used to instruct: the first terminal device determines the target transmission corresponding to the first frequency domain resource according to the proportional relationship between the target transmission power corresponding to the first frequency domain unit and the target transmission power corresponding to the second frequency domain unit. power and the target transmit power corresponding to the second frequency domain resource.
  • the first frequency domain unit is the first frequency domain resource
  • the second frequency domain unit is the second frequency domain resource
  • the first frequency domain unit is a sub-frequency domain resource of the first frequency domain resource
  • the second frequency domain unit is the second frequency domain resource.
  • Sub-frequency domain resources of the second frequency domain resource are used for transmitting reference signals.
  • the first indication information includes a proportional relationship between the target transmit power corresponding to the first frequency domain unit and the target transmit power corresponding to the second frequency domain unit.
  • the transceiving module 1102 is configured to receive capability information from the first terminal device before sending the first indication information to the first terminal device.
  • the capability information is used to indicate that the first terminal device has the ability to transmit the reference signal according to the proportional relationship between target transmission powers corresponding to different frequency domain units.
  • the transceiving module 1102 is configured to send the second indication information to the first terminal device.
  • the second indication information is used to instruct the first terminal device to determine the target transmit power of the first frequency domain resource according to the power adjustment coefficient corresponding to the first frequency domain resource and the transmit power corresponding to the second frequency domain resource.
  • the first frequency domain resource and the second frequency domain resource are used for transmitting reference signals.
  • the second indication information includes the power adjustment coefficient corresponding to the first frequency domain resource.
  • the transceiving module 1102 is also configured to receive capability information from the first terminal device before sending the second indication information to the first terminal device.
  • the capability information is used to indicate that the first terminal device has the ability to send the reference signal according to the power adjustment coefficient corresponding to the frequency domain resource.
  • the second device 110 is presented in the form of dividing various functional modules in an integrated manner.
  • a “module” here may refer to a specific application specific integrated circuit (ASIC), a circuit, a processor and memory that executes one or more software or firmware programs, an integrated logic circuit, and/or other devices that can provide the above functions.
  • ASIC application specific integrated circuit
  • the second device 110 may take the form of the communication device 700 shown in FIG. 7 .
  • the function or implementation process of the processing module 1101 in Figure 11 can be implemented by the processor 701 in the communication device 700 shown in Figure 7 calling the computer execution instructions stored in the memory 702.
  • the function or implementation process of the transceiver module 1102 in Figure 11 can be implemented by the transceiver 703 of the communication device 700 shown in Figure 7 .
  • the function or implementation process of the transceiver module 1102 can be implemented through the input and output interface (or communication interface) of the chip or chip system, and the processing module 1101
  • the function or implementation process can be realized by the processor (or processing circuit) of the chip or chip system.
  • the second device 110 provided in this embodiment can perform the above power control method, the technical effects it can obtain can be referred to the above method embodiment, and will not be described again here.
  • the first terminal device or the second device described in this application can also be implemented using the following: one or more field programmable gate arrays (FPGAs), programmable logic devices A programmable logic device (PLD), controller, state machine, gate logic, discrete hardware component, any other suitable circuit, or any combination of circuits capable of performing the various functions described throughout this application.
  • FPGAs field programmable gate arrays
  • PLD programmable logic device
  • controller state machine
  • gate logic discrete hardware component
  • any other suitable circuit any combination of circuits capable of performing the various functions described throughout this application.
  • this application also provides a communication device, which includes a processor for implementing the method in any of the above method embodiments.
  • the communication device further includes a memory.
  • This memory is used to store necessary computer programs and data.
  • the computer program may include instructions, and the processor may call the instructions in the computer program stored in the memory to instruct the communication device to perform the method in any of the above method embodiments.
  • the memory may not be in the communication device.
  • the communication device further includes an interface circuit, which is a code or data reading and writing interface circuit.
  • the interface circuit is used to receive computer execution instructions (computer execution instructions are stored in the memory and may be directly read from memory, or possibly through other devices) and transferred to the processor.
  • the communication device further includes a communication interface, which is used to communicate with modules external to the communication device.
  • the communication device may be a chip or a chip system.
  • the communication device may be composed of a chip or may include a chip and other discrete devices. This is not specifically limited in the embodiments of the present application.
  • This application also provides a computer-readable storage medium on which a computer program or instructions are stored.
  • a computer program or instructions are stored.
  • the functions of any of the above method embodiments are realized.
  • This application also provides a computer program product, which implements the functions of any of the above method embodiments when executed by a computer.
  • the systems, devices and methods described in this application can also be implemented in other ways.
  • the device embodiments described above are only illustrative.
  • the division of the units is only a logical function division. In actual implementation, there may be other division methods.
  • multiple units or components may be combined or can be integrated into another system, or some features can be ignored, or not implemented.
  • the coupling or direct coupling or communication connection between each other shown or discussed may be through some interfaces, and the indirect coupling or communication connection of the devices or units may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms.
  • the units described as separate components may or may not be physically separate, that is, they may be located in one place, or they may be distributed to multiple network units. Components shown as units may or may not be physical units. Some or all of the units can be selected according to actual needs to achieve the purpose of the solution of this embodiment.
  • each functional unit in each embodiment of the present application can be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit can exist physically alone, or two or more units can be integrated into one unit.
  • the above embodiments it may be implemented in whole or in part by software, hardware, firmware, or any combination thereof.
  • a software program it may be implemented in whole or in part in the form of a computer program product.
  • the computer program product includes one or more computer instructions.
  • computer program instructions When computer program instructions are loaded and executed on a computer, the processes or functions described in the embodiments of the present application are generated in whole or in part.
  • the computer may be a general-purpose computer, a special-purpose computer, a computer network, or other programmable device.
  • the computer instructions may be stored in or transmitted from one computer-readable storage medium to another computer-readable storage medium, e.g.,
  • the computer instructions can be sent from a website, computer, server or data center through wired (such as coaxial cable, optical fiber, digital subscriber line (DSL)) or wireless (such as infrared, wireless, microwave, etc.) means. Transmission to another website site, computer, server or data center.
  • the computer-readable storage medium can be any available medium that can be accessed by a computer or include one or more data storage devices such as servers and data centers that can be integrated with the medium.
  • the available media may be magnetic media (eg, floppy disk, hard disk, magnetic tape), optical media (eg, DVD), or semiconductor media (eg, solid state disk (SSD)), etc.
  • the computer may include the aforementioned device.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

本申请实施例提供的功率控制方法及通信装置，可以优化终端设备发送参考信号的功率控制方案以提高定位精度。方法包括：第一终端设备确定第一频域单元对应的目标发送功率和第二频域单元对应的目标发送功率之间的比例关系，并根据比例关系确定第一频域资源对应的目标发送功率和第二频域资源对应的目标发送功率。其中，第一频域单元为第一频域资源，第二频域单元为第二频域资源，或者，第一频域单元为第一频域资源的子频域资源，第二频域单元为第二频域资源的子频域资源，第一频域资源和第二频域资源用于发送参考信号。

Description

功率控制方法及通信装置
本申请要求于2022年08月12日提交国家知识产权局、申请号为202210968894.8、申请名称为“功率控制方法及通信装置”的中国专利申请的优先权，其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。
技术领域
本申请涉及无线通信领域，尤其涉及功率控制方法及通信装置。
背景技术
在无线通信系统中，基于时间差定位技术可以是指网络设备测量来自终端设备的参考信号获得参考信号到达网络设备的时间差信息，并根据该时间差信息对终端设备进行定位。其中，基于时间差定位技术的定位精度与终端设备发送探测参考信号(sounding reference signal，SRS)的带宽以及功率有关。
目前，随着无线通信技术的发展，移动业务对定位精度要求越来越高。然而，目前第三代合作伙伴项目(3rd generation partnership project，3GPP)的技术标准(technical standard，TS)38.213中定义的终端设备发送参考信号的功率控制方案已经无法满足移动业务对于定位精度的要求。因此，如何优化终端设备发送参考信号的功率控制方案以提高定位精度，是目前亟待解决的问题。
发明内容
本申请实施例提供的功率控制方法及通信装置，可以优化终端设备发送参考信号的功率控制方案以提高定位精度。
为达到上述目的，本申请的实施例采用如下技术方案：
第一方面，提供一种功率控制方法，该方法可以由第一终端设备执行，也可以由第一终端设备的部件，例如第一终端设备的处理器、芯片、或芯片系统等执行，还可以由能实现全部或部分第一终端设备功能的逻辑模块或软件实现。以下以该方法由第一终端设备执行为例进行说明。该方法包括：第一终端设备确定第一频域单元对应的目标发送功率和第二频域单元对应的目标发送功率之间的比例关系，并根据比例关系确定第一频域资源对应的目标发送功率和第二频域资源对应的目标发送功率。由于本申请实施例中，第一终端设备可以确定发送参考信号的多个频域单元中的每个频域单元对应的目标发送功率之间的比例关系，并根据该比例关系确定多个频域资源中的每个频域资源对应的目标发送功率，可以避免终端设备优先为PCell对应的频域资源配置发送参考信号的发送功率，进而可以避免多个频域资源中的每个频域资源对应的发送功率差距过大，能够降低位置估计误差，从而提高定位精度。因此，基于本申请实施例提供的功率控制方法，可以优化终端设备发送参考信号的功率控制方案以提高定位精度。
在一种可能的实现方式中，第一方面提供的功率控制方法，还包括：
第一终端设备接收来自第二设备的第一指示信息，第一指示信息用于指示第一终端设备根据比例关系确定第一频域资源对应的目标发送功率和第二频域资源对应的目标发 送功率。
在一种可能的实现方式中，第一指示信息包括第一频域单元对应的目标发送功率和第二频域单元对应的目标发送功率之间的比例关系。
在一种可能的实现方式中，在第一终端设备接收来自第二设备的第一指示信息之前，第一方面提供的功率控制方法，还包括：
第一终端设备向第二设备发送能力信息，能力信息用于指示第一终端设备具备根据不同频域单元对应的目标发送功率之间的比例关系发送参考信号的能力。
在一种可能的实现方式中，第一方面提供的功率控制方法，还包括：
第一终端设备在第一频域资源上以第一频域资源对应的目标发送功率发送参考信号，以及在第二频域资源上以第二频域资源对应的目标发送功率发送参考信号。
在一种可能的实现方式中，第一频域资源为第一终端设备连接的第一小区的激活带宽部分BWP对应的资源，第二频域资源为第一终端设备连接的第二小区的激活BWP对应的资源；或者，第一频域资源为第一终端设备连接的第一载波对应的频域资源，第二频域资源为第一终端设备连接的第二载波对应的频域资源。
在一种可能的实现方式中，子频域资源为资源块RB或者资源元素RE。
在一种可能的实现方式中，第一终端设备根据比例关系确定第一频域资源对应的目标发送功率和第二频域资源对应的目标发送功率，包括：
第一终端设备获取第一频域资源和/或第二频域资源对应的信息；
第一终端设备根据第一频域资源和/或第二频域资源对应的信息，以及比例关系确定第一频域资源对应的目标发送功率和第二频域资源对应的目标发送功率。
在一种可能的实现方式中，第一频域单元对应的目标发送功率和第二频域单元对应的目标发送功率之间的比例关系包括第一频域单元对应的目标发送功率与第二频域单元对应的目标发送功率相同。
在一种可能的实现方式中，第一频域单元为第一频域资源，第二频域单元为第二频域资源；第一终端设备根据第一频域资源和/或第二频域资源对应的信息，以及第一频域单元对应的目标发送功率和第二频域单元对应的目标发送功率之间的比例关系确定第一频域资源对应的目标发送功率和第二频域资源对应的目标发送功率，包括：
第一终端设备根据第一频域资源和/或第二频域资源对应的发送功率，以及第一频域单元对应的目标发送功率和第二频域单元对应的目标发送功率之间的比例关系确定第一频域资源对应的目标发送功率和第二频域资源对应的目标发送功率，第二频域资源对应的目标发送功率与第一频域资源对应的目标发送功率相同，第一频域资源对应的目标发送功率为第一发送功率与第二发送功率之间的最小值；
第一频域资源为第一终端设备连接的第一小区的激活BWP对应的资源，第二频域资源为第一终端设备连接的第二小区的激活BWP对应的资源，第一发送功率为第一终端设备在发送时机i下允许的最大平均发送功率；
或者，第一频域资源为第一终端设备连接的第一载波对应的频域资源，第二频域资源为第一终端设备连接的第二载波对应的频域资源，第一发送功率为第一终端设备允许的最大平均发送功率；
第二发送功率为第一频域资源对应的发送功率与第二频域资源对应的发送功率之间 的平均值或最大值；或者，第二发送功率为第一频域资源或第二频域资源对应的发送功率；或者，第二发送功率是第一终端设备根据第一频域资源或第二频域资源对应的发送功率确定的。
在一种可能的实现方式中，第一频域单元为第一频域资源，第二频域单元为第二频域资源；第一终端设备根据第一频域资源和/或第二频域资源对应的信息，以及第一频域单元对应的目标发送功率和第二频域单元对应的目标发送功率之间的比例关系确定第一频域资源对应的目标发送功率和第二频域资源对应的目标发送功率，包括：第一终端设备根据第一频域资源和/或第二频域资源对应的发送功率，以及第一频域单元对应的目标发送功率和第二频域单元对应的目标发送功率之间的比例关系确定第一频域资源对应的目标发送功率和第二频域资源对应的目标发送功率，第二频域资源对应的目标发送功率与第一频域资源对应的目标发送功率相同，第一频域资源对应的目标发送功率为第一发送功率与第二发送功率之间的最小值。
其中，第一发送功率是根据第一终端设备允许的最大发送功率确定的最大平均发送功率，或第一发送功率是根据优先级高于参考信号的至少一个信号或信道分配的发送功率以及第一终端设备允许的最大发送功率确定的剩余平均发送功率。第二发送功率为第一频域资源对应的发送功率与第二频域资源对应的发送功率之间的平均值或最大值；或者，第二发送功率为第一频域资源或第二频域资源对应的发送功率；或者，第二发送功率是第一终端设备根据第一频域资源或第二频域资源对应的发送功率确定的。
在一种可能的实现方式中，第一频域资源为第一终端设备连接的第一小区的激活BWP对应的资源，第二频域资源为第一终端设备连接的第二小区的激活BWP对应的资源，第一发送功率是根据第一终端设备在发送参考信号的发送时机i下允许的最大发送功率确定的最大平均发送功率；或者，第一发送功率是根据优先级高于参考信号的至少一个信号或信道分配的发送功率以及第一终端设备在发送时机i下允许的最大发送功率，确定的剩余平均发送功率。
在一种可能的实现方式中，第一频域资源为第一终端设备连接的第一载波对应的频域资源，第二频域资源为第一终端设备连接的第二载波对应的频域资源，第一发送功率是根据第一终端设备允许的最大发送功率确定的最大平均发送功率，或第一发送功率是根据优先级高于参考信号的至少一个信号或信道分配的发送功率以及第一终端设备允许的最大发送功率确定的剩余平均发送功率。
在一种可能的实现方式中，第一发送功率是根据第一终端设备的可分配发送功率确定的。其中，第一终端设备的可分配发送功率是第一终端设备允许的最大发送功率，或第一终端设备的可分配发送功率是根据优先级高于参考信号的至少一个信号或信道分配的发送功率以及第一终端设备允许的最大发送功率确定的剩余发送功率。
在一种可能的实现方式中，第一终端设备的可分配发送功率是根据优先级高于参考信号的至少一个信号或信道分配的发送功率确定的剩余发送功率。
其中，优先级高于参考信号的至少一个信号或信道可以包括：物理随机接入信道(physical random access channel，PRACH)、用于传输信道状态信息(channel state information，CSI)的信道、或者用于传输混合自动重传请求(hybrid automatic repeat request，HARQ)肯定应答(acknowledgement，ACK)信息的PUSCH等。
或者，优先级高于参考信号的至少一个信号或信道可以包括：用于传输CSI的PSCCH、PSSCH、或者PSFCH等。或者，优先级高于参考信号的至少一个信号或信道可以是SL相关协议约定的信号或信道；或者，优先级高于参考信号的至少一个信号或信道可以是第二设备配置给第一终端设备的。
在一种的可能的实现方式中，第一终端设备的可分配发送功率是根据功率偏移值确定的剩余发送功率。其中，功率偏移值可以是协议约定的，或第一终端设备与第二设备提前协商的，或第一终端设备预先配置的。
在一种的可能的实现方式中，第一终端设备的可分配发送功率可以是根据功率偏移值以及第一终端设备允许的最大发送功率确定的剩余发送功率。例如，第一终端设备的可分配发送功率可以是：第一终端设备允许的最大发送功率与该功率偏移之间的差值或乘积值。
在一种的可能的实现方式中，第一终端设备的可分配发送功率可以是根据功率偏移值、第一终端设备允许的最大发送功率、以及优先级高于参考信号的至少一个信号或信道分配的发送功率确定的剩余发送功率。比如，第一终端设备的可分配发送功率可以是第一差值与第二差值之间的最大值。其中，第一差值为第一终端设备允许的最大发送功率与该功率偏移之间的差值，第二差值为第一终端设备允许的最大发送功率与优先级高于参考信号的至少一个信号或信道分配的发送功率之间的差值。
在一种可能的实现方式中，第一频域单元为第一频域资源的子频域资源，第二频域单元为第二频域资源的子频域资源；第一终端设备根据第一频域资源和/或第二频域资源对应的信息，以及第一频域单元对应的目标发送功率和第二频域单元对应的目标发送功率之间的比例关系确定第一频域资源对应的目标发送功率和第二频域资源对应的目标发送功率，包括：
第一终端设备根据第一频域资源的大小信息、第二频域资源的大小信息和第一频域单元对应的目标发送功率和第二频域单元对应的目标发送功率之间的比例关系确定第一频域资源对应的目标发送功率和第二频域资源对应的目标发送功率。
其中，第一频域资源为第一终端设备连接的第一小区的激活BWP对应的资源，第二频域资源为第一终端设备连接的第二小区的激活BWP对应的资源，第一频域资源的大小信息包括第一小区的激活BWP内的子频域资源的数量，第二频域资源的大小信息包括第二小区的激活BWP内的子频域资源的数量。
或者，第一频域资源为第一终端设备连接的第一载波对应的频域资源，第二频域资源为第一终端设备连接的第二载波对应的频域资源，第一频域资源的大小信息包括第一载波的子频域资源的数量，第二频域资源的大小信息包括第二载波的子频域资源的数量。
在一种可能的实现方式中，第一频域单元为第一频域资源的子频域资源，第二频域单元为第二频域资源的子频域资源；第一终端设备根据第一频域资源和/或第二频域资源对应的信息，以及比例关系确定第一频域资源对应的目标发送功率和第二频域资源对应的目标发送功率，包括：第一终端设备根据第一频域资源的子频域资源的数量与多个子频域资源对应的总数量之间的比例关系、第二频域资源的子频移资源数量与多个子频域资源对应的总数量之间的比例关系、以及第一终端设备的可分配发送功率，确定第一频域资源对应的目标发送功率和第二频域资源对应的目标发送功率。其中，多个子频域 资源包括第一频域资源内的每个子频域资源和第二频域资源内的每个子频域资源。可以理解，多个子频域资源也可以是指在同一发送时机i下需要发送参考信号对应的所有子频域资源
也就是说，第一频域资源或第二频域资源对应的目标发送功率是根据第一频域资源或第二频域资源包含的子频域资源的数量与同一发送时机下需要发送参考信号对应的所有子频域资源的数量的比例关系确定，进而可以使得所有子频域资源中的每个子频域资源上对应的发送功率一致，从而通过提高第二设备接收每个频域资源上传输的参考信号的功率一致性，达到提高使定位精度。
在一种可能的实现方式中，第一频域资源为第一终端设备连接的第一小区的激活BWP对应的资源，第二频域资源为第一终端设备连接的第二小区的激活BWP对应的资源，第一频域资源或第二频域资源对应的目标发送功率为或者，第一频域资源或第二频域资源对应的目标发送功率为PCMAX(i)+10log10(MSRS,b_m,f_m,c_m(i)/∑MSRS(i))。
或者，第一频域资源或第二频域资源对应的目标发送功率为或者，第一频域资源或第二频域资源对应的目标发送功率为ΔP(i)+10log10(MSRS,b_m,f_m,c_m(i)/∑MSRS(i))。
其中，PCMAX(i)为第一终端设备在发送参考信号的发送时机i下允许的最大发送功率，ΔP(i)为根据优先级高于参考信号的至少一个信号或信道分配的发送功率以及PCMAX(i)确定的剩余发送功率，∑MSRS(i)为发送时机i下第一小区的激活BWP内的子频域资源的数量与第二小区的激活BWP内的子频域资源的数量之和；在c_m中的m为第一小区的索引值的情况下，MSRS,b_m,f_m,c_m(i)为发送时机i下第一小区c_m的载波f_m的激活BWPb_m内的子频域资源的数量；在c_m中的m为第二小区的索引值的情况下，MSRS,b_m,f_m,c_m(i)为发送时机i下第二小区c_m的载波f_m的激活BWPb_m内的子频域资源的数量。
在一种可能的实现方式中，第一频域资源为第一终端设备连接的第一小区的激活BWP对应的资源，第二频域资源为第一终端设备连接的第二小区的激活BWP对应的资源，第一频域资源或第二频域资源对应的目标发送功率为其中，或者P′SRS,b_m,f_m,c_m(i,qs_m)＝βSRS,b_m,f_m,c_m+PSRS,b_m,f_m,c_m(i,qs_m)。
进一步的，βSRS,b_m,f_m,c_m满足如下关系： 或者 或者
或者，或者或者
其中，PCMAX(i)为第一终端设备在发送参考信号的发送时机i下允许的最大发送功率，ΔP(i)为根据优先级高于参考信号的至少一个信号或信道分配的发送功率以及PCMAX(i)确定的剩余发送功率，∑MSRS(i)为发送时机i下第一小区的激活BWP内的子频域资源的数量与第二小区的激活BWP内的子频域资源的数量之和；在c_m中的m为第一小区的索引值的情况下，P′SRS,b_m,f_m,c_m(i,qs_m)为第一频域资源对应的目标发送功率，PSRS,b_m,f_m,c_m(i,qs_m)为第一频域资源对应的发送功率，qs_m为参考信号的资源或资源集在第一小区对应的索引，MSRS,b_m,f_m,c_m(i)为发送时机i下第一小区c_m的载波f_m的激活BWP b_m内的子频域资源的数量；在c_m中的m为第二小区的索引值的情况下，P′SRS,b_m,f_m,c_m(i,qs_m)为第二频域资源对应的目标发送功率，PSRS,b_m,f_m,c_m(i,qs_m)为第二频域资源对应的发送功率，qs_m为参考信号的资源或资源集在第二小区对应的索引，MSRS,b_m,f_m,c_m(i)为发送时机i下第二小区c_m的载波f_m的激活BWP b_m内的子频域资源的数量。
在一种可能的实现方式中，第一频域资源为第一终端设备连接的第一载波对应的频域资源，第二频域资源为第一终端设备连接的第二载波对应的频域资源；第一频域资源或第二频域资源对应的目标发送功率为或者，第一频域资源或第二频域资源对应的目标发送功率为PCMAX+10log10(MPRS_n(i)/∑MPRS(i))。
或者，第一频域资源或第二频域资源对应的目标发送功率为或者，第一频域资源或第二频域资源对应的目标发送功率为ΔP+10log10(MPRS_n(i)/∑MPRS(i))。
其中，PCMAX为第一终端设备允许的最大发送功率，ΔP为根据优先级高于参考信号的至少一个信号或信道分配的发送功率以及PCMAX确定的剩余发送功率，∑MPRS(i)为发送时机i下第一载波的子频域资源的数量与第二载波的子频域资源的数量之和；在PRS_n中的n为第一载波的索引值的情况下，MPRS_n(i)为发送时机i下第一载波f_n的子频域资源的数量；在PRS_n中的n为第二载波的索引值的情况下，MPRS_n(i)为发送时机i下第二载波f_n的子频域资源的数量。
在一种可能的实现方式中，第一频域资源为第一终端设备连接的第一载波对应的频域资源，第二频域资源为第一终端设备连接的第二载波对应的频域资源；第一频域资源或第二频域资源对应的目标发送功率为P′PRS_n(i)。其中，P′PRS_n(i)＝βPRS_n·PPRS_n(i)；或者，P′PRS_n(i)＝βPRS_n+PPRS_n(i)。βPRS_n满足如下关系：或者，或者，βPRS_n＝PCMAX+
或者，或者， 或者，
其中，PCMAX为第一终端设备允许的最大发送功率，ΔP为根据优先级高于参考信号 的至少一个信号或信道分配的发送功率以及PCMAX确定的剩余发送功率，∑MPRS(i)为发送时机i下第一载波的子频域资源的数量与第二载波的子频域资源的数量之和；在PRS_n中的n为第一载波的索引值的情况下，P′PRS_n(i)为第一频域资源对应的目标发送功率，PPRS_n(i)为第一频域资源对应的发送功率，MPRS_n(i)为发送时机i下第一载波f_n的子频域资源的数量；在PRS_n中的n为第二载波的索引值的情况下，P′PRS_n(i)为第二频域资源对应的目标发送功率，PPRS_n(i)为第二频域资源对应的发送功率，MPRS_n(i)为发送时机i下第二载波f_n的子频域资源的数量。
在一种可能的实现方式中，第一频域单元为第一频域资源的子频域资源，第二频域单元为第二频域资源的子频域资源；
第一终端设备根据第一频域资源和/或第二频域资源对应的信息，以及第一频域单元对应的目标发送功率和第二频域单元对应的目标发送功率之间的比例关系确定第一频域资源对应的目标发送功率和第二频域资源对应的目标发送功率，包括：
第一终端设备根据第一频域资源的大小信息、第二频域资源的大小信息、第一频域资源和/或第二频域资源对应的发送功率、以及第一频域单元对应的目标发送功率和第二频域单元对应的目标发送功率之间的比例关系确定第一频域资源对应的目标发送功率和第二频域资源对应的目标发送功率。
其中，第一频域资源为第一终端设备连接的第一小区的激活BWP对应的资源，第二频域资源为第一终端设备连接的第二小区的激活BWP对应的资源，第一频域资源的大小信息包括第一小区的激活BWP内的子频域资源的数量，第二频域资源的大小信息包括第二小区的激活BWP内的子频域资源的数量。
或者，第一频域资源为第一终端设备连接的第一载波对应的频域资源，第二频域资源为第一终端设备连接的第二载波对应的频域资源，第一频域资源的大小信息包括第一载波的子频域资源的数量，第二频域资源的大小信息包括第二载波的子频域资源的数量。
在一种可能的实现方式中，第一频域单元为第一频域资源的子频域资源，第二频域单元为第二频域资源的子频域资源；第一终端设备根据第一频域资源和/或第二频域资源对应的信息，以及比例关系确定第一频域资源对应的目标发送功率和第二频域资源对应的目标发送功率，包括：第一终端设备根据第一频域资源对应的发送功率与多个频域资源对应的总发送功率之间的比例关系、第二频域资源的发送功率与多个频域资源对应的总发送功率之间的比例关系、以及第一终端设备的可分配发送功率，确定第一频域资源对应的目标发送功率和第二频域资源对应的目标发送功率。其中，多个频域资源包括第一频域资源和第二频域资源。
也就是说，第一频域资源或第二频域资源对应的目标发送功率是根据现有功控方案下每个频域资源对应的发送功率与每个频域资源对应的发送功率之和的比例关系确定的。
在一种可能的实现方式中，第一频域资源为第一终端设备连接的第一小区的激活BWP对应的资源，第二频域资源为第一终端设备连接的第二小区的激活BWP对应的资源；第一频域资源或第二频域资源对应的目标发送功率为P′SRS,b_m,f_m,c_m(i,qs_m)。其中，或者，或者， P′SRS,b_m,f_m,c_m(i,qs_m)＝PSRS,b_m,f_m,c_m(i,qs_m)-∑PSRS(i)+ΔP(i)。
其中，PCMAX(i)为第一终端设备在发送时机i下允许的最大发送功率，ΔP(i)为根据优先级高于参考信号的至少一个信号或信道分配的发送功率以及PCMAX(i)确定的剩余发送功率，∑PSRS(i)为发送时机i下第一小区的激活BWP对应的发送功率与第二小区的激活BWP对应的发送功率之和。在c_m中的m为第一小区的索引值的情况下，P′SRS,b_m,f_m,c_m(i,qs_m)为第一频域资源对应的目标发送功率，PSRS,b_m,f_m,c_m(i,qs_m)为第一频域资源对应的发送功率，qs_m为参考信号的资源或资源集在第一小区对应的索引。在c_m中的m为第二小区的索引值的情况下，P′SRS,b_m,f_m,c_m(i,qs_m)为第二频域资源对应的目标发送功率，PSRS,b_m,f_m,c_m(i,qs_m)为第二频域资源对应的发送功率，qs_m为参考信号的资源或资源集在第二小区对应的索引。
在一种可能的实现方式中，第一频域资源为第一终端设备连接的第一载波对应的频域资源，第二频域资源为第一终端设备连接的第二载波对应的频域资源，第一频域资源或第二频域资源对应的目标发送功率为P′PRS_n(i)。其中，或者，P′PRS_n(i)＝PPRS_n(i)-∑PPRS(i)+PCMAX；或者，或者，P′PRS_n(i)＝PPRS_n(i)-∑PPRS(i)+ΔP。
其中，PCMAX为第一终端设备允许的最大发送功率，ΔP为根据优先级高于参考信号的至少一个信号或信道分配的发送功率以及PCMAX确定的剩余发送功率，∑PPRS(i)为发送时机i下第一载波对应的发送功率与第二载波对应的发送功率之和。在PRS_n中的n为第一载波的索引值的情况下，P′PRS_n(i)为第一频域资源对应的目标发送功率，PPRS_n(i)为第一频域资源对应的发送功率；在PRS_n中的n为第二载波的索引值的情况下，P′PRS_n(i)为第二频域资源对应的目标发送功率，PPRS_n(i)为第二频域资源对应的发送功率。
在一种可能的实现方式中，第一频域单元为第一频域资源的子频域资源，第二频域单元为第二频域资源的子频域资源；第一终端设备根据第一频域资源和/或第二频域资源对应的信息，以及比例关系确定第一频域资源对应的目标发送功率和第二频域资源对应的目标发送功率，包括：在第一终端设备配置了第一频域资源对应的开环功率控制参数，且未配置第二频域资源对应的开环功率控制参数的情况下，第一终端设备根据开环功率控制参数、第一频域资源的子频域资源的数量与多个子频域资源对应的总数量之间的比例关系、以及剩余发送功率，确定第一频域资源对应的目标发送功率。
进一步的，第一终端设备根据第一频域资源对应的目标发送功率和第二频域资源的子频域资源的数量与第一频域资源的子频域资源的数量之间的比例关系，确定第二频域资源对应的目标发送功率。
其中，剩余发送功率是根据优先级高于参考信号的至少一个信号或信道分配的发送功率以及第一终端设备允许的最大发送功率确定的，多个子频域资源包括第一频域资源内的每个子频域资源和第二频域资源内的每个子频域资源。
在一种可能的实现方式中，第一频域资源为第一终端设备连接的第一小区的激活BWP对应的资源，第二频域资源为第一终端设备连接的第二小区的激活BWP对应的资源，开环功率控制参数包括参考信号的目标接收功率、参考信号对应的路损参考信号资 源索引、以及参考信号对应的路损补偿因子。第一频域资源对应的目标发送功率为P′SRS,b_m,f_m,c_m(i,qs_m)，第二频域资源对应的目标发送功率为其中，
或者，
其中，ΔP(i)为剩余发送功率，∑MSRS(i)为发送参考信号的发送时机i下第一小区的激活BWP内的子频域资源的数量与第二小区的激活BWP内的子频域资源的数量之和，MSRS,b_m,f_m,c_m(i)为发送时机i下第一小区c_m的载波f_m的激活BWP b_m内的子频域资源的数量，qs_m为参考信号的资源或资源集在第一小区c_m对应的索引，μ_m为第一小区c_m的载波f_m的激活BWP b_m对应的子载波间隔配置，为第一小区c_m的载波f_m的激活BWP b_m下参考信号的目标接收功率，αSRS,b_m,f_m,c_m(qs_m)为第一小区c_m的载波f_m的激活BWP b_m下参考信号对应的路损补偿因子，PLb_m,f_m,c_m(qd_m)为第一小区c_m的载波f_m的激活BWP b_m下参考信号对应的路损估计值，MSRS,b_n,f_n,c_n(i)为发送时机i下第二小区c_n的载波f_n的激活BWP b_n内的子频域资源的数量。
在一种可能的实现方式中，第一频域单元为第一频域资源的子频域资源，第二频域单元为第二频域资源的子频域资源；第一终端设备根据第一频域资源和/或第二频域资源对应的信息，以及比例关系确定第一频域资源对应的目标发送功率和第二频域资源对应的目标发送功率，包括：在第一频域资源对应的开环功率控制参数与第二频域资源对应的开环功率控制参数相同的情况下，第一终端设备根据开环功率控制参数、第一频域资源的子频域资源的数量与多个子频域资源对应的总数量之间的比例关系、第二频域资源的子频域资源的数量与多个子频域资源对应的总数量之间的比例关系、以及剩余发送功率，确定第一频域资源对应的目标发送功率和第二频域资源对应的目标发送功率。
其中，剩余发送功率是根据优先级高于参考信号的至少一个信号或信道分配的发送功率以及第一终端设备允许的最大发送功率确定的，多个子频域资源包括第一频域资源内的每个子频域资源和第二频域资源内的每个子频域资源。
在一种可能的实现方式中，第一频域资源为第一终端设备连接的第一小区的激活BWP对应的资源，第二频域资源为第一终端设备连接的第二小区的激活BWP对应的资源，开环功率控制参数包括参考信号的目标接收功率、参考信号对应的路损参考信号资源索引、以及参考信号对应的路损补偿因子。其中，第一频域资源或第二频域资源对应的目标发送功率为P′SRS,b_m,f_m,c_m(i,qs_m)。
或者，
其中，ΔP(i)为剩余发送功率，∑MSRS(i)为发送参考信号的发送时机i下第一小区的激活BWP内的子频域资源的数量与第二小区的激活BWP内的子频域资源的数量之和。在c_m中的m为第一小区的索引值的情况下，P′SRS,b_m,f_m,c_m(i,qs_m)为第一频域资源对应的目标发送功率，MSRS,b_m,f_m,c_m(i)为发送时机i下第一小区c_m的载波f_m的激活BWP b_m内的子频域资源的数量，qs_m为参考信号的资源或资源集在第一小区c_m对应的索引，μ_m为第一小区c_m的载波f_m的激活BWP b_m对应的子载波间隔配置，为第一小区c_m的载波f_m的激活BWP b_m下参考信号的目标接收功率，αSRS,b_m,f_m,c_m(qs_m)为第一小区c_m的载波f_m的激活BWP b_m下参考信号对应的路损补偿因子，PLb_m,f_m,c_m(qd_m)为第一小区c_m的载波f_m的激活BWP b_m下参考信号对应的路损估计值。
在c_m中的m为第二小区的索引值的情况下，P′SRS,b_m,f_m,c_m(i,qs_m)为第二频域资源对应的目标发送功率，MSRS,b_m,f_m,c_m(i)为发送时机i下第二小区c_m的载波f_m的激活BWP b_m内的子频域资源的数量，qs_m为参考信号的资源或资源集在第二小区c_m对应的索引，μ_m为第二小区c_m的载波f_m的激活BWP b_m对应的子载波间隔配置，为第二小区c_m的载波f_m的激活BWP b_m下参考信号的目标接收功率，αSRS,b_m,f_m,c_m(qs_m)为第二小区c_m的载波f_m的激活BWP b_m下参考信号对应的路损补偿因子，PLb_m,f_m,c_m(qd_m)为第二小区c_m的载波f_m的激活BWP b_m下参考信号对应的路损估计值。
在一种可能的实现方式中，第一方面提供的功率控制方法，还包括：第一终端设备向第二设备发送第三指示信息，第三指示信息用于指示第一终端设备同时发送参考信号，以及优先级高于参考信号的至少一个信号或信道；或者，第三指示信息用于指示发送参考信号的发送时机下存在数据发送；或者，第三指示信息用于指示发送时机下存在优先级高于参考信号的至少一个信号或信道的发送；或者，第三指示信息用于指示发送时机下第一频域资源和/或第二频域资源对应的每资源元素的发送能量EPRE降低；或者，第三指示信息用于指示发送时机下第一终端设备的可分配发送功率降低；或者，第三指示信息用于指示发送时机下第一终端设备的功率等级降低；或者，第三指示信息用于指示发送时机下第一终端设备存在功率回退。可以理解，基于时间差定位技术的定位精度与终端设备发送参考信号的带宽以及功率有关，进而当参考信号的发送功率变小，进而会导致定位精度变低。也就是说，第二设备通过接收来自第一终端设备的第三指示信息可以确定该参考信号的发送功率为低发送功率或降低，换言之通过该参考信号确定的定 位测量结果精度较低，可信度较差，如此第二设备可以基于第三指示信息来衡量该参考信号对应的定位测量结果的可信程度。
第二方面，提供一种功率控制方法，该方法可以由第一终端设备执行，也可以由第一终端设备的部件，例如第一终端设备的处理器、芯片、或芯片系统等执行，还可以由能实现全部或部分第一终端设备功能的逻辑模块或软件实现。以下以该方法由第一终端设备执行为例进行说明。该方法包括：第一终端设备确定第一频域资源对应的功率调整系数和第二频域资源对应的发送功率，并根据第一频域资源对应的功率调整系数和第二频域资源对应的发送功率确定第一频域资源的目标发送功率。其中，第一频域资源和第二频域资源用于发送参考信号。由于本申请实施例中，第一终端设备可以根据第一频域资源对应的功率调整系数和第二频域资源对应的发送功率确定第一频域资源对应的目标发送功率，这样第一终端设备可以以期望接收功率对应的目标发送功率发送参考信号，减少参考信号在不同频域资源上接收功率的差异，进而降低位置估计误差，从而提高定位精度。
在一种可能的实现方式中，第二方面提供的功率控制方法，还包括：
第一终端设备接收来自第二设备的第二指示信息，第二指示信息用于指示第一终端设备根据第一频域资源对应的功率调整系数和第二频域资源对应的发送功率确定第一频域资源的目标发送功率。
在一种可能的实现方式中，第二指示信息包括第一频域资源对应的功率调整系数。
在一种可能的实现方式中，在第一终端设备接收来自第二设备的第二指示信息之前，第二方面提供的功率控制方法，还包括：
第一终端设备向第二设备发送能力信息，能力信息用于指示第一终端设备具备根据频域资源对应的功率调整系数发送参考信号的能力。
在一种可能的实现方式中，第二方面提供的功率控制方法，还包括：
第一终端设备在第一频域资源上以第一频域资源对应的目标发送功率发送参考信号，以及第一终端设备在第二频域资源上以第二频域资源对应的发送功率发送参考信号。
第三方面，提供一种功率控制方法，该方法可以由第二设备执行，也可以由第二设备的部件，例如第二设备的处理器、芯片、或芯片系统等执行，还可以由能实现全部或部分第二设备功能的逻辑模块或软件实现。以下以该方法由第二设备执行为例进行说明。该方法包括：第二设备向第一终端设备发送第一指示信息，第一指示信息用于指示：第一终端设备根据第一频域单元对应的目标发送功率和第二频域单元对应的目标发送功率之间的比例关系，确定第一频域资源对应的目标发送功率和第二频域资源对应的目标发送功率。其中，第一频域单元为第一频域资源，第二频域单元为第二频域资源；或者，第一频域单元为第一频域资源的子频域资源，第二频域单元为第二频域资源的子频域资源，第一频域资源和第二频域资源用于发送参考信号。由于本申请实施例中，第一终端设备可以确定发送参考信号的多个频域单元中的每个频域单元对应的目标发送功率之间的比例关系，并根据该比例关系确定多个频域资源中的每个频域资源对应的目标发送功率，可以避免终端设备优先为PCell对应的频域资源配置发送参考信号的发送功率，进而可以避免多个频域资源中的每个频域资源对应的发送功率差距过大，能够降低位置估计误差，从而提高定位精度。因此，基于本申请实施例提供的功率控制方法，可以优化 终端设备发送参考信号的功率控制方案以提高定位精度。
在一种可能的实现方式中，第一指示信息包括第一频域单元对应的目标发送功率和第二频域单元对应的目标发送功率之间的比例关系。
在一种可能的实现方式中，在第二设备向第一终端设备发送第一指示信息之前，第三方面提供的功率控制方法，还包括：第二设备接收来自第一终端设备的能力信息，能力信息用于指示第一终端设备具备根据不同频域单元对应的目标发送功率之间的比例关系发送参考信号的能力。
在一种可能的实现方式中，接收来自第一终端设备的第三指示信息，第三指示信息用于指示第一终端设备同时发送参考信号，以及优先级高于参考信号的至少一个信号或信道；或者，第三指示信息用于指示发送参考信号的发送时机下存在数据发送；或者，第三指示信息用于指示发送时机下存在优先级高于参考信号的至少一个信号或信道的发送；或者，第三指示信息用于指示发送时机下第一频域资源和/或第二频域资源对应的每资源元素的发送能量EPRE降低；或者，第三指示信息用于指示发送时机下第一终端设备的可分配发送功率降低；或者，第三指示信息用于指示发送时机下第一终端设备的功率等级降低；或者，第三指示信息用于指示发送时机下第一终端设备存在功率回退。
第四方面，提供一种功率控制方法，该方法可以由第二设备执行，也可以由第二设备的部件，例如第二设备的处理器、芯片、或芯片系统等执行，还可以由能实现全部或部分第二设备功能的逻辑模块或软件实现。以下以该方法由第二设备执行为例进行说明。该方法包括：第二设备向第一终端设备发送第二指示信息，第二指示信息用于指示：第一终端设备根据第一频域资源对应的功率调整系数和第二频域资源对应的发送功率，确定第一频域资源的目标发送功率。其中，第一频域资源和第二频域资源用于发送参考信号。由于本申请实施例中，第一终端设备可以根据第一频域资源对应的功率调整系数和第二频域资源对应的发送功率确定第一频域资源对应的目标发送功率，这样第一终端设备可以以期望接收功率对应的目标发送功率发送参考信号，减少参考信号在不同频域资源上接收功率的差异，进而降低位置估计误差，从而提高定位精度。
在一种可能的实现方式中，第二指示信息包括第一频域资源对应的功率调整系数。
在一种可能的实现方式中，在第二设备向第一终端设备发送第二指示信息之前，第四方面提供的功率控制方法，还包括：第二设备接收来自第一终端设备的能力信息，能力信息用于指示第一终端设备具备根据频域资源对应的功率调整系数发送参考信号的能力。
第五方面，提供了一种通信装置用于实现上述各种方法。该通信装置可以为上述第一方面或第二方面中的第一终端设备，或者包含上述第一终端设备的装置，或者上述第一终端设备中包含的装置，比如芯片；或者，该通信装置可以为上述第三方面或第四方面中的第二是设备，或者包含上述第二设备的装置，或者上述第二设备中包含的装置。所述通信装置包括实现上述方法相应的模块、单元、或手段(means)，该模块、单元、或means可以通过硬件实现，软件实现，或者通过硬件执行相应的软件实现。该硬件或软件包括一个或多个与上述功能相对应的模块或单元。
在一些可能的设计中，该通信装置可以包括处理模块和收发模块。该收发模块，也可以称为收发单元，用以实现上述任一方面及其任意可能的实现方式中的发送和/或接 收功能。该收发模块可以由收发电路，收发机，收发器或者通信接口构成。该处理模块，可以用于实现上述任一方面及其任意可能的实现方式中的处理功能。
在一些可能的设计中，收发模块包括发送模块和接收模块，分别用于实现上述任一方面及其任意可能的实现方式中的发送和接收功能。
第六方面，提供了一种通信装置，包括：处理器和存储器；该存储器用于存储计算机指令，当该处理器执行该指令时，以使该通信装置执行上述任一方面所述的方法。该通信装置可以为上述第一方面或第二方面中的第一终端设备，或者包含上述第一终端设备的装置，或者上述第一终端设备中包含的装置，比如芯片；或者，该通信装置可以为上述第三方面或第四方面中的第二设备，或者包含上述第二设备的装置，或者上述第二设备中包含的装置。
第七方面，提供一种通信装置，包括：处理器和通信接口；该通信接口，用于与该通信装置之外的模块通信；所述处理器用于执行计算机程序或指令，以使该通信装置执行上述任一方面所述的方法。该通信装置可以为上述第一方面或第二方面中的第一终端设备，或者包含上述第一终端设备的装置，或者上述第一终端设备中包含的装置，比如芯片；或者，该通信装置可以为上述第三方面或第四方面中的第二设备，或者包含上述第二设备的装置，或者上述第二设备中包含的装置。
第八方面，提供了一种通信装置，包括：至少一个处理器；所述处理器用于执行存储器中存储的计算机程序或指令，以使该通信装置执行上述任一方面所述的方法。该存储器可以与处理器耦合，或者，也可以独立于该处理器。该通信装置可以为上述第一方面或第二方面中的第一终端设备，或者包含上述第一终端设备的装置，或者上述第一终端设备中包含的装置，比如芯片；或者，该通信装置可以为上述第三方面或第四方面中的第二设备，或者包含上述第二设备的装置，或者上述第二设备中包含的装置。
第九方面，提供了一种计算机可读存储介质，该计算机可读存储介质中存储有计算机程序或指令，当其在通信装置上运行时，使得通信装置可以执行上述任一方面所述的方法。
第十方面，提供了一种包含指令的计算机程序产品，当其在通信装置上运行时，使得该通信装置可以执行上述任一方面所述的方法。
第十一方面，提供了一种通信装置(例如，该通信装置可以是芯片或芯片系统)，该通信装置包括处理器，用于实现上述任一方面中所涉及的功能。
在一些可能的设计中，该通信装置包括存储器，该存储器，用于保存必要的程序指令和数据。
在一些可能的设计中，该装置是芯片系统时，可以由芯片构成，也可以包含芯片和其他分立器件。
可以理解的是，第五方面至第十一方面中任一方面提供的通信装置是芯片时，上述的发送动作或功能可以理解为输出，上述的接收动作或功能可以理解为输入。
其中，第五方面至第十一方面中任一种设计方式所带来的技术效果可参见上述第一方面至第四方面中不同设计方式所带来的技术效果，在此不再赘述。
第十二方面，提供一种通信系统，该通信系统包括上述方面所述的第一终端设备和上述方面所述的第二设备。
附图说明
图1为SL中一个时隙和一个子信道下的物理层结构示意图；
图2为UL-TDOA的定位原理示意图；
图3为CA中多个载波的频域资源结构示意图；
图4为本申请实施例提供的功率控制方法对应的一个功率控制系统的架构示意图；
图5为本申请实施例提供的终端设备、NG-RAN设备、LMF与AMF之间的关系示意图一；
图6为本申请实施例提供的终端设备、NG-RAN设备、LMF与AMF之间的关系示意图二；
图7为本申请实施例提供的一种终端设备和网络设备的硬件结构示意图；
图8为本申请实施例提供的功率控制方法流程示意图一；
图9为本申请实施例提供的功率控制方法流程示意图二；
图10为本申请实施例提供的一个第一终端设备的结构示意图；
图11为本申请实施例提供的一个第二设备的结构示意图。
具体实施方式
为方便理解本申请实施例提供的技术方案，首先给出本申请相关技术的简要介绍。简要介绍如下：
第一，新无线(new radio，NR)系统的时频域资源
目前，3GPP支持在NR系统的上行链路和下行链路的传输方案中使用正交频分复用(orthogonal frequency division multiplexing，OFDM)技术。其中，OFDM技术的原理为：在频域内划分多个子信道，将待传输的数据进行串并转换，得到并行传输的多组数据，之后将每组数据调制到每个子信道的子载波(subcarrier)上进行传输。因此在时域上，待传输的数据通过多个在空间中叠加的子载波进行传输，其中多个子载波之间彼此正交，进而接收信号时可以将多个子载波分离，之后分别对每个子载波进行解调，从而得到待传输的数据。也就是说，NR系统中的最小频域资源为1个子载波，最小的时域资源为1个OFDM符号。
1.1、通用概念
NR系统的时域以时间单位Tc＝1/(Δfmax·Nf)表示。其中，Δfmax＝480×103Hz，Nf＝4096。
常数κ＝Ts/Tc＝64。其中，Ts＝1/(Δfref·Nf,ref)，Δfref＝15×103Hz，Nf,ref＝2048。
1.2、参数集(numerology)
NR系统支持的传输参数集如表1所示。在表1中，第一列为子载波间隔(subcarrier space，SCS)配置μ，第二列表示子载波间隔。
表1

1.3、时域资源
NR系统中的上行传输被组成持续时间为Tf＝(ΔfmaxNf/100)＝10ms的帧(frame)。其中，每个帧由十个持续时间为Tsf＝(ΔfmaxNf/1000)＝1ms的子帧组成。例如，一个帧可以包括子帧#0～子帧#9。每个子帧的连续OFDM符号数为
NR系统中，一个子帧可以包括若干时隙(slot)。其中，对于子载波间隔配置μ，时隙在一个子帧内按升序编号排列，以及在一个帧内按升序编号排列。在一个时隙中有个连续的OFDM符号，如表2和表3所示。一个子帧中时隙的开始与同一子帧中的OFDM符号的开始在时间上对齐。示例性的，在一个时隙内包括14个OFDM符号的情况下，OFDM符号可以按时间先后排序为：OFDM符号#0～OFDM符号#13。
表2
表3
1.4、频域资源
1.4.1、资源元素(resource element，RE)
在NR系统中可以将频域上的一个子载波，时域上的一个OFDM符号定义为RE。其中，RE是物理层最小粒度的资源。
1.4.2、资源块(resource block，RB)
在频域内，无论子载波间隔是多少，NR系统可以将12个连续的子载波定义为一个RB。其中，在物理层中，RB可以称为物理资源块(physical resource block，PRB)。
1.4.3、带宽部分(bandwidth part，BWP)
NR系统可以支持终端设备仅工作在系统带宽中的一部分，即BWP。或者，BWP可以是一个小区支持的一个载波对应的频域资源内的多个RB。示例性的，网络设备(例如NR系统中的下一代无线接入网(next-generation radio access network，NG-RAN)设备)覆盖的一个小区支持2个载波(载波#1和载波#2)，该小区分别为载波#1分配40MHz的带宽和载波#2分配60MHz的带宽，BWP可以是载波#1对应的40MHz带宽中的20MHz带宽，该20MHz带宽包括多个RB，终端设备可以仅在BWP上工作。
在NR系统中，终端设备通过初始接入过程接入网络之后，网络可以通过高层信令为终端设备配置工作BWP，每个终端设备可以配置1～4个BWP，但在任意时刻仅有一个BWP是激活的。除无线资源管理(radio resource management，RRM)测量之外，终端设备仅在激活BWP上收发数据。
可以理解，本申请实施例中，“载波”、“载频”、以及“频点”之间含义相同。换言之，“载波”、“载频”、以及“频点”之间可以相互替换表述，在此统一说明，以下不再赘述。
可以理解，本申请实施例中，“编号”与“索引”之间含义相同。换言之，“编号”与“索引”之间可以相互替换表述，在此统一说明，以下不再赘述。
本申请实施例中，索引信息可以对应配置的终端设备的资源标识(identity，ID)。例如，时隙的索引可以对应配置的SRS资源中发送SRS时机的标识；小区(cell)的索引可以对应配置的小区的标识；载波的索引可以对应配置的载波的标识；激活BWP的索引可以对应配置的激活BWP的标识等。
第二、参考信号
本申请实施例中的参考信号可以包括版本15(reversion15，R15)以及之前版本采用的SRS、版本16(reversion16，R16)提出的专用于定位的定位参考信号(positioning sounding reference signal，pos-SRS)、或者未来的其他参考信号等。
2.1、SRS配置信息
在NR系统中，SRS配置信息用于终端设备发送SRS。其中，SRS配置信息可以由网络设备进行配置，之后可以通过无线资源控制(radio resource control，RRC)连接将SRS配置信息发送至终端设备。SRS配置信息可以包括发送SRS的方式、时域资源或者频域资源等。
在NR系统中，引入SRS资源集(resource set)和SRS资源(resource)。SRS配置信息可以包括一个或多个SRS资源集，或者一个或多个SRS资源。其中，一个SRS资源集可以包括一个或多个SRS资源。一个SRS资源可以包括以下一项或多项：
(1)、天线端口数：在NR系统中，一个SRS资源可以配置1个、2个或者4个天线端口。
(2)、时域位置：在NR系统中，时域位置包括占用的OFDM符号的索引、起始位置等。其中，OFDM符号的索引可以指示SRS资源占用的OFDM符号的个数，一个SRS资源可以配置1个、2个、4个、8个或者12个OFDM符号，起始位置可以由字段startPosition给出。
(3)、资源类型：在NR系统中，SRS资源可以分为周期性(periodic)、半持续性(semi-persistent)或者非周期性(aperiodic)几种类型。其中，对于半持续性或者周期性的SRS资源，一个SRS资源内可以包括为终端设备指定的周期以及时隙偏移索引(时隙偏移量)。
(4)、占用的RB索引：在NR系统中，一个SRS资源可以占用4-272个RB。
需要说明的是，一个SRS资源还可以包括SRS传输的重复因子(字段repetitionFactor)、SRS资源在频域上的偏移以及SRS资源的调频配置等，具体描述可以参见3GPP TS 38.211，在此不再赘述。
2.2、SRS功率控制方案
TS 38.213中定义了终端设备发送SRS的发送功率。其中，根据SRS的类型不同，终端设备发送SRS的发送功率可以分为pos-SRS的发送功率以及除pos-SRS之外的其他SRS的发送功率。下面分别介绍pos-SRS的发送功率和其他SRS的发送功率。
2.2.1、其他SRS的发送功率
终端设备在发送时机i下服务小区c的载波f的激活BWP b上发送其他SRS的发送功率PSRS,b,f,c(i,qs，l)可以由公式(1)确定。其中，发送时机为SRS资源中的SRS发送时机，i为帧内时隙的索引。c为服务小区的索引。f为载波的索引。b为激活BWP的索引。qs为SRS的资源集索引。l为功控状态的索引。
其中，公式(1)中的各参数定义如下：
PCMAX,f,c(i)表示终端设备在发送时机i下服务小区c的载波f上允许的最大发送功率，PCMAX,f,c(i)可以由高层信令(例如RRC信令)配置。
表示标称功率或功率基准值，是网络设备所期望的目标接收功率，可以由高层信令配置的参数集合确定，该参数集合可以包括SRS-ResourceSet和SRS-ResourceSetId。
μ表示子载波间隔配置。
MSRS,b,f,c(i)表示在发送时机i下服务小区c的载波f的激活BWP b上，SRS资源分配的带宽所包含的RB个数，MSRS,b,f,c(i)由当前激活BWP b带宽以及子载波间隔配置μ确定。
αSRS,b,f,c(qs)表示路损补偿因子，由高层信令中的参数alpha配置，αSRS,b,f,c(qs)取值范围可以是[0,1]，例如{0,0.4,0.5,0.6,0.7,0.8,0.9,1}。
PLb,f,c(qd)表示下行链路(downlink，DL)的路损估计，单位为dB，是由终端设备根据针对小区的激活BWP的参考信号资源索引qd估计的下行路损，参考信号可以是信道状态信息参考信号(channel state information reference signal，CSI-RS)或者同步信号块(Synchronization Signal/PBCH Block，SSB)等下行参考信号。
hb,f,c(i,l)表示发送时机i下服务小区c的载波f的激活BWP b上SRS功控调整等级，hb,f,c(i,l)与终端设备是否配置了物理上行共享信道(physical uplink shared channel，PUSCH)传输有关，具体可以参见TS 38.213中的相关描述，在此不再赘述。
2.2.2、pos-SRS的发送功率
pos-SRS的发送功率与其他SRS的发送功率相比，pos-SRS的发送功率不考虑功控调整等级。其中，终端设备在发送时机i下服务小区c的载波f的激活BWP b上发送pos-SRS的发送功率PSRS,b,f,c(i,qs)可以由公式(2)确定。
其中，公式(2)中的各参数定义可以参考公式(1)中的各参数定义，在此不再赘述。
应理解，在SRS功率控制方案中，终端设备可以向邻区网络设备发送SRS以实现定位。其中，邻区网络设备可以是指覆盖终端设备的邻区小区的网络设备。在终端设备向邻区网络设备发送SRS的情况下，公式(1)中PLb,f,c(qd)对应的参考信号资源为邻区网络设备覆盖的邻区小区的激活BWP对应的参考信号。也就是说，在终端设备向邻区网络设备发送SRS的情况下，公式(1)中的PLb,f,c(qd)是根据邻区小区的激活BWP的参考信号资源索引qd估计的下行路损。
可以理解，本申请实施例中，“发送时机”与“传输时机”之间含义相同，可以相互替换表述，在此统一说明，以下不再赘述。
第三、侧行链路(sidelink，SL)
SL可以称为侧行链路、直通链路、副链路或边链路等，SL是为了支持设备间直接通信而引入的链路。其中，SL可以用于设备到设备(device-to-device，D2D)通信场景，还可以应用于车联网(vehicle-to everything，V2X)场景。
示例性的，终端设备#1和终端设备#2可以通过SL直接连接，与终端设备和网络设备之间的Uu接口不同，终端设备#1与终端设备#2之间的接口为PC5，该PC5接口的相关规范由SL协议规定。
在NR系统中，SL主要由物理侧行链路控制信道(physical sidelink control channel，PSCCH)、物理侧行链路共享信道(physical sidelink shared channel，PSSCH)、以及物理侧行链路反馈信道(physical sidelink feedback channel，PSFCH)等组成。
目前，在SL中，共有工作模式一和工作模式二两种资源分配模式，下面分别介绍两种工作模式。
工作模式一：终端设备在RRC连接态下进行数据传输，传输资源由网络设备控制。其中，网络设备调度用于传输SL的控制信息和数据的传输资源。
示例性的，终端设备向网络设备发送SL调度请求(scheduling request，SR)以及SL缓存状态报告(buffer status report，BSR)，之后网络设备基于SL BSR确定终端设备的SL通信需求的数据量大小，并估计传输所需资源。其中，网络设备可以使用配置的SL-无线网络临时标识(sidelink-radio network temporary identifier，SL-RNTI)来调度用于SL通信的传输资源。
工作模式二：终端设备自己从资源池中选择资源，并发送SL控制信息和数据信息。其中，一旦终端设备在资源池选择了资源，该选择的资源将在整个SL控制期间有效。在SL控制周期结束后，终端设备可以再次执行资源选择。
示例性的，终端设备自己从资源池中选择资源的场景例如可以是：终端设备不在网络设备的覆盖范围内；或者，终端设备在网络设备的覆盖范围内但不在RRC连接态下，本申请实施例对此不作具体限定。
示例性的，终端设备在网络设备的覆盖范围内但不在RRC连接态下的场景例如可以是：终端设备与网络设备之间发生无线链路失败(Radio Link Failure，RLF)、终端设备与网络设备之间不同步、或者终端设备处于RRC重连接的状态等，本申请实施例对此不作具体限定。
3.1、SL中的通信模式
SL中的通信模式可以分为：单播、组播、以及广播。其中，单播可以是指两个终端设备之间进行一对一的通信。组播可以是指一个终端设备与一组终端设备之间进行通信。广播可以是指一个终端设备向通信范围内的所有终端设备发送信息。
3.2、SL的物理层结构
SL中终端设备与终端设备之间通信的时频资源可以参见NR系统中终端设备与网络设备之间通信的时频资源，两者的区别在于SL中的载波可以不与小区对应。其中，SL中的载波对应的激活BWP可以称为SL BWP。
示例性的，图1是SL中一个时隙和一个子信道下的物理层结构示意图。如图1所示，一个时隙内可以包括14个OFDM符号。其中，在一个时隙内起始符号对应接入允许信道(access grant channel，AGC)符号，时隙内结束符号对应间隙(gap)，在AGC与间隙之间的符号可以包括PSCCH符号和PSSCH符号。其中，PSCCH符号是从PSSCH符号的最低PRB开始映射，与部分PSSCH符号占用相同的符号，但在频域上是分开的。PSCCH符号发送结束之后，PSSCH符号将占用全部符号对应的时频域资源以发送数据和解调参考信号(de-modulation reference signal，DMRS)。
在SL中，为了保证功率的均匀分配，符号级PSSCH功控方案分为功控方案一和功控方案二，下面分别介绍功控方案一和功控方案二。
功控方案一：该方案对应于第一PSSCH符号的功控方案，该第一PSSCH符号为没有PSCCH符号的PSSCH符号，终端设备在发送时机i下载波f的激活SL BWP b上发送第一PSSCH符号的发送功率PPSSCH1(i)可以由公式(3)确定。
PPSSCH1(i)＝min{PCMAX,PMAX,CBR,min(PPSSCH,D(i),PPSSCH,SL(i))}[dBm]   公式(3)
其中，公式(3)中的各参数定义如下：
PCMAX表示终端设备允许的最大发送功率。
PMAX,CBR表示信道忙度(channel busy rate，CBR)控制下的终端设备允许的最大发送功率，PMAX,CBR由参数sl-MaxTxPower指示；其中，在没有配置参数sl-MaxTxPower的情况下PMAX,CBR＝PCMAX。
PPSSCH,D(i)表示终端设备在发送时机i下基于DL路损估计的发送功率，PPSSCH,D(i)可以由公式(4)确定，公式(4)如下：
公式(4)中，P0,D可以是参数dl-P0-PSSCH-PSCCH指示的功控值P0；表示终端设备在发送时机i下载波f的激活SL BWP b上发送第一PSSCH符号占用的RB个数；αD可以由参数dl-Alpha-PSSCH-PSCCH指示，若该参数没有配置，则αD的值为1；PLD＝PLb,f,c(qd)，PLD表示由终端设备使用参考信号资源索引qd估计的下行路损。
PPSSCH,SL(i)表示终端设备在发送时机i下基于SL路损估计的发送功率，PPSSCH,SL(i)可以由公式(5)确定，公式(5)如下：
公式(5)中，P0,SL可以是由参数sl-P0-PSSCH-PSCCH指示的功控值P0；表示终端设备在发送时机i下载波f的激活SL BWP b上发送第一PSSCH符号占用的RB个数；αSL可以由参数sl-Alpha-PSSCH-PSCCH指示，若该参数没有配置，则αSL的值为1；PLSL表 示SL路损，PLSL可以是参考信号发送功率与反馈的参考信号接收功率(reference signal receiving power，RSRP)之间的差值，例如PLSL可以是PSSCH DMRS的发送功率与接收终端设备反馈的L3-RSRP之间的差值，该接收终端设备为接收PSSCH DMRS的终端设备。
应理解，在SL中，仅在终端设备的通信模式为单播的情况下，公式(3)中才会有PPSSCH,SL(i)。
功控方案二：该方案对应于第二PSSCH符号的功控方案，该第二PSSCH符号为有PSCCH符号的PSSCH符号，终端设备发送第二PSSCH符号对应的发送功率可以根据RB占比按照上述公式(3)～(5)进行折算，即终端设备在发送时机i下载波f的激活SL BWP b上发送第二PSSCH符号的发送功率PPSSCH2(i)可以由公式(6)确定。
其中，公式(6)中各参数定义可以参考公式(3)～(5)中的各参数定义，例如表示终端设备在发送时机i下载波f的激活SL BWP b上发送第二PSSCH符号占用的RB个数，表示终端设备在发送时机i下载波f的激活SL BWP b上发送PSCCH符号占用的RB个数，其他参数的相关说明在此不再赘述。
可以理解，终端设备发送PSCCH符号对应的发送功率与终端设备发送第二PSSCH符号对应的发送功率类似，可以根据RB占比按照上述公式(3)～(5)进行折算，即终端设备在发送时机i下载波f的激活SL BWP b上发送PSCCH符号的发送功率PPSCCH(i)可以由公式(7)确定。
其中，公式(7)中的各参数定义可以参考公式(3)～(6)中的各参数定义，在此不再赘述。
应理解，目前在SL中，没有定义关于定位参考信号的功率控制方案。
第四、基于时间差定位技术
本申请实施例中，基于时间差定位技术可以包括基于网络设备参与的时间差定位技术和基于SL的时间差定位技术，下面分别介绍：
4.1、基于网络设备参与的时间差定位技术
基于网络设备参与的时间差的定位技术的原理是通过测量网络设备接收终端设备发送的SRS的相关参数进行定位。其中，SRS的相关参数例如可以是到达时间差(time difference of arrival，TDOA)。基于时间差定位技术可以包括上行到达时间差(uplink time difference of arrival，UL-TDOA)，UL-TDOA的定位原理是测量不同网络设备接收终端设备发送的SRS的到达时间差，并根据该达到时间差确定终端设备的位置信息。
示例性的，以图2所示的UL-TDOA定位原理图为例说明UL-TDOA的定位原理。如图2所示，终端设备可以分别向网络设备#1、网络设备#2、以及网络设备#3发送SRS，分别测量SRS由终端设备达到网络设备#1、网络设备#2、网络设备#3中的两个网络设备的时间差，最少可以得到两个时间差，例如SRS达到网络设备#1和网络设备#2的时间差，以及SRS达到网络设备#1和网络设备#3的时间差。其中，每一个时间差对应的距离差可以形成一条以对应两个网络设备为焦点的双曲线，利用该两条双曲线的交点就可以估计出终端设备的位置。
此外，基于时间差定位技术还可以包括其他定位技术，例如基于多小区往返时间(multi-cell round trip time，Multi-RTT)的定位技术或者基于增强小区标识(enhanced cell identity，E-CID)的定位技术，本申请实施例对此不作具体限定。
4.2、基于SL的时间差定位技术
基于SL的时间差定位技术的原理与基于网络设备参与的时间差定位技术的原理类似，区别在于终端设备不是向网络设备发送参考信号，而是向与该终端设备建立SL连接的一个或多个接收终端设备发送参考信号，并且利用该参考信号达到该一个或多个接收终端设备的时间差和/或达到角计算得到对应的距离和/或角度，进而根据距离和/或角度估计出终端设备与该一个或多个接收终端设备之间的相对位置关系，若该一个或多个接收终端设备的位置是已知的，就可以根据相对位置关系得到终端设备的绝对位置，具体实现可以参考上述基于网络设备参与的时间差定位技术，在此不再赘述。
应理解，基于时间差的定位技术中，为了提高定位精度，对时间差的估计精度有较高的要求。其中，信号带宽越宽，时间分辨率越高，进而估计的定位精度就更高。例如，在信号带宽较低的情况下，测量得到的时间差可能为0.5ms，而在信号带宽较大的情况下，测量得到的时间差可能为0.54ms，显然后者的0.54ms的时间分辨率高于前者的0.5ms，进而利用0.54ms进行位置估计的定位精度也会高于利用0.5ms进行位置估计的定位精度。因此，可以通过提高终端设备发送参考信号的带宽来提高定位精度。
目前，可以采用载波聚合(carrier aggregation，CA)和双连接(dual connectivity，DC)提高发送参考信号的带宽。下面分别介绍CA和DC。
第五、CA
CA可以是指同时使用多个不同载波对应的频域资源收发数据。其中，CA可以将不同载波对应的频域资源组合在一起，进而提高终端设备发送参考信号的带宽。
可选地，本申请实施例中，不同载波对应的频域资源可以是指中心频率不同的多个载波对应的频域资源。其中，不同载波对应的频域资源可以是指不同载波对应的频段。其中，不同载波对应的频段的带宽可以相同或不同，不同载波对应的频段之间可以连续或不连续，本申请实施例对此不作具体限定。
示例性的，以图3所示的CA中多个载波的频域资源结构示意图为例。如图3所示，载波#1对应的频域资源为频段#1，载波#2对应的频域资源为频段#2，载波#3对应的频域资源为频段#3。其中，频段#1的带宽#1与频段#2的带宽#2不相同，而频段#2的带宽#2与频段#3的带宽#3相同。频段#1与频段#2之间连续，而频段#1与频段#3之间不连续，并且频段#2与频段#3之间不连续。
应理解，在CA中，每个载波对应的频域资源可以称为载波单元(Component carrier，CC)。其中，每个CC对应一个独立的频域资源。每个CC都有一个对应的索引，终端设备可以根据每个CC对应的索引确定在CC上收发数据的相关配置。示例性的，终端设备可以根据每个CC对应的索引以及上述公式(1)～(7)确定终端设备发送参考信号的发送功率。
可以理解，本申请实施例中，CA可以应用于终端设备与网络设备通信的场景中，还可以应用于SL中。其中，在终端设备与网络设备通信的场景中，网络设备可以确定CA中的每个CC的配置，并且通过向终端设备发送RRC信令对终端设备进行CA配置。在SL场景中，对于工作模式一，网络设备确定可以确定CA中的每个CC的配置，并通过向终端设备 发送RRC信令对终端设备进行CA配置；对于工作模式二，终端设备可以确定CA中的每个CC的配置。
应理解，由于SL中的载波可以不与小区对应，下面分别介绍终端设备与网络设备通信场景下的CA和SL场景下的CA。
5.1、终端设备与网络设备通信场景下的CA
在终端设备与网络设备通信的场景下，每个载波可以与一个小区关联，即一个CC对应一个独立的小区。其中，一个CC可以是指一个小区的载波的激活BWP。
应理解，每个CC对应的小区不同。其中，每个CC对应的小区可以是同一个网络设备覆盖的多个不同的小区，也可以是指不同网络设备覆盖的多个不同小区。示例性的，以CA配置了CC#1和CC#2为例，CC#1对应小区#1，CC#2对应小区#2，小区#1和小区#2可以是终端设备的服务网络设备覆盖的两个不同的小区；或者，小区#1可以是终端设备的服务网络设备覆盖的一个小区，小区#2可以是终端设备的邻区网络设备覆盖的小区。
在NR系统中，每个CC对应的小区的集合可以称为服务小区(serving cell)集合。其中，在终端设备配置CA的情况下，服务小区集合可以包括一个主小区(primary cell，PCell)以及一个或多个辅小区(secondary cell，SCell)。下面分别介绍PCell、SCell和服务小区的相关概念。
PCell：一个配置了CA的终端设备只能连接到一个PCell。其中，终端设备在该PCell进行初始连接建立过程，或连接重建过程。PCell负责处理与终端设备之间的RRC通信。也就是说，PCell可以是终端设备进行初始连接建立的小区；或者，PCell可以是终端设备进行RRC连接重建的小区；或者，PCell可以是在切换(handover)过程中指定的小区。
可选地，本申请实施例中，PCell的初始信息可以通过系统消息中的ul-CarrierFreq和ul-Bandwidth字段获得。
SCell：配置了CA的终端设备可以连接一个或多个SCell。SCell可以是终端设备通过RRC连接重配置消息添加的或修改的或释放的，用以提供额外的无线资源。其中，终端设备与SCell之间可以没有RRC连接。
服务小区：若终端设备没有配置CA，则服务小区集合中仅包括一个PCell；若终端设备配置CA，则服务小区集合包括PCell和SCell，并且终端设备在所有的服务小区内使用相同的小区无线网络临时标识(cell-radio network temporary identifier，C-RNTI)。
可选地，本申请实施例中，PCell的索引可以设置为0，SCell的索引可以是网络设备通过RRC配置给终端设备。
5.2、SL场景下的CA
在SL场景下，每个载波可以不与小区关联，即一个CC对应一个载波。其中，一个CC可以是指一个载波的激活SL BWP。
第六、DC
DC也可以称为多无线接入技术双连接(multi-radio access technology dual connectivity，MR-DC)。其中，DC可以支持两个网络设备同时为同一个终端设备提供数据或信令传输服务。可以理解，DC可以应用于终端设备与网络设备通信的场景。
示例性的，与核心网有控制面信令交互的网络设备可以称为主节点(master node，MN)或主网络设备，其他网络设备可以称为辅节点(secondary node，SN)或辅网络 设备。
应理解，DC架构可以但不限于包括如下四种：
第一种：EN-DC(E-UTRA-NR dual connectivity)，即长期演进(long term evolution，LTE)中的网络设备(例如演进型节点B(evolved node B，eNB)作为MN(即作为终端设备的MN)，NR系统中的网络设备(例如下一代节点B(gNodeB，gNB))作为SN(即作为终端设备的SN)，且MN和SN都连接4G核心网(evolved packet core，EPC)，进而可以为终端设备与EPC之间的数据提供空口传输资源；
第二种：NE-DC(NR-E-UTRA dual connectivity)，即NR系统中的网络设备作为MN，LTE中的网络设备作为SN，且MN和SN都连接第五代(5th generation，5G)系统中的5G核心网(5G core，5GC)，进而可以为终端设备与5GC之间的数据提供空口传输资源；
第三种：NGEN-DC(NG-RAN E-UTRA-NR dual connectivity)，即LTE中的网络设备(例如下一代演进型节点B(NG-RAN evolved NodeB，ng-eNB))作为MN，NR系统中的网络设备(例如gNB)作为SN，且MN和SN都连接5GC，进而可以为终端设备与5GC之间的数据提供空口传输资源；
第四种：除了以上三种LTE与NR系统的DC，5G还支持NR与NR的DC(NR-DC)，即MN与SN均为NR系统中的网络设备，并且MN和SN均连接5GC。
应理解，本申请实施例描述的DC场景是为了更加清楚的说明本申请实施例的技术方案，并不构成对于本申请实施例提供的技术方案的限定，随着网络架构的演变，本申请实施例提供的技术方案同样适用于终端设备支持同时接入两个以上或者更多的网络设备的应用场景，不予限制。其中，终端设备支持同时接入两个以上或者更多的网络设备的应用场景中，两个以上或者更多的网络设备中存在一个MN，除MN之外的网络设备均可以称为SN。
应理解，在DC中，MN为终端设备提供的服务小区组可以称为主小区组(master cell group，MCG)，SN为终端设备提供的服务小区组可以称为辅小区组(secondary cell group，SCG)。MCG和SCG分别包括至少一个小区。PCell可以是MCG中的小区，工作在主载波上。主辅小区(primary second cell，PSCell)是SCG中的小区。
可以理解，MCG可以包括一个PCell和可选的一个或多个SCell。SCG可以包括一个PSCell和可选的一个或多个SCell。
下面对DC中的PCell、PSCell、SCell、以及服务小区等术语进行介绍。
PCell：部署在主载波上，或者PCell工作在主载波上。DC中的PCell与CA中的PCell类似，例如PCell是终端设备发起初始连接建立过程或发起连接重建过程对应的小区，具体可以参考上述CA中的PCell的相关说明，在此不再赘述。
PSCell：是终端设备在SCG中进行随机接入或初始PUSCH传输(指终端设备在SN改变过程中跳过随机接入过程发送数据传输)的小区，或者执行同步的重配置过程中发起随机接入的SN的SCG中的小区。
SCell：与CA中的SCell相类似，可以参考上述CA中的SCell的相关说明。其中，在DC中，MCG和SCG中除PCell和PSCell外的小区，均可称为SCell。
服务小区：与CA中的服务小区集合相类似，例如若没有配置DC，则服务小区集 合中仅有一个服务小区，即PCell；如果配置了CA或DC，则该终端设备的服务小区是由PCell，PSCell和所有SCell组成的小区集合。
目前，按照现有协议的规定，对于配置CA或者DC的终端设备，为保证终端设备发送功率不超过其最大发送功率，通过逐一递减的方式配置每个CC对应的发送功率。因此，终端设备根据公式(1)～(2)优先为PCell配置参考信号的发送功率，之后剩余的发送功率配置给SCell。示例性的，以终端设备配置了一个PCell和一个SCell为例，假设终端设备最大的发送功率为1，若PCell需要分配70％的发送功率，则SCell的可以分配的发送功率仅为30％，这样PCell对应的发送功率与SCell对应的发送功率之间的差距过大，而网络设备在两个频域资源上接收功率相差较大的参考信号时，会直接影响测量参考信号得到的时间差的准确性，进而会引入位置估计误差，从而导致定位精度降低。
此外，现有SL协议中并没有规定配置CA的终端设备发送用于定位的参考信号的功率控制方案。
鉴于此，本申请实施例提供一种功率控制方法，可以优化终端设备发送参考信号的功率控制方案以提高定位精度。
下面将结合本申请实施例中的附图，对本申请实施例中的技术方案进行描述。其中，在本申请的描述中，除非另有说明，“/”表示前后关联的对象是一种“或”的关系，例如，A/B可以表示A或B；本申请中的“和/或”仅仅是一种描述关联对象的关联关系，表示可以存在三种关系，例如，A和/或B，可以表示：单独存在A，同时存在A和B，单独存在B这三种情况，其中A,B可以是单数或者复数。并且，在本申请的描述中，除非另有说明，“多个”是指两个或多于两个。“以下至少一项(个)”或其类似表达，是指的这些项中的任意组合，包括单项(个)或复数项(个)的任意组合。例如，a，b，或c中的至少一项(个)，可以表示：a，b，c，a-b，a-c，b-c，或a-b-c，其中a，b，c可以是单个，也可以是多个。另外，为了便于清楚描述本申请实施例的技术方案，在本申请的实施例中，采用了“第一”、“第二”等字样对功能和作用基本相同的相同项或相似项进行区分。本领域技术人员可以理解“第一”、“第二”等字样并不对数量和执行次序进行限定，并且“第一”、“第二”等字样也并不限定一定不同。
在本申请实施例中，“指示”可以包括直接指示和间接指示，也可以包括显式指示和隐式指示。将某一信息(如下文的第一指示信息)所指示的信息称为待指示信息，则具体实现过程中，对待指示信息进行指示的方式有很多种，例如但不限于，可以直接指示待指示信息，如待指示信息本身或者该待指示信息的索引等。也可以通过指示其他信息来间接指示待指示信息，其中该其他信息与待指示信息之间存在关联关系。还可以仅仅指示待指示信息的一部分，而待指示信息的其他部分则是已知的或者提前约定的。例如，还可以借助预先约定(例如协议规定)的各个信息的排列顺序来实现对特定信息的指示，从而在一定程度上降低指示开销。
此外，本申请实施例描述的网络架构以及业务场景是为了更加清楚的说明本申请实施例的技术方案，并不构成对于本申请实施例提供的技术方案的限定，本领域普通技术人员可知，随着网络架构的演变和新业务场景的出现，本申请实施例提供的技术方案对于类似的技术问题，同样适用。
本申请实施例的技术方案可以应用于5G系统或NR系统。本申请实施例的技术方案 还可以应用于其他通信系统。例如：LTE系统、LTE频分双工(frequency division duplex，FDD)系统、LTE时分双工(time division duplex，TDD)系统、通用移动通信系统(universal mobile telecommunication system，UMTS)，全球互联微波接入(worldwide interoperability for microwave access，WiMAX)通信系统等。其中，本申请中涉及的5G系统包括非独立组网(non-standalone，NSA)的NR系统或独立组网(standalone，SA)的NR系统。本申请提供的技术方案还可以应用于未来的通信系统，如第六代移动通信系统。通信系统还可以是陆上公用移动通信网(public land mobile network，PLMN)网络、D2D通信系统、机器到机器(machine to machine，M2M)通信系统、物联网(Internet of Things，IoT)通信系统或者其他通信系统。
图4为本申请实施例提供的功率控制方法对应的一个功率控制系统的架构示意图。如图4所示，该功率控制系统包括第一终端设备和第二设备。其中，第二设备可以是第一网络设备，第一网络设备可以是第一终端设备的服务网络设备。或者，第二设备还可以是第二终端设备，第二终端设备可以是与第一终端设备建立SL连接以参与定位的终端设备。或者，在第一终端设备配置DC的情况下，第二设备还可以是第二网络设备，第二网络设备可以是第一终端设备的SN。或者，第二设备还可以是定位管理功能(location management function，LMF)。
虽然未示出，该功率控制系统还可以包括第二网络设备、LMF、接入和移动性管理功能(access and mobility management function，AMF)等其他网元或功能或模块，本申请实施例对此不作具体限定。
其中，基于上述功率控制系统进行功率控制的方法可参见后续方法实施例，在此不再赘述。
可选地，本申请实施例中的网络设备(包括上述第一网络设备或第二网络设备等)可以是用于与终端设备通信的任意一种具有无线收发功能的通信设备。该网络设备包括但不限于：eNB，基带单元(baseband unit，BBU)，Wi-Fi系统中的接入点(access point，AP)、无线中继节点、无线回传节点、传输点(transmission point，TP)或者传输接收点(transmission-reception point，TRP)等。该网络设备还可以为5G系统中的gNB或TRP或TP，或者5G系统中的基站的一个或一组(包括多个天线面板)天线面板。此外，该网络设备还可以为构成gNB或TP的网络节点，如BBU，或分布式单元(distributed unit，DU)等。
在一些部署中，gNB可以包括集中式单元(centralized unit，CU)和DU。此外，gNB还可以包括有源天线单元(active antenna unit，AAU)。CU实现gNB的部分功能，DU实现gNB的部分功能。比如，CU负责处理非实时协议和服务，实现RRC，分组数据汇聚层协议(packet data convergence protocol，PDCP)层的功能。DU负责处理物理层协议和实时服务，实现无线链路控制(radio link control，RLC)层、媒体接入控制(media access control，MAC)层和物理(physical，PHY)层的功能。AAU实现部分物理层处理功能、射频处理及有源天线的相关功能。由于RRC层的信息最终会变成PHY层的信息，或者，由PHY层的信息转变而来，因而，在这种架构下，高层信令，如RRC层信令，也可以认为是由DU发送的，或者，由DU+AAU发送的。可以理解的是，网络设备可以为包括CU节点、DU节点、AAU节点中一项或多项的设备。
可选地，本申请实施例中的终端设备(terminal equipment)可以指接入终端、用户单元、用户站、移动站、移动台、中继站、远方站、远程终端、移动设备、用户终端(user terminal)、UE、终端(terminal)、无线通信设备、用户代理、用户装置、蜂窝电话、无绳电话、会话启动协议(session initiation protocol，SIP)电话、无线本地环路(wireless local loop，WLL)站、个人数字助理(personal digital assistant，PDA)、具有无线通信功能的手持设备、计算设备或连接到无线调制解调器的其它处理设备、车载设备、可穿戴设备，未来5G网络中的终端设备或者未来演进的PLMN中的终端设备或者未来车联网中的终端设备等，本申请实施例对此并不限定。
作为示例而非限定，在本申请实施例中，终端设备可以是手机、平板电脑、带无线收发功能的电脑、虚拟现实终端设备、增强现实终端设备、工业控制中的无线终端、无人驾驶中的无线终端、远程手术中的无线终端、智能电网中的无线终端、运输安全中的无线终端、智慧城市中的无线终端、智慧家庭中的无线终端等。
作为示例而非限定，在本申请实施例中，可穿戴设备也可以称为穿戴式智能设备，是应用穿戴式技术对日常穿戴进行智能化设计、开发出可以穿戴的设备的总称，如眼镜、手套、手表、服饰及鞋等。可穿戴设备即直接穿在身上，或是整合到用户的衣服或配件的一种便携式设备。可穿戴设备不仅仅是一种硬件设备，更是通过软件支持以及数据交互、云端交互来实现强大的功能。广义穿戴式智能设备包括功能全、尺寸大、可不依赖智能手机实现完整或者部分的功能，例如：智能手表或智能眼镜等，以及只专注于某一类应用功能，需要和其它设备如智能手机配合使用，如各类进行体征监测的智能手环、智能首饰等。
此外，在本申请实施例中，终端设备还可以是IoT系统中的终端设备，IoT是未来信息技术发展的重要组成部分，其主要技术特点是将物品通过通信技术与网络连接，从而实现人机互连，物物互连的智能化网络。在本申请实施例中，IOT技术可以通过例如窄带(narrow band，NB)技术，做到海量连接，深度覆盖，终端省电。
此外，在本申请实施例中，终端设备还可以包括智能打印机、火车探测器、加油站等传感器，主要功能包括收集数据(部分终端设备)、接收网络设备的控制信息与下行数据，并发送电磁波，向网络设备传输上行数据。
可选的，本申请实施例中的网络设备和终端设备之间可以通过授权频谱进行通信，也可以通过免授权频谱进行通信，也可以同时通过授权频谱和免授权频谱进行通信。网络设备和终端设备之间可以通过6千兆赫(gigahertz，GHz)以下的频谱进行通信，也可以通过6GHz以上的频谱进行通信，还可以同时使用6GHz以下的频谱和6GHz以上的频谱进行通信。本申请的实施例对网络设备和终端设备之间所使用的频谱资源不做限定。
可选的，本申请实施例中的终端设备或者网络设备可以部署在陆地上，包括室内或室外、手持或车载；也可以部署在水面上；还可以部署在空中的飞机、气球和人造卫星上。本申请的实施例对终端设备或者网络设备的应用场景不做限定。
如上所述，本申请实施例提供的功率控制方法可以适用于上述各种通信系统。
示例性的，图5或图6为在NR系统中应用本申请实施例的功率控制方法时，第一终端设备、NG-RAN设备、LMF与AMF之间的关系示意图。如图5或图6所示，终端 设备通过LTE-Uu和/或NR-Uu接口经由ng-eNB和gNB连接到NG-RAN设备；NG-RAN设备通过NG-C接口连接到5GC。其中，NG-RAN设备包括一个或多个ng-eNB(图5或图6以一个ng-eNB为例进行示意)；NG-RAN设备也可以包括一个或多个gNB(图5以一个gNB为例进行示意，图6以2个gNB为例进行示意)。ng-eNB为接入5GC的LTE基站，gNB为接入5GC的5G基站。5GC包括AMF与LMF。其中，AMF用于实现接入管理等功能，LMF用于与第一终端设备或NG-RAN设备交互以实现各种功能(如定位功能或者功率控制功能等)。AMF与LMF之间通过NLs接口连接。
进一步的，5GC和NG-RAN设备之间控制面之间的接口为N2接口，5GC和NG-RAN之间用户面之间的接口为N3接口，gNB之间的接口为Xn接口。
可选地，如图5或图6所示，5GC还可以包括增强移动服务定位中心(enhanced serving mobile location center，E-SMLC)和用户面安全定位平台(secure user plane location platform，SLP)。其中，E-SMLC和SLP分别与LMF连接。E-SMLC和SLP可以向LMF提供第一终端设备所需要的辅助数据，包括例如关于第一终端设备测量的信号的信息(例如预期信号定时、信号编解码、信号频率、信号多普勒)、地面发射器的位置和/或标识、和/或GNSS的卫星飞行器的信号、定时以及轨道信息，以促进诸如辅助GNSS、UL-TDOA以及E-CID的定位技术。
可以理解，图6与图5类似，区别比如在于：图5的定位管理功能的装置或组件(比如LMF)部署在5GC中，图6的定位管理功能的装置或组件(比如定位管理组件(location management component，LMC))可以部署在NG-RAN设备中。如图6所示，gNB中包含LMC。LMC是LMF的部分功能组件，可以集成在NG-RAN设备的gNB中。
应理解，图5或图6中的NG-RAN设备可以为图4中的第一网络设备。图5或图6仅是示例性的给出在5G通信系统中应用本申请实施例的功率控制方法时，第一终端设备、NG-RAN设备、LMF与AMF之间的关系示意图，并不限定仅包括一个NG-RAN设备。
应理解，上述图5或图6中包括的设备或功能节点只是示例性地描述，并不对本申请实施例构成限定，事实上，图5或图6中还可以包含其他与图中示意的设备或功能节点具有交互关系的网元或设备或功能节点，本申请对此不作具体限定。
如图7所示，为本申请实施例提供的终端设备700和网络设备800的硬件结构示意图。
终端设备700包括至少一个处理器701(图7中示例性的以包括一个处理器701为例进行说明)、至少一个存储器702(图7中示例性的以包括一个存储器702为例进行说明)和至少一个收发器703(图7中示例性的以包括一个收发器703为例进行说明)。可选地，终端设备700还可以包括输出设备704和输入设备705。
处理器701、存储器702和收发器703通过通信线路相连接。通信线路可包括一通路，在上述组件之间传送信息。
处理器701可以是一个通用中央处理器(central processing unit，CPU)，微处理器，特定应用集成电路(application-specific integrated circuit，ASIC)，或者一个或多个用于控制本申请方案程序执行的集成电路。在具体实现中，作为一种实施例，处理器 701也可以包括多个CPU，并且处理器701可以是一个单核(single-CPU)处理器或多核(multi-CPU)处理器。这里的处理器可以指一个或多个设备，电路，或用于处理数据(例如计算机程序指令)的处理核。
存储器702可以是只读存储器(read-only memory，ROM)或可存储静态信息和指令的其他类型的静态存储设备，随机存取存储器(random access memory，RAM)或者可存储信息和指令的其他类型的动态存储设备，也可以是电可擦可编程只读存储器(electrically erasable programmable read-only memory，EEPROM)，只读光盘(compact disc read-only memory，CD-ROM)或其他光盘存储，光碟存储(包括压缩光碟，激光碟，光碟，数字通用光碟，或者蓝光光碟等)，磁盘存储介质或者其他磁存储设备，或者能够用于携带或存储具有指令或数据结构形式的期望的程序代码并能够由计算机存取的任何其他介质，但不限于此。存储器702可以是独立存在，通过通信线路与处理器701相连接。存储器702也可以和处理器701集成在一起。
其中，存储器702用于存储执行本申请方案的计算机执行指令，并由处理器701来控制执行。具体的，处理器701用于执行存储器702中存储的计算机执行指令，从而实现本申请实施例中所述的功率控制方法。可选地，本申请实施例中的计算机执行指令也可以称之为应用程序代码或者计算机程序代码，本申请实施例对此不作具体限定。
收发器703可以使用任何收发器一类的装置，用于与其他设备或通信网络通信，如以太网，无线接入网(radio access network，RAN)，或者无线局域网(wireless local area networks，WLAN)等。收发器703包括发射机Tx和接收机Rx。
输出设备704和处理器701通信，可以以多种方式来显示信息。例如，输出设备704可以是液晶显示器(liquid crystal display，LCD)，发光二级管(light emitting diode，LED)显示设备，阴极射线管(cathode ray tube，CRT)显示设备，或投影仪(projector)等。
输入设备705和处理器701通信，可以以多种方式接受用户的输入。例如，输入设备705可以是鼠标、键盘、触摸屏设备或传感设备等。
网络设备800包括至少一个处理器801(图7中示例性的以包括一个处理器801为例进行说明)、至少一个存储器802(图7中示例性的以包括一个存储器802为例进行说明)、至少一个收发器803(图7中示例性的以包括一个收发器803为例进行说明)和至少一个网络接口804(图7中示例性的以包括一个网络接口804为例进行说明)。处理器801、存储器802、收发器803和网络接口804通过通信线路相连接。其中，网络接口804用于通过链路(例如S1接口)与核心网设备连接，或者通过有线或无线链路(例如X2接口)与其它网络设备的网络接口进行连接(图7中未示出)，本申请实施例对此不作具体限定。另外，处理器801、存储器802和收发器803的相关描述可参考终端设备700中处理器801、存储器802和收发器803的描述，在此不再赘述。
可选地，本申请实施例中的网络设备800可以是接入核心网的装置或者可用于接入核心网的装置中的芯片等，本申请实施例对此不作具体限定。其中，接入核心网的装置例如可以是长期演进LTE系统中的基站，全球移动通信系统(global system for mobile communication，GSM)中的基站，UMTS中的基站，NR系统中的基站，PLMN中的基站，宽带网络业务网关(broadband network gateway，BNG)，汇聚交换机，非3GPP (non 3GPP)网络设备等。基站可以包括各种形式的基站，例如：宏基站，微基站(也称为小站)，中继站，以及接入点等，本申请实施例对此不作具体限定。
可选地，本申请实施例中的网络设备800支持为终端设备700配置CA或者DC。
可选地，本申请实施例中的网络设备800支持为终端设备700配置SL下的传输资源。
可选地，本申请实施例中的网络设备800支持为终端设备700配置SL下的定位参考信号资源或定位参考信号资源集。
可选地，本申请实施例中的网络设备800支持为终端设备700配置SL下的CA。
可选地，本申请实施例中的终端设备700可以是用于实现无线通信功能的设备，例如终端或者可用于终端中的芯片等，本申请实施例对此不作具体限定。其中，终端可以是LTE系统，GSM，UMTS，NR系统，未来演进的PLMN中的用户设备(user equipment，UE)，接入终端、终端单元，终端站，移动站，移动台，远方站，远程终端，移动设备，无线通信设备，终端代理或终端装置等。
可选地，本申请实施例中的终端设备700具有CA能力或者DC能力。
可选地，本申请实施例中的终端设备700具有SL能力。其中，终端设备700支持通过PC5接口与其他终端设备连接。
可选地，本申请实施例中的终端设备700具有在SL下的CA能力。
下面将结合图4至图7，对本申请实施例提供的功率方法进行展开说明。
需要说明的是，本申请下述实施例中各个设备之间的信号名字或信息中各参数的名字等只是一个示例，具体实现中也可以是其他的名字，本申请实施例对此不作具体限定。
基于上述通信系统架构和实施场景，如图8所示，为本申请实施例提供的功率控制方法，包括如下步骤：
S801、第一终端设备确定第一频域单元对应的目标发送功率和第二频域单元对应的目标发送功率之间的比例关系。其中，第一频域单元为第一频域资源，第二频域单元为第二频域资源；或者，第一频域单元为第一频域资源的子频域资源，第二频域单元为第二频域资源的子频域资源。第一频域单元和第二频域资源用于发送参考信号。
可以理解，本申请实施例中，第一频域资源与第二频域资源不同。其中，第一频域资源和第二频域资源可以是指第一终端设备可以使用的频域资源。示例性的，第一终端设备可以同时在第一频域资源和第二频域资源上发送参考信号。
应理解，本申请实施例中，第一终端设备根据高层信令和参考信号配置信息确定第一频域资源和第二频域资源。
可选地，本申请实施例中，第一终端设备可以根据第二设备的配置获取高层信令和参考信号配置信息。其中，根据第二设备的具体形态和配置方式，第一终端设备获取高层信令和参考信号配置信息的方式可以包括以下几种方式。
方式一、在第一网络设备为第一终端设备配置CA的情况下，第一终端设备可以在建立初始连接或进行RRC连接重建的过程中，获取第一网络设备发送的高层信令和参考信号配置信息，进而根据该高层信令和参考信号配置信息确定第一频域资源和第二频域资源。
方式二、在第一网络设备和第二网络设备为第一终端设备配置DC的情况下，第一 终端设备可以在建立初始连接或进行RRC连接重建的过程中，获取第一网络设备和第二网络设备分别发送的高层信令和参考信号配置信息，进而根据该高层信令和参考信号配置信息确定第一频域资源和第二频域资源。
方式三、在第一终端设备处于工作模式一的情况下，第一终端设备获取第一网络设备发送的高层信令和参考信号配置信息，进而根据该高层信令和参考信号配置信息确定第一频域资源和第二频域资源。
方式四、在第一终端设备处于工作模式二的情况下，第一终端设备自己在资源池中确定第一频域资源和第二频域资源。
可选地，本申请实施中，参考信号用于定位。其中，参考信号可以是用于对第一终端设备进行定位；或者，参考信号可以是用于对第一网络设备，或第二网络设备，或第二终端设备进行定位。
可选地，本申请实施例中，参考信号可以是具体实施方式前序部分所述的参考信号，参考信号还可以是应用于SL中的定位参考信号，本申请实施例对此不作具体限定。
可选地，本申请实施例中，频域资源可以是指第一终端设备连接的小区的激活BWP对应的资源。其中，第一频域资源可以是第一终端设备连接的第一小区的激活BWP对应的资源，第二频域资源为第一终端设备连接的第二小区的激活BWP对应的资源。或者，第一频域资源可以是第一终端设备连接的第一小区的载波的激活BWP对应的资源，第二频域资源可以是第一终端社会被连接的第二小区的载波的激活BWP对应的资源。
可选地，本申请实施例中，子频域资源为RB或者RE。其中，第一频域资源的子频域资源可以是第一终端设备连接的第一小区的激活BWP内的RB或RE对应的资源，第二频域资源的子频域资源可以是第一终端设备连接的第二小区的激活BWP内的RB或RE对应的资源。或者，第一频域资源的子频域资源可以是第一终端设备连接的第一小区的载波的激活BWP内的RB或RE对应的资源，第二频域资源的子频域资源可以是第一终端设备连接的第二小区的载波的激活BWP内的RB或RE对应的资源。
相应地，在第一频域单元为第一频域资源，第二频域单元为第二频域资源的情况下，第一频域单元对应的目标发送功率与第二频域单元对应的目标发送功率之间的比例关系可以是第一小区的激活BWP对应的目标发送功率与第二小区的激活BWP对应的目标发送功率之间的比例关系。在第一频域单元为第一频域资源的子频域资源，第二频域单元为第二频域资源的子频域资源的情况下，第一频域单元对应的目标发送功率与第二频域单元对应的目标发送功率之间的比例关系可以是第一小区的激活BWP内的RB或RE对应的目标发送功率与第二小区的激活BWP内的RB或RE对应的目标发送功率之间的比例关系。
示例性的，在方式一中，第一小区和第二小区可以是CA对应的服务小区集合内的小区，例如上述第一小区可以是PCell，第二小区可以是SCell；或者第一小区可以是SCell，第二小区可以是PCell，本申请实施例对此不作具体限定。
可以理解，在方式二中，第一小区和第二小区可以是DC对应的服务小区集合内的小区，第一小区可以是PCell，第二小区可以是PSCell；或者第一小区可以是PCell，第二小区可以是SCell；或者第一小区可以是PSCell，第二小区可以是PCell；或者，第一 小区可以是SCell，第二小区可以是PSCell；或者，第一小区可以是SCell，第二小区可以是PCell，本申请实施例对此不作具体限定。
或者，可选地，频域资源可以是指第一终端设备连接的载波对应的频域资源。其中，第一频域资源为第一终端设备连接的第一载波对应的频域资源，第二频域资源为第一终端设备连接的第二载波对应的频域资源。
示例性的，在方式三和方式四中，频域资源可以是第一终端设备连接的载波的激活SL BWP对应的资源。在SL CA配置第一载波和第二载波的情况下，第一频域资源可以是第一终端设备连接的第一载波的激活SL BWP对应的资源，第二频域资源可以是第一终端设备连接的第二载波的激活SL BWP对应的资源。或者，第一频域资源可以是第一终端设备SL连接的第一载波对应的频域资源，第二频域资源可以是第一终端设备SL连接的第二载波对应的频域资源。或者，第一频域资源可以是第一终端设备SL连接的第一载波的激活BWP对应的资源，第二频域资源可以是第一终端设备SL连接的第二载波对应的频域资源。或者，第一频域资源可以是第一终端设备SL连接的第一载波对应的频域资源，第二频域资源可以是第一终端设备SL连接的第二载波的激活BWP对应的频域资源。
可选地，第一频域资源的子频域资源可以是第一终端设备连接的第一载波的激活SL BWP内的RB或RE对应的资源，第二频域资源的子频域资源可以是第一终端设备连接的第二载波的激活SL BWP内的RB或RE对应的资源。或者，第一频域资源的子频域资源可以第一终端设备SL连接的第一载波内的RB或RE对应的资源，第二频域资源的子频域资源可以是第一终端设备SL连接的第二载波的激活BWP内的RB或RE对应的资源。
相应地，在第一频域单元为第一频域资源，第二频域单元为第二频域资源的情况下，第一频域单元对应的目标发送功率与第二频域单元对应的目标发送功率之间的比例关系可以是第一载波的激活SL BWP对应的目标发送功率与第二载波的激活SL BWP对应的目标发送功率之间的比例关系。在第一频域单元为第一频域资源的子频域资源，第二频域单元为第二频域资源的子频域资源的情况下，第一频域单元对应的目标发送功率与第二频域单元对应的目标发送功率之间的比例关系可以是第一载波的激活SL BWP内的RB或RE对应的目标发送功率与第二载波的激活SL BWP内的RB或RE对应的目标发送功率之间的比例关系。
应理解，本申请实施例中，“载波的激活SL BWP”可以与“载波的激活BWP”含义相同，可以相互替换表述，在此统一说明，以下不再赘述。
应理解，本申请实施例中，“SL CA”可以是指“第一终端设备配置SL下同时支持多个载波”，两者含义相同，可以相互替换表述，在此统一说明，以下不再赘述。
可以理解，本申请实施例中，目标发送功率可以是第一终端设备发送参考信号的实际发送功率。
可选地，本申请实施例中，第一频域单元对应的目标发送功率和第二频域单元对应的目标发送功率之间的比例关系可以是协议约定的；或者，可以是第一终端设备与第二设备(例如第一网络设备或者第二终端设备)提前协商好的；或者，可以是预先在第一终端设备上配置好的，本申请实施例对此不作具体限定。
可选地，本申请实施例中，第一频域单元对应的目标发送功率和第二频域单元对应的目标发送功率之间的比例关系可以相近。示例性的，以第一频域单元对应的目标发送功率为目标发送功率#1，以第二频域单元对应的目标发送功率为目标发送功率#2为例，目标发送功率#1与目标发送功率#2之前的比例关系可以是1:0.95、1:0.9、1:0.8、或者0.9:1等，本申请实施例对此不作具体限定。
可选地，本申请实施例中，目标发送功率可以是第一终端设备期望的发送功率。
可选地，第一频域单元对应的目标发送功率和第二频域单元对应的目标发送功率之间的比例关系可以是第一终端设备根据自身能力和/或第一频域资源和第二频域资源对应的信息确定。其中，频域资源对应的信息可以包括该频域资源的大小信息和/或该频域资源对应的发送功率。例如，第一频域资源对应的信息可以包括第一频域资源的大小信息和/或第一频域资源对应的发送功率。第一频域资源的大小信息可以包括第一频域资源的子频域资源的数量和/或第一频域资源中发送参考信号占用的子频域资源的数量，第一频域资源对应的发送功率可以是根据公式(1)或公式(2)计算得到的发送功率。也就是说，本申请实施例中，第一频域资源对应的发送功率指的是根据现有协议中功率控制方案计算得到的发送功率。
相应地，第二频域资源对应的大小信息可以包括第二频域资源的子频域资源的数量或者第二频域资源中发送参考信号占用的子频域资源的数量，第二频域资源对应的发送功率可以是根据公式(1)或公式(2)计算得到的发送功率。
可选地，一种可能的实现方式中，第一终端设备可以根据第一频域资源对应的发送功率和第二频域资源对应的发送功率确定第一频域单元对应的目标发送功率和第二频域单元对应的目标发送功率之间的比例关系。示例性的，以PCell为第一小区，SCell为第二小区，且PCell的激活BWP对应的发送功率与SCell的激活BWP对应的发送功率之间的比值为4:1为例，第一终端设备可以将PCell的激活BWP对应的目标发送功率与SCell的激活BWP对应的目标发送功率的比例关系确定为3:2或者5:4，这样可以使得两个不同频域资源上的参考信号到达第二设备时的功率相近，进而提高定位精度。
或者，另一种可能的实现方式中，第一终端设备可以根据第一终端设备允许的最大发送功率确定第一频域单元对应的目标发送功率和第二频域单元对应的目标发送功率之间的比例关系。示例性的，以PCell为第一小区，SCell为第二小区，PCell的激活BWP对应的发送功率与SCell的激活BWP对应的发送功率之间的比值为1:4，且第一终端设备最大发送功率为5个功率单元为例，第一终端设备可以将PCell的激活BWP对应的目标发送功率与SCell的激活BWP对应的目标发送功率的比例关系确定为2:3，这样可以使得两个不同频域资源上的参考信号到达第二设备时的功率相近，进而提高定位精度。
或者，又一种可能的实现方式中，第一终端设备根据第一频域资源对应的大小信息和第二频域资源对应的大小信息确定第一频域单元对应的目标发送功率和第二频域单元对应的目标发送功率之间的比例关系。示例性的，以PCell为第一小区，SCell为第二小区，且PCell的激活BWP内的RB数量与SCell的激活BWP内RB的数量之间的比值为1:2为例，第一终端设备可以将PCell的激活BWP对应的目标发送功率与SCell的激活BWP对应的目标发送功率的比例关系确定为6:5或者5:4等，这样可以使得两个不同频域资源上的参考信号到达第二设备时的功率相近，进而提高定位精度。
或者，又一种可能的实现方式中，第一终端设备可以根据第一频域资源对应的DL路损估计和第二频域资源对应的DL路损估计确定每第一频域单元对应的目标发送功率和第二频域单元对应的目标发送功率之间的比例关系。示例性的，以PCell为第一小区，SCell为第二小区，且PCell的激活BWP对应的DL路损估计与SCell的激活BWP对应的DL路损估计之间的比值为0.5为例，由于SCell的激活BWP对应的DL路损估计大于PCell的激活BWP对应的DL路损估计，第一终端设备可以将PCell的激活BWP对应的目标发送功率与SCell的激活BWP对应的目标发送功率的比例关系确定为2:3，这样可以使得两个不同频域资源上的参考信号到达第二设备时的功率相近，进而提高定位精度。
S802、第一终端设备根据第一频域单元对应的目标发送功率和第二频域单元对应的目标发送功率之间的比例关系确定第一频域资源对应的目标发送功率和第二频域资源对应的目标发送功率。
应理解，本申请实施例中，在第一频域单元为第一频域资源的子频域资源，第二频域单元为第二频域资源的子频域资源的情况下，第一频域单元对应的目标发送功率与第二频域单元对应的目标发送功率之间的比例关系、第一频域资源对应的目标发送功率与第二频域资源对应的目标发送功率之间的比例关系，两者可能不相同。示例性的，以第一频域资源的子频域资源为PCell的激活BWP内的RB对应的资源，第二频域资源的子频域资源为SCell的激活BWP内的RB对应的资源，并且PCell的激活BWP内的RB的数量与SCell的激活BWP内的RB的数量之间的比值为1:2为例，若PCell的激活BWP内的RB对应的目标发送功率与SCell的激活BWP内的RB对应的目标发送功率之间的比例关系为1:1，则PCell的激活BWP对应的目标发送功率与SCell的激活BWP对应的目标发送功率之间比例关系为1:2而不是1:1。
可选地，本申请实施例中，在第一频域单元为第一频域资源，第二频域单元为第二频域资源的情况下，第一终端设备根据可以根据第一频域单元对应的目标发送功率和第二频域单元对应的目标发送功率之间的比例关系直接确定第一频域资源对应的目标发送功率和第二频域资源对应的目标发送功率。
示例性的，以第一频域资源为第一载波的激活SL BWP对应的资源，第二频域资源为第二载波的激活SL BWP对应的资源，并且第一终端设备允许的最大发送功率为6个功率单元为例，若第一载波的激活SL BWP对应的目标发送功率与第二载波的激活BWP对应的目标发送功率之间的比例关系为2:1，则第一终端设备可以确定第一载波的激活SL BWP对应的目标发送功率为2个功率单元，第二载波的激活SL BWP对应的目标发送功率为1个功率单元；或者，第一终端设备可以确定第一载波的激活SL BWP对应的目标发送功率为4个功率单元，第二载波的激活SL BWP对应的目标发送功率为2个功率单元；或者，第一终端设备可以确定第一载波的激活SL BWP对应的目标发送功率为1.5个功率单元，第二载波的激活SL BWP对应的目标发送功率为0.5个功率单元。
可选地，本申请实施例中，第一终端设备根据第一频域单元对应的目标发送功率和第二频域单元对应的目标发送功率之间的比例关系确定第一频域资源对应的目标发送功率和第二频域资源对应的目标发送功率(步骤S802)，可以包括：
S802a、第一终端设备获取第一频域资源和/或第二频域资源对应的信息。其中，第 一频域资源和/或第二频域资源对应的信息可以包括以下一项或多项：第一频域资源和/或第二频域资源中RB的数量或者RE的数量、第一频域资源和/或第二频域资源中参考信号占用的RB的数量或者RE的数量、第一频域资源和/或第二频域资源对应的发送功率。
应理解，第一终端设备可以根据高层信令和参考信号配置信息获取第一频域资源和/或第二频域资源对应的信息。
S802b、第一终端设备根据第一频域资源和/或第二频域资源对应的信息，以及第一频域单元对应的目标发送功率和第二频域单元对应的目标发送功率之间的比例关系，确定第一频域资源对应的目标发送功率和第二频域资源对应的目标发送功率。
示例性的，以第一频域资源为第一载波的激活SL BWP对应的资源，第二频域资源为第二载波的激活SL BWP对应的资源，第一载波的激活SL BWP内的RB的数量与第二载波的激活SL BWP内的RB的数量之比为1:2，第一频域单元对应的目标发送功率和第二频域单元对应的目标发送功率之间的比例关系为6:5，第一终端设备允许的最大发送功率为16个功率单元为例，说明第一终端设备根据第一频域资源的大小信息、第二频域资源的大小信息、以及第一频域单元对应的目标发送功率和第二频域单元对应的目标发送功率之间的比例关系，确定第一频域资源对应的目标发送功率和第二频域资源对应的目标发送功率。其中，在第一频域单元为第一频域资源的子频域资源，第二频域单元为第二频域资源的子频域资源，且子频域资源为RB的情况下，第一终端设备可以确定第一载波的激活SL BWP对应的目标发送功率与第二载波的激活SL BWP对应的目标发送功率之间的比例关系为3:5，第一载波的激活SL BWP对应的目标发送功率可以为3个功率单元，第二载波的激活SL BWP对应的目标发送功率可以为5个功率单元；或者，第一载波的激活SL BWP对应的目标发送功率可以为6个功率单元，第二载波的激活SL BWP对应的目标发送功率可以为10个功率单元。
示例性的，以第一频域资源为第一载波的激活SL BWP对应的资源，第二频域资源为第二载波的激活SL BWP对应的资源，第一频域资源对应的发送功率为2个功率单元、第二频域资源对应的发送功率为1个功率单元，第一频域单元对应的目标发送功率和第二频域单元对应的目标发送功率之间的比例关系为10:9，第一终端设备允许的最大发送功率为6个功率单元为例，说明第一终端设备根据第一频域资源对应的发送功率和/或第二频域资源对应的发送功率、以及第一频域单元对应的目标发送功率和第二频域单元对应的目标发送功率之间的比例关系，确定第一频域资源对应的目标发送功率和第二频域资源对应的目标发送功率。其中，在第一频域单元为第一频域资源，第二频域单元为第二频域资源的情况下，第一终端设备可以以第一频域资源对应的发送功率2个功率单元为基准分别确定第一载波的激活SL BWP对应的目标发送功率为2个功率单元，第二载波的激活SL BWP对应的目标发送功率为1.8个功率单元；或者，第一终端设备可以以第二频域资源对应的发送功率为1个功率单元为基准分别确定第二载波的激活SL BWP对应的目标发送功率为1个功率单元，第一载波的激活SL BWP对应的目标发送功率为1.1个功率单元。
应理解，本申请实施例提供的功率控制方法可以应用于第一终端设备配置了三个或更多个频域资源的场景。下面示例性地分别介绍第一终端设备配置三个频域资源的场景 和第一终端设备配置四个频域资源的场景。
场景一：第一终端设备配置了第一频域资源、第二频域资源和第三频域资源。
示例性的，在场景一中，本申请实施例提供的功率控制方法，包括：
S801-1、第一终端设备可以确定第一频域单元对应的目标发送功率、第二频域单元对应的目标发送功率、以及第三频域单元对应的目标发送功率之间的比例关系。其中，第一频域单元为第一频域资源，第二频域单元为第二频域资源，第三频域单元为第三频域资源；或者，第一频域单元为第一频域资源的子频域资源，第二频域单元为第二频域资源的子频域资源，第三频域单元为第三频域资源的子频域资源。
可选地，第三频域资源可以是第一终端设备连接的第三小区的激活BWP对应的资源。其中，第三小区可以是CA对应的服务小区集合内的小区；或者，第三小区可以是DC对应的服务小区集合内的小区。
或者，可选地，第三频域资源可以是第一终端设备连接的第三载波对应的频域资源。例如，在方式三或方式四中，第三频域资源可以是第一终端设备连接的第三载波的激活SL BWP对应的资源。
S802-1、第一终端设备根据第一频域单元对应的目标发送功率、第二频域单元对应的目标发送功率、以及第三频域单元对应的目标发送功率之间的比例关系确定第一频域资源对应的目标发送功率、第二频域资源对应的目标发送功率、以及第三频域资源对应的目标发送功率。
可以理解，第一终端设备执行步骤S801-1的原理与第一终端设备执行步骤S801的原理类似，第一终端设备执行步骤S802-1的原理与第一终端设备步骤S802的原理类似。例如：
第一终端设备可以确定第一频域单元对应的目标发送功率、第二频域单元对应的目标发送功率、以及第三频域单元对应的目标发送功率之间的比例关系。其中，第一频域单元为第一频域资源，第二频域单元为第二频域资源，第三频域单元为第三频域资源；或者，第一频域单元为第一频域资源的子频域资源，第二频域单元为第二频域资源的子频域资源，第三频域单元为第三频域资源的子频域资源。以第一频域资源为第一载波的激活SL BWP对应的资源，第二频域资源为第二载波的激活SL BWP对应的资源，第三频域资源为第三载波的激活SL BWP对应的资源，并且第一终端设备允许的最大发送功率为4个功率单元为例，若第一载波的激活SL BWP对应的目标发送功率、第二载波的激活BWP对应的目标发送功率、第二载波的激活BWP对应的目标发送功率之间的比例关系为2:1:1，则第一终端设备可以确定第一载波的激活SL BWP对应的目标发送功率为2个功率单元，第二载波的激活SL BWP对应的目标发送功率为1个功率单元，第三载波的激活SL BWP对应的目标发送功率为1个功率单元。
又例如，步骤S802-1可以包括：
S802-1a、第一终端设备可以获取第一频域资源、第二频域资源、第三频域资源中至少一个频域资源对应的信息。
S802-1b、第一终端设备根据第一频域资源、第二频域资源、第三频域资源中至少一个频域资源对应的信息，以及第一频域单元对应的目标发送功率、第二频域单元对应的目标发送功率和第三频域单元对应的目标发送功率之间的比例关系，确定第一频域资 源对应的目标发送功率、第二频域资源对应的目标发送功率、以及第三频域资源对应的目标发送功率。
上述步骤S801-1、S802-1、S802-1a、以及S802-1b的实现可以参见步骤S801、S802、S802a、以及S802b的相关描述，在此不再赘述。
场景二：第一终端设备配置了第一频域资源、第二频域资源、第三频域资源和第四频域资源。
示例性的，在场景二中，本申请实施例提供的功率控制方法，包括：
S801-2、第一终端设备可以确定第一频域单元对应的目标发送功率、第二频域单元对应的目标发送功率、第三频域单元对应的目标发送功率、以及第四频域单元对应的目标发送功率之间的比例关系。其中，第一频域单元为第一频域资源，第二频域单元为第二频域资源，第三频域单元为第三频域资源，第四频域单元为第四频域资源；或者，第一频域单元为第一频域资源的子频域资源，第二频域单元为第二频域资源的子频域资源，第三频域单元为第三频域资源的子频域资源，第四频域单元为第四频域资源的子资源。
可选地，第三频域资源可以是第一终端设备连接的第三小区的激活BWP对应的资源。其中，第三小区可以是CA对应的服务小区集合内的小区；或者，第三小区可以是DC对应的服务小区集合内的小区。
或者，可选地，第三频域资源可以是第一终端设备连接的第三载波对应的频域资源。例如，在方式三或方式四中，第三频域资源可以是第一终端设备连接的第三载波的激活SL BWP对应的资源。
可选地，第四频域资源可以是第一终端设备连接的第四小区的激活BWP对应的资源。其中，第四小区可以是CA对应的服务小区集合内的小区；或者，第四小区可以是DC对应的服务小区集合内的小区。
或者，可选地，第四频域资源可以是第一终端设备连接的第四载波对应的频域资源。例如，在方式三或方式四中，第四频域资源可以是第一终端设备连接的第四载波的激活SL BWP对应的资源。
S802-2、第一终端设备根据第一频域单元对应的目标发送功率、第二频域单元对应的目标发送功率、以及第三频域单元对应的目标发送功率之间的比例关系确定第一频域资源对应的目标发送功率、第二频域资源对应的目标发送功率、以及第三频域资源对应的目标发送功率。
可以理解，上述步骤S801-2～S802-2的实现可以参见上述步骤S801～S802-1，在此不再赘述。
由于本申请实施例中，第一终端设备可以确定发送参考信号的不同频域单元各自对应的目标发送功率之间的比例关系，并根据该比例关系确定不同频域资源各自对应的目标发送功率，可以避免终端设备优先为PCell对应的频域资源配置发送参考信号的发送功率，进而可以避免不同频域资源上参考信号发送功率差距过大，能够降低位置估计误差，从而提高定位精度。因此，基于本申请实施例提供的功率控制方法，可以优化终端设备发送参考信号的功率控制方案以提高定位精度。
其中，上述步骤S801至S802-2中的第一终端设备的动作可以由图7所示的终端设备700中的处理器701调用存储器702中存储的应用程序代码以指令该网络设备执行， 本实施例对此不作任何限制。
可选地，在步骤S802之后，本申请实施例提供的功率控制方法还可以包括：
S803、第一终端设备在第一频域资源上以第一频域资源对应的目标发送功率发送参考信号，以及在第二频域资源上以第二频域资源对应的目标发送功率发送参考信号。
可以理解，如图8所示，本申请实施例中，在第一终端设备配置了三个或更多个频域资源的情况下，第一终端设备可以在配置的多个频域资源上以该多个频域资源各自对应的目标发送功率发送参考信号。例如，在场景一中，第一终端设备可以在第一频域资源上以第一频域资源对应的目标发送功率发送参考信号，在第二频域资源上以第二频域资源对应的目标发送功率发送参考信号，以及在第三频域资源上以第三频域资源对应的目标发送功率发送参考信号。
可选地，第一终端设备可以向第二设备发送参考信号，还可以向第一终端设备的邻区网络设备发送参考信号。其中，第二设备可以是第一网络设备，或者第二网络设备，或者第二终端设备，本申请实施例对此不作具体限定。
示例性的，在第二设备为第一网络设备，并且第一网络设备为第一终端设备配置CA的情况下，第一终端设备可以向第一网络设备和/或第一终端设备的邻区网络设备发送参考信号；或者，在第一网络设备和第二网络设备为第一终端设备配置DC的情况下，第一终端设备还可以向第一网络设备、第二网络设备和/或邻区网络设备发送参考信号。
示例性的，在第二设备为第二终端设备，并且第一终端设备配置SL CA的情况下，第一终端设备可以向第二终端设备发送参考信号。
可选地，如图8所示，本申请实施例提供的功率控制方法还可以包括：
S804、第二设备向第一终端设备发送第一指示信息，第一指示信息用于指示：第一终端设备根据第一频域单元对应的目标发送功率和第二频域单元对应的目标发送功率之间的比例关系，确定第一频域资源对应的目标发送功率和第二频域资源对应的目标发送功率。相应地，第一终端设备接收来自第二设备的第一指示信息，并根据第一指示信息根据执行步骤S802，或者执行步骤801。也就是说，由于在某些通信场景下可能需要优先保证通信的可靠性而不是定位精度，终端设备通过第一指示信息的指示而确定发送参考信号的目标发送功率，可以避免在不需要以相近的发送功率发送参考信号的场景下以相近的目标发送功率发送参考信号。
可以理解，本申请实施例中，在第一终端设备配置了三个或更多个频域资源的情况下，第一指示信息可以用于指示第一终端设备根据三个或更多个频域单元之间的比例关系确定三个或更多个频域资源各自对应的目标发送功率。例如，在场景一中，第一指示信息可以用于指示：第一终端设备根据第一频域单元对应的目标发送功率、第二频域单元对应的目标发送功率、以及第三频域单元对应的目标发送功率之间的比例关系，确定第一频域资源对应的目标发送功率、第二频域资源对应的目标发送功率、以及第三频域资源对应的目标发送功率。
又例如，在场景二中，第一指示信息可以用于指示：第一终端设备根据第一频域单元对应的目标发送功率、第二频域单元对应的目标发送功率、第三频域单元对应的目标发送功率、以及第四频域单元对应的目标发送功率之间的比例关系，确定第一频域资源对应的目标发送功率、第二频域资源对应的目标发送功率、第三频域资源对应的目标发 送功率、以及第四频域资源对应的目标发送功率。
可选地，本申请实施例中，第二设备可以是第一网络设备、第二终端设备、或者第二网络设备等。示例性的，第一网络设备可以向第一终端设备发送第一指示信息；或者，第二终端设备可以向第一终端设备发送第一指示信息；或者在第一网络设备和第二网络设备为第一终端设备配置DC的情况下，第二网络设备可以向第一终端设备发送第一指示信息，本申请实施例对此不作具体限定。
可选地，本申请实施例中，第一指示信息可以通过RRC信令发送，或广播消息发送，或MAC信令发送，或者物理层信令发送，或SL对应的信令发送，本申请实施例对此不作具体限定。
可选地，本申请实施例中，第一指示信息可以是定位参考信号配置信息。可以理解，由于定位参考信号配置信息可以指示该定位参考信号用于定位，进而可以隐式指示第一终端设备根据第一频域单元对应的目标发送功率和第二频域单元对应的目标发送功率之间的比例关系，确定第一频域资源对应的目标发送功率和第二频域资源对应的目标发送功率。
可选地，本申请实施例中，第一指示信息可以包括第一频域单元对应的目标发送功率和第二频域单元对应的目标发送功率之间的比例关系。也就是说，第一频域单元对应的目标发送功率和第二频域单元对应的目标发送功率之间的比例关系可以是第二设备指示的。
可选地，本申请实施例中，第一指示信息中的第一频域单元对应的目标发送功率和第二频域单元对应的目标发送功率之间的比例关系可以是第二设备期望的比例关系。
应理解，由于第二设备可以接收来自第一终端设备在多个频域资源中的每个频域资源上发送的参考信号，因此第二终端设备可以确定每个频域资源上参考信号的接收功率，进而根据每个频域资源上参考信号的接收功率的差异，调整第一指示信息中的发送参考信号的多个频域单元中的每个频域单元对应的目标发送功率之间的比例关系。
可选地，本申请实施例中，在第一终端设备接收第一指示信息之前，还包括：
第一终端设备向第二设备发送能力信息，能力信息用于指示第一终端设备具备不同频域单元对应的目标发送功率之间的比例关系发送参考信号的能力。相应地，第二设备接收来自第一终端设备的能力信息。也就是说，第一网络设备接收第一终端设备能力信息之后才会向第一终端设备发送第一指示信息。
由于本申请实施例中，第一终端设备可以根据第一指示信息的指示而基于不同频域资源各自对应的目标发送功率之间的比例关系确定不同频域资源各自对应的目标发送功率，可以避免终端设备优先为PCell对应的频域资源配置发送参考信号的发送功率，进而可以避免不同频域资源上参考信号发送功率差距过大，能够降低位置估计误差，从而提高定位精度。因此，基于本申请实施例提供的功率控制方法，可以优化终端设备发送参考信号的功率控制方案以提高定位精度。
其中，上述步骤S801至S804中的第一终端设备的动作可以由图7所示的通信装置700中的处理器701调用存储器702中存储的应用程序代码以指令该网络设备执行；在第二设备为第一网络设备或第二网络设备的情况下，上述步骤S801至S804中的第二设备的动作可以由图7所示的网络设备800中的处理器801调用存储器802中存储的应用 程序代码以指令该终端设备执行；在第二设备为第二终端设备的情况下，上述步骤S801至S804中的第二设备的动作可以由图7所示的终端设备700中的处理器701调用存储器702中存储的应用程序代码以指令该终端设备执行，本实施例对此不作任何限制。
可选地，本申请实施例中，第一频域单元对应的目标发送功率与第二频域单元对应的目标发送功率之间的比例关系包括第一频域单元对应的目标发送功率与第二频域单元对应的目标发送功率相同。也就是说，第一终端设备在多个频域单元中的每个频域单元上发送参考信号的发送功率相同，可以提高多个频域资源上的参考信号达到第二设备时的接收功率的一致性，进而降低位置估计误差，从而提高定位精度。
可以理解，在第一终端设备配置第一频域资源、第二频域资源、以及第三频域资源的情况下，第一频域单元对应的目标发送功率、第二频域单元对应的目标发送功率、以及第三频域单元对应的目标发送功率之间的比例关系包括第一频域单元对应的目标发送功率、第二频域单元对应的目标发送功率、以及第三频域单元对应的目标发送功率之间相同。在第一终端设备配置第一频域资源、第二频域资源、第三频域资源、以及第四频域资源的情况下，第一频域单元对应的目标发送功率、第二频域单元对应的目标发送功率、第三频域单元对应的目标发送功率、以及第四频域单元对应的目标发送功率之间的比例关系包括第一频域单元对应的目标发送功率、第二频域单元对应的目标发送功率、第三频域单元对应的目标发送功率、以及第四频域单元对应的目标发送功率之间相同。
可以理解，在第二设备为第一终端设备配置CA或DC，且第一频域单元为第一频域资源以及第二频域单元为第二频域资源的情况下，第一频域单元对应的目标发送功率与第二频域单元对应的目标发送功率相同为第一小区的激活BWP对应的目标发送功率与第二小区的激活BWP对应的目标发送功率相同。其中，在第一频域单元为第一频域资源的子频域资源以及第二频域单元为第二频域资源的子频域资源的情况下，第一频域单元对应的目标发送功率与第二频域单元对应的目标发送功率相同为第一小区的激活BWP内的RB或者RE对应的目标发送功率与第二小区的激活BWP内的RB或RE对应的目标发送功率相同。
可以理解，在第二设备为第一终端设备配置SL CA的情况下，且第一频域单元为第一频域资源以及第二频域单元为第二频域资源的情况下，第一频域单元对应的目标发送功率与第二频域单元对应的目标发送功率相同为第一载波的激活SL BWP对应的目标发送功率与第二载波的激活SL BWP对应的目标发送功率相同。其中，在第一频域单元为第一频域资源的子频域资源以及第二频域单元为第二频域资源的子频域资源的情况下，第一频域单元对应的目标发送功率与第二频域单元对应的目标发送功率相同为第一载波的激活SL BWP内的RB或RE对应的目标发送功率与第二载波的激活SL BWP内的RB或RE对应的目标发送功率相同。
可选地，本申请实施例中，在第一频域单元为第一频域资源的RE以及第二频域单元为第二频域资源的RE的情况下，第一频域单元对应的目标发送功率与第二频域单元对应的目标发送功率相同可以是指第一频域资源的RE的功率因子比率与第二频域资源RE的功率因子比率相同。其中，功率因子比率可以是指每个RE对应的功率或能量，进而功率因子比率还可以替换表示为每资源元素的能量(energy per resource element，EPRE)，或者每资源元素的功率等，本申请实施例对此不作具体限定。
下面根据频域单元对应频域资源粒度不同的情况，结合步骤S802b中不同目标发送功率的计算方式，分别介绍几种在比例关系为第一频域单元对应的目标发送功率与第二频域单元对应的目标发送功率相同的条件下对应的目标发送功率。
情况一：该情况对应于频域单元为频域资源的情况。
可选地，本申请实施例中，第一频域单元为第一频域资源，第二频域单元为第二频域资源，并且第一频域单元对应的目标发送功率与第二频域单元对应的目标发送功率之间的比例关系包括第一频域单元对应的目标发送功率与第二频域单元对应的目标发送功率相同，第一终端设备根据第一频域资源和/或第二频域资源对应的信息，以及第一频域单元对应的目标发送功率和第二频域单元对应的目标发送功率之间的比例关系，确定第一频域资源对应的目标发送功率和第二频域资源对应的目标发送功率(步骤S802b)，包括：
第一终端设备根据第一频域资源和/或第二频域资源对应的发送功率，以及第一频域单元对应的目标发送功率与第二频域单元对应的目标发送功率之间的比例关系确定第一频域资源对应的目标发送功率和第二频域资源对应的目标发送功率，第二频域资源对应的目标发送功率与第一频域资源对应的目标发送功率相同第一频域资源对应的目标发送功率为第一发送功率与第二发送功率之间的最小值。
也就是说，在情况一和第一频域单元对应的目标发送功率与第二频域单元对应的目标发送功率相同的条件下，第一频域资源对应的目标发送功率与第二频域资源对应的目标发送功率相同。
进一步的，在一种可能的实现方式中，第一发送功率是根据第一终端设备允许的最大发送功率确定的最大平均发送功率。其中，对于不同的频域资源类型，第一终端设备允许的最大发送功率可能不同。例如在第一终端设备配置CA或DC的场景下，第一终端设备允许的最大发送功率可能是前述公式(1)中的PCMAX,f,c(i)。又例如，在第一终端设备配置SL CA的场景下，第一终端设备允许的最大发送功率可能是公式(3)中的PCMAX。
下面根据频域资源类型不同，示例性地给出几种目标发送功率的计算方式。
类型一：对应于频域资源为小区的激活BWP对应的资源，该类型可以对应于第一网络设备为第一终端设备配置CA或DC的场景。其中，第一频域资源为第一终端设备连接的第一小区的激活BWP对应的资源，第二频域资源为第一终端设备连接的第二小区的激活BWP对应的资源，第一发送功率是根据第一终端设备在发送参考信号的发送时机i下允许的最大发送功率确定的最大平均发送功率。
可选地，本申请实施例中，第一发送功率可以表示为PCMAX(i)/N，PCMAX(i)为第一终端设备在发送时机i下允许的最大发送功率，N为发送时机i下第一终端设备连接的小区的数量。可以理解，在第一终端设备仅配置第一频域资源和第二频域资源的情况下，N等于2。在第一终端设备配置多个频域资源的情况下，N等于该多个频域资源的数量。例如，在前述场景一中，第一终端设备配置了第一频域资源、第二频域资源和第三频域资源，进而N等于3。又例如，在前述场景二中，第一终端设备配置第一频域资源、第二频域资源、第三频域资源和第四频域资源，进而N等于4。
应理解，本申请实施例中PCMAX(i)还可以表示在发送时机i下第一终端设备在第一频 域资源或第二频域资源上允许的最大发送功率；或者，PCMAX(i)还可以表示在发送时机i下第一终端设备在第一频域资源上允许的最大发送功率与第一终端设备在第二频域资源上允许的最大发送功率之间的最大值。进一步的，在第一终端设备连接更多的频域资源的情况下，例如在场景一中，第一终端设备连接了第一频域资源、第二频域资源和第三频域资源，PCMAX(i)还可以表示第一终端设备在在发送时机i下第一频域资源，或第二频域资源，或第三频域资源上允许的最大发送功率；或者，PCMAX(i)还可以表示在发送时机i下第一终端设备在第一频域资源上允许的最大发送功率、第一终端设备在第二频域资源上允许的最大发送功率、以及第一终端设备在第三频域资源上允许的最大发送功率之间的最大值。
可选地，第二发送功率可以为第一频域资源对应的发送功率与第二频域资源对应的发送功率之间的平均值。
示例性的，第一频域资源或第二频域资源对应的目标发送功率可以由公式(8)计算。
公式(8)中的各参数定义如下：
P′SRS,b_m,f_m,c_m(i,qs_m)为第一频域资源或第二频域资源对应的目标发送功率。其中，在c_m中的m为第一小区的索引值的情况下，P′SRS,b_m,f_m,c_m(i,qs_m)为第一频域资源对应的目标发送功率。在c_m中的m为第二小区的索引值的情况下，P′SRS,b_m,f_m,c_m(i,qs_m)为第二频域资源对应的目标发送功率。
Pmean(i)为第二发送功率，可以由公式(9)确定。
其中，公式(9)中的各参数定义如下：
m可以表示N个小区中的第m个小区。在m为第一小区的索引值的情况下，PSRS,b_m,f_m,c_m(i,qs_m)表示第一频域资源对应的发送功率，qs_m为参考信号的资源或资源集在第一小区对应的索引，PSRS,b_m,f_m,c_m(i,qs_m)可以由公式(1)或公式(2)计算得到。
在m为第二小区的索引值的情况下，PSRS,b_m,f_m,c_m(i,qs_m)表示第二频域资源对应的发送功率，qs_m为参考信号的资源或资源集在第二小区对应的索引，PSRS,b_m,f_m,c_m(i,qs_m)可以由公式(1)或公式(2)计算得到。应理解，参考信号的资源或资源集在第一小区对应的索引与在第二小区对应的索引可以相同或不同，本申请实施例对此不作具体限定。
可选地，本申请实施例中，第二发送功率为第一频域资源对应的发送功率与所述第二频域资源对应的发送功率之间的最大值。
示例性的，第一频域资源或第二频域资源对应的目标发送功率可以由公式(10)计算。
公式(10)中的各参数定义可以参见公式(8)和公式(9)的相关说明。其中， max{P1,P2，…Pm}表示第二发送功率，P1,P2，…Pm表示发送时机i下每个小区的载波f_m的激活BWP b_m对应的发送功率，可以由公式(1)或公式(2)计算得到。可以理解，在m为第一小区的索引值的情况下，Pm表示第一频域资源对应的发送功率。在m为第二小区的索引值的情况下，Pm表示第二频域资源对应的发送功率。
可选地，本申请实施例中，第二发送功率为第一频域资源或第二频域资源对应的发送功率；或者，第二发送功率是第一终端设备根据第一频域资源或第二频域资源对应的发送功率确定的。
示例性的，第一频域资源或第二频域资源对应的目标发送功率可以由公式(11)计算。
公式(11)中的各参数定义可以参见公式(8)～公式(10)的相关说明。其中，Pr表示第一频域资源或者第二频域资源对应的发送功率。α表示功率缩放因子，可以是默认的或指示的，即第二发送功率是第一终端设备根据第一频域资源或第二频域资源对应的发送功率和α确定的。若没有指示，或未设默认值，α等于1，即第二发送功率为第一频域资源或第二频率资源对应的发送功率。
类型二：对应于频域资源为载波的激活SL BWP对应的资源，该类型可以对应于第二终端设备为第一终端设备配置SL CA场景。其中，第一频域资源为第一终端设备连接的第一载波对应的频域资源，第二频域资源为第一终端设备连接的第二载波对应的频域资源，第一发送功率是根据第一终端设备允许的最大发送功率确定的最大平均发送功率。
可选地，本申请实施例中，第一发送功率可以表示为PCMAX/N，PCMAX为第一终端设备允许的最大发送功率，N为多个载波中载波的数量。可以理解，N的具体数值可以参见前述类型一中关于N的相关说明，此处不再赘述。
应理解，本申请实施例中PCMAX还可以表示在第一终端设备在第一频域资源或第二频域资源上允许的最大发送功率；或者，PCMAX还可以表示第一终端设备在第一频域资源上允许的最大发送功率与第一终端设备在第二频域资源上允许的最大发送功率之间的最大值，具体可以参见上述关于类型一中关于PCMAX(i)的相关说明，此处不再赘述。
可选地，本申请实施例中，第二发送功率可以为第一频域资源对应的发送功率与第二频域资源对应的发送功率之间的平均值。
示例性的，第一频域资源或第二频域资源对应的目标发送功率可以由公式(12)计算。
公式(12)中各参数定义如下：
P′PRS_n(i)为第一频域资源或第二频域资源对应的目标发送功率。其中，在PRS_n中的n为第一载波的索引值的情况下，P′PRS_n(i)为第一频域资源对应的目标发送功率。在PRS_n中的n为第二载波的索引值的情况下，P′PRS_n(i)为第二频域资源对应的目标发送功率。
Pmean(i)表示第二功率，可以由公式(3)～公式(7)计算得到。
可选地，本申请实施例中，第二发送功率为第一频域资源对应的发送功率与所述第二频域资源对应的发送功率之间的最大值。
示例性的，第一频域资源或第二频域资源对应的目标发送功率可以由公式(13)确定。
公式(13)中的各参数定义可以参见公式(12)中的相关说明。其中，max{P1,P2，…Pn}表示第二发送功率，P1,P2，…Pn表示发送时机i下每个载波f_n的激活SL BWP b_n对应的参考信号发送功率，可以由公式(3)～公式(7)计算得到。可以理解，在n为第一载波的索引值的情况下，Pn表示第一频域资源对应的发送功率。在n为第二载波的索引值的情况下，Pn表示第二频域资源对应的发送功率。
可选地，本申请实施例中，第二发送功率为第一频域资源或第二频域资源对应的发送功率；或者，第二发送功率是第一终端设备根据第一频域资源或第二频域资源对应的发送功率确定的。
示例性的，第一频域资源或第二频域资源对应的目标发送功率可以由公式(14)确定。
公式(14)中的各参数定义可以参见公式(12)～公式(13)的相关说明。其中，第一频域资源或者第二频域资源对应的发送功率。α表示功率缩放因子，可以是默认的或指示的，即第二发送功率是第一终端设备根据第一频域资源或第二频域资源对应的发送功率和α确定的。若没有指示，或未设默认值，α等于1，即第二发送功率为第一频域资源或第二频率资源对应的发送功率。
可以理解，上述公式(8)～公式(14)可以适用于第一终端设备配置了三个或更多个频域资源的情况下，比如上述公式(8)～公式(14)可以适用于上述场景一或场景二对应的方案。
例如，在场景一中，对于类型一对应的公式(8)～(10)，在c_m中的m为第三小区的索引值的情况下，P′SRS,b_m,f_m,c_m(i,qs_m)为第三频域资源对应的目标发送功率。对于类型一对应的公式(9)，在m为第三小区的索引值的情况下，PSRS,b_m,f_m,c_m(i,qs_m)表示第三频域资源对应的发送功率。对于类型一对应的公式(10)，在m为第三小区的索引值的情况下，Pm表示第三频域资源对应的发送功率。对于类型一对应的公式(11)，Pr表示第一频域资源第二频域资源、第三频域资源中的一个对应的发送功率。示例性的，Pr可以默认的频域资源对应的发送功率，默认的频域资源可以为PCell对应的频率资源；或者，Pr可以是第二设备指示的，本申请实施例对此不作具体限定。
又例如，在场景一中，对于类型二对应的公式(12)～(14)，在PRS_n中的n为第三载波的索引值的情况下，P′RRS_n(i)为第三频域资源对应的目标发送功率。对于类型对应的公式(13)，在n为第三载波的索引值的情况下，Pn表示第三频域资源对应的发送功率。对于类型二对应的公式(14)，Pr表示第一频域资源第二频域资源、第三频域 资源中的一个对应的发送功率。示例性的，Pr可以默认的频域资源对应的发送功率，默认的频域资源可以为SL CA中主载波对应的频率资源；或者，Pr可以是第二设备指示的，本申请实施例对此不作具体限定。
应理解，上述公式(8)～公式(14)在场景二中的实施方式可以参照关于场景一的相关说明，例如在c_m中的m为第四小区的索引值的情况下，P′SRS,b_m,f_m,c_m(i,qs_m)为第四频域资源对应的目标发送功率。又例如，对于类型一对应的公式(9)，在m为第四小区的索引值的情况下，PSRS,b_m,f_m,c_m(i,qs_m)表示第四频域资源对应的发送功率等，在此不再赘述。
情况二：该情况对应于频域单元为频域资源的子频域资源的情况。
在一种可能的实现方式中，第一频域单元为第一频域资源的子频域资源，第二频域单元为第二频域资源的子频域资源，并且第一频域单元对应的目标发送功率与第二频域单元对应的目标发送功率之间的比例关系包括第一频域单元对应的目标发送功率与第二频域单元对应的目标发送功率相同，第一终端设备根据第一频域资源和/或第二频域资源对应的信息，以及第一频域单元对应的目标发送功率和第二频域单元对应的目标发送功率之间的比例关系，确定第一频域资源对应的目标发送功率和第二频域资源对应的目标发送功率(步骤S802b)，包括：
第一终端设备根据第一频域资源的大小信息、第二频域资源的大小信息和比例关系确定第一频域资源对应的目标发送功率和第二频域资源对应的目标发送功率。
可选地，第一频域资源为第一终端设备连接的第一小区的激活BWP对应的资源，第二频域资源为第一终端设备连接的第二小区的激活BWP对应的资源，第一频域资源的大小信息包括第一小区的激活BWP内的子频域资源的数量，第二频域资源的大小信息包括第二小区的激活BWP内的子频域资源的数量。也就是说，在类型一中，频域资源是第一终端设备连接的小区的激活BWP对应的资源。
或者，可选地，第一频域资源为第一终端设备连接的第一载波对应的频域资源，第二频域资源为第一终端设备连接的第二载波对应的频域资源，第一频域资源的大小信息包括第一载波的子频域资源的数量，第二频域资源的大小信息包括第二载波的子频域资源的数量。也就是说，在类型二中，频域资源是第一终端设备连接的载波对应的频域资源。
在另一种可能的实现方式中，第一频域单元为第一频域资源的子频域资源，第二频域单元为第二频域资源的子频域资源，第一终端设备根据第一频域资源和/或第二频域资源对应的信息，以及第一频域单元对应的目标发送功率和第二频域单元对应的目标发送功率之间的比例关系，确定第一频域资源对应的目标发送功率和第二频域资源对应的目标发送功率(步骤S802b)，包括：
第一终端设备根据第一频域资源的子频域资源的数量与多个子频域资源对应的总数量之间的比例关系、第二频域资源的子频移资源数量与多个子频域资源对应的总数量之间的比例关系、以及第一终端设备的可分配发送功率，确定第一频域资源对应的目标发送功率和第二频域资源对应的目标发送功率。
其中，多个子频域资源包括第一频域资源内的每个子频域资源和第二频域资源内的每个子频域资源。可以理解，多个子频域资源也可以是指在同一发送时机i下需要发送 参考信号对应的所有子频域资源。
也就是说，第一频域资源或第二频域资源对应的目标发送功率是根据第一频域资源或第二频域资源包含的子频域资源的数量与同一发送时机下需要发送参考信号对应的所有子频域资源的数量的比例关系确定，进而可以使得所有子频域资源中的每个子频域资源上对应的发送功率一致，从而通过提高第二设备接收每个频域资源上传输的参考信号的功率一致性，达到提高使定位精度。
可选地，第一终端设备的可分配发送功率是第一终端设备允许的最大发送功率。其中，如上述关于第一发送功率的相关说明，在类型一和类型二中，第一终端设备允许的最大发送功率不同，具体可以参见上述第一发送功率中的相关说明，此处不再赘述。
下面基于类型一和类型二示例性地介绍用于确定第一频域资源或第二频域资源对应的目标发送功率的公式。
对于类型一：第一频域资源或第二频域资源对应的目标发送功率可以由公式(15)或公式(16)确定。可以理解，公式(15)和公式(16)也可以适用于第一终端设备配置了三个或更多个频域资源的情况下，例如场景一或场景二。

公式(15)和公式(16)中参数PCMAX(i)的定义可以参见公式(8)～公式(11)的相关说明，此处不再赘述。
∑MSRS(i)为发送时机i下第一小区的激活BWP内的子频域资源的数量与第二小区的激活BWP内的子频域资源的数量之和。可以理解，在场景一中，∑MSRS(i)为发送时机i下第一小区的激活BWP内的子频域资源的数量、第二小区的激活BWP内的子频域资源的数量、以及第三小区的激活BWP内的子频域资源的数量之和。在场景二中，∑MSRS(i)为发送时机i下第一小区的激活BWP内的子频域资源的数量、第二小区的激活BWP内的子频域资源的数量、第三小区的激活BWP内的子频域资源的数量、以及第四小区的激活BWP内的子频域资源的数量之和。
MSRS,b_m,f_m,c_m(i)为发送时机i下小区c_m的载波f_m的激活BWP b_m内的子频域资源的数量。也就是说，在m为第一小区的索引值的情况下，P′SRS,b_m,f_m,c_m(i,qs_m)为第一频域资源对应的目标发送功率，qs_m为参考信号的资源或资源集在第一小区对应的索引，MSRS,b_m,f_m,c_m(i)为发送时机i下第一小区c_m的载波f_m的激活BWP b_m内的子频域资源的数量。
在c_m中的m为第二小区的索引值的情况下，P′SRS,b_m,f_m,c_m(i,qs_m)为第二频域资源对应的目标发送功率，qs_m为参考信号的资源或资源集在第二小区对应的索引，MSRS,b_m,f_m,c_m(i)为发送时机i下第二小区c_m的载波f_m的激活BWP b_m内的子频域资源的数量。可以理解，在场景一中，在c_m中的m为第三小区的索引值的情况下，P′SRS,b_m,f_m,c_m(i,qs_m)为第三频域资源对应的目标发送功率，qs_m为参考信号的资源或资源集在第三小区对应的索引，MSRS,b_m,f_m,c_m(i)为发送时机i下第三小区c_m的载波f_m的激活BWP b_m内的子频域资源的数量；在场景二中，在c_m中的m为第四小区的索引值的情况下，P′SRS,b_m,f_m,c_m(i,qs_m)为第四频域资源对应的目标发送功率，qs_m为参考信号的资源或资源集在第四小区对应的索引，MSRS,b_m,f_m,c_m(i)为发送时 机i下第四小区c_m的载波f_m的激活BWP b_m内的子频域资源的数量。
应理解，公式(15)中PCMAX(i)和P′SRS,b_m,f_m,c_m(i,qs_m)为线性值，单位可以是瓦(W)、或毫瓦(mW)等。公式(16)中对应的功率值为对数值，单位可以是dBm、或dBW等。
可以理解，上述公式(15)和公式(16)还可以变形为其他形式，例如下述公式(17)～公式(21)，下面分别介绍。
对于公式(15)：公式(15)可以变形为公式(17)。
P′SRS,b_m,f_m,c_m(i,qs_m)＝βSRS,b_m,f_m,c_m·PSRS,b_m,f_m,c_m(i,qs_m)    公式(17)
公式(17)中，βSRS,b_m,f_m,c_m可以表示第一终端设备配置CA或者DC的情况下，第一频域资源或第二频域资源对应的功率调整系数。PSRS,b_m,f_m,c_m(i,qs_m)可以表示第一频域资源或第二频域资源对应的发送功率，该发送功率可以通过前述公式(1)或公式(2)确定。其中，与上述公式(15)和公式(16)中的参数定义类似，在c_m中的m为第一小区的索引值的情况下，P′SRS,b_m,f_m,c_m(i,qs_m)为第一频域资源对应的目标发送功率，βSRS,b_m,f_m,c_m为第一频域资源对应的功率调整系数，PSRS,b_m,f_m,c_m(i,qs_m)为第一频域资源对应的发送功率。在c_m中的m为第二小区的索引值的情况下，P′SRS,b_m,f_m,c_m(i,qs_m)为第二频域资源对应的目标发送功率，βSRS,b_m,f_m,c_m为第二频域资源对应的功率调整系数，PSRS,b_m,f_m,c_m(i,qs_m)为第二频域资源对应的发送功率。
也就是说，公式(17)的目的是对现有功控方案对应的发送功率进行进一步的调整，进而得到第一频域资源或第二频域资源对应的目标发送功率。
在一种可能的实现方式中，βSRS,b_m,f_m,c_m可以由公式(18)或公式(19)确定。

其中，公式(17)～公式(19)中的各参数意义可以参考前述公式(15)和公式(16)的相关说明，在此不再赘述。
进一步的，公式(17)中对应的功率值为线性值，单位可以是W、或mW等。公式(18)中对应的功率值可以是线性值，公式(19)中PCMAX(i)可以是对数值，PSRS,b_m,f_m,c_m(i,qs_m)可以是线性值。
对于公式(16)：公式(16)可以变形为公式(20)。
P′SRS,b_m,f_m,c_m(i,qs_m)＝βSRS,b_m,f_m,c_m+PSRS,b_m,f_m,c_m(i,qs_m)   公式(20)
其中，公式(20)中对应的功率值为对数值，单位可以是dBm或dBW。公式(20)中的βSRS,b_m,f_m,c_m可以根据上述公式(19)或下述公式(21)确定。
上述公式(20)和公式(21)中的各参数意义可参考上述公式(17)～公式(19)的相关说明，此处不再赘述。
对于类型二：第一频域资源或第二频域资源对应的目标发送功率可以由公式(22)或公式(23)确定。可以理解，公式(17)或公式(18)也可以适用于第一终端设备配置了三个或更多个频域资源的情况下，例如场景一或场景二。

P′PRS_n(i)＝PCMAX+10log10(MPRS_n(i)/∑MPRS(i))     公式(23)
公式(22)和公式(23)中参数PCMAX的定义可以参见公式(12)～公式(14)的相关说明，此处不再赘述。
∑MPRS(i)为发送时机i下第一载波的子频域资源的数量与第二载波的子频域资源的数量之和。可以理解，在场景一中，∑MPRS(i)发送时机i下第一载波的子频域资源的数量、第二载波的子频域资源的数量、以及第三载波的子频域资源的数量之和。在场景二中，∑MPRS(i)发送时机i下第一载波的子频域资源的数量、第二载波的子频域资源的数量、第三载波的子频域资源的数量、以及第四载波的子频域资源的数量之和。
MPRS_n(i)为送时机i下载波f_n的子频域资源的数量。也就是说，在PRS_n中的n为第一载波的索引值的情况下，P′PRS_n(i)为第一频域资源对应的目标发送功率，MPRS_n(i)为发送时机i下第一载波f_n的子频域资源的数量；在PRS_n中的n为第二载波的索引值的情况下，MPRS_n(i)为发送时机i下第二载波f_n的子频域资源的数量。
在PRS_n中的n为第二载波的索引值的情况下，P′PRS_n(i)为第二频域资源对应的目标发送功率，MPRS_n(i)为发送时机i下第二载波f_n的子频域资源的数量；在PRS_n中的n为第二载波的索引值的情况下，MPRS_n(i)为发送时机i下第二载波f_n的子频域资源的数量。
可以理解，在场景一中，在PRS_n中的n为第三载波的索引值的情况下，MPRS_n(i)为发送时机i下第三载波f_n的子频域资源的数量。在场景二中，在PRS_n中的n为第四载波的索引值的情况下，MPRS_n(i)为发送时机i下第四载波f_n的子频域资源的数量。
应理解，公式(22)中对应的功率值为线性值，单位可以是W、或mW等。公式(23)中对应的功率值为对数值，单位可以是dBm、或dBW等。
可以理解，上述公式(22)和公式(23)还可以变形为其他形式，例如下述公式(24)～公式(28)，下面分别介绍。
对于公式(22)：公式(22)可以变形为公式(24)。
P′PRS_n(i)＝βPRS_n+PPRS_n(i)      公式(24)
公式(24)中，βPRS_n可以表示第一终端设备配置SL CA的情况下，第一频域资源或第二频域资源对应的功率调整系数。βPRS_n可以表示第一频域资源或第二频域资源对应的发送功率，该发送功率可以通过前述公式(3)～公式(7)确定。其中，与上述公式(22)和公式(23)中的参数定义类似，在PRS_n中的n为第一载波的索引值的情况下，P′PRS_n(i)为第一频域资源对应的目标发送功率，βPRS_n为第一频域资源对应的功率调整系数，PPRS_n(i)为第一频域资源对应的发送功率。在PRS_n中的n为第二载波的索引值的情况下，P′PRS_n(i)为第二频域资源对应的目标发送功率，βPRS_n为第二频域资源对应的功率调整系数，PPRS_n(i)为第二频域资源对应的发送功率。
也就是说，公式(23)的目的是对现有功控方案对应的发送功率进行进一步的调整，进而得到第一频域资源或第二频域资源对应的目标发送功率。
在一种可能的实现方式中，βPRS_n可以由公式(25)或公式(26)确定。

其中，公式(24)～公式(26)中的各参数意义可以参考前述公式(22)和公式(23)的相关说明，在此不再赘述。
进一步的，公式(24)中对应的功率值为线性值，单位可以是W、或mW等。公式(25)中对应的功率值可以是线性值，公式(26)中PCMAX(i)可以是对数值，PPRS_n(i)可以是线性值。
对于公式(23)：公式(23)可以变形为公式(27)。
P′PRS_n(i)＝βPRS_n+PPRS_n(i)      公式(27)
其中，公式(27)中对应的功率值为对数值，单位可以是dBm或dBW。公式(27)中的βPRS_n可以根据上述公式(26)或下述公式(28)确定。
上述公式(27)和公式(28)中的各参数意义可参考上述公式(24)～公式(26)的相关说明，此处不再赘述。
在一种可能的实现方式中，第一频域单元为第一频域资源的子频域资源，第二频域单元为第二频域资源的子频域资源，并且第一频域单元对应的目标发送功率与第二频域单元对应的目标发送功率之间的比例关系包括第一频域单元对应的目标发送功率与第二频域单元对应的目标发送功率相同，第一终端设备根据第一频域资源和/或第二频域资源对应的信息，以及第一频域单元对应的目标发送功率和第二频域单元对应的目标发送功率之间的比例关系，确定第一频域资源对应的目标发送功率和第二频域资源对应的目标发送功率(步骤S802b)，包括：
第一终端设备根据第一频域资源的大小信息、第二频域资源的大小信息、第一频域资源和/或第二频域资源对应的发送功率、以及比例关系确定第一频域资源对应的目标发送功率和第二频域资源对应的目标发送功率。
可选地，第一频域资源为第一终端设备连接的第一小区的激活BWP对应的资源，第二频域资源为第一终端设备连接的第二小区的激活BWP对应的资源，第一频域资源的大小信息包括第一小区的激活BWP内的子频域资源的数量，第二频域资源的大小信息包括第二小区的激活BWP内的子频域资源的数量。也就是说，在类型一中，频域资源是第一终端设备连接的小区的激活BWP对应的资源。
或者，可选地，第一频域资源为第一终端设备连接的第一载波对应的频域资源，第二频域资源为第一终端设备连接的第二载波对应的频域资源，第一频域资源的大小信息包括第一载波的子频域资源的数量，第二频域资源的大小信息包括第二载波的子频域资源的数量。也就是说，在类型二中，频域资源是第一终端设备连接的载波对应的频域资源。
在另一种可能的实现方式中，第一频域单元为第一频域资源的子频域资源，第二频域单元为第二频域资源的子频域资源，第一终端设备根据第一频域资源和/或第二频域资源对应的信息，以及第一频域单元对应的目标发送功率和第二频域单元对应的目标发送功率之间的比例关系，确定第一频域资源对应的目标发送功率和第二频域资源对应的目标发送功率(步骤S802b)，包括：
第一终端设备根据第一频域资源对应的发送功率与多个频域资源对应的总发送功率之间的比例关系、第二频域资源的发送功率与多个频域资源对应的总发送功率之间的比例关系、以及第一终端设备的可分配发送功率，确定第一频域资源对应的目标发送功率和第二频域资源对应的目标发送功率。
其中，多个频域资源包括第一频域资源和第二频域资源。
进一步的，在类型一中，第一频域资源或第二频域资源对应的发送功率可以根据前述公式(1)或公式(2)确定。在类型二中，第一频域资源或第二频域资源对应的发送功率可以根据前述公式(3)～公式(7)确定。
可选地，第一终端设备的可分配发送功率是第一终端设备允许的最大发送功率。其中，如上述关于第一发送功率的相关说明，在类型一和类型二中，第一终端设备允许的最大发送功率不同，具体可以参见上述第一发送功率中的相关说明，此处不再赘述。
也就是说，第一频域资源或第二频域资源对应的目标发送功率是根据现有功控方案下每个频域资源对应的发送功率与每个频域资源对应的发送功率之和的比例关系确定的。
对应类型一：第一频域资源或第二频域资源对应的目标发送功率可以由公式(29)或公式(30)确定。可以理解，公式(29)和公式(30)也可以适用于第一终端设备配置了三个或更多个频域资源的情况下，例如场景一或场景二。

P′SRS,b_m,f_m,c_m(i,qs_m)＝PSRS,b_m,f_m,c_m(i,qs_m)-∑PSRS(i)+PCMAX(i)  公式(30)
公式(29)和公式(30)中的PCMAX(i)可以参见前述公式(8)～公式(11)的相关说明，PSRS,b_m,f_m,c_m(i,qs_m)可以参见前述公式(17)～公式(21)的相关说明，此处不再赘述。
∑PSRS(i)为发送时机i下第一小区的激活BWP对应的发送功率与第二小区的激活BWP对应的发送功率之和。可以理解，在场景一中，∑PSRS(i)为发送时机i下第一小区的激活BWP对应的发送功率、第二小区的激活BWP对应的发送功率、以及第三小区的激活BWP对应的发送功率之和。
可以理解，公式(29)中对应的功率值为线性值，单位可以是W、或毫mW等。公式(30)中对应的功率值为对数值，单位可以是dBm、或dBW等。
对于类型二：第一频域资源或第二频域资源对应的目标发送功率可以由公式(31)或公式(32)确定。可以理解，公式(31)和公式(32)也可以适用于第一终端设备配置了三个或更多个频域资源的情况下，例如场景一或场景二。

P′PRS_n(i)＝PPRS_n(i)-∑PPRS(i)+PCMAX       公式(32)
公式(31)和公式(32)中的PCMAX可以参见前述公式(12)～公式(14)的相关说明，PPRS_n(i)可以参见前述公式(24)～公式(28)的相关说明，此处不再赘述。
∑PPRS(i)为发送时机i下第一载波对应的发送功率与第二载波对应的发送功率之和。可以理解，在场景一中，∑PPRS(i)为发送时机i下第一载波对应的发送功率、第二载波对应的发送功率、以及第三载波对应的发送功率之和。
应理解，上述介绍了在第一终端设备的可分配发送功率是第一终端设备允许的最大发送功率的情况下，第一频域资源和第二频域资源对应的目标发送功率。然而，在有些情况下，第一终端设备可能存在功率回退(power reduction)。例如在第一终端设备在发送参考信号的发送时机下同时也需要发送其他信号或信道(比如网络调度第一终端设备同时发送PUSCH)的情况下，第一终端设备的可分配发送功率降低。又例如，网络指示第一终端设备进行额外的功率回退等，第一终端设备的可分配发送功率降低。
下面介绍第一终端设备存在功率回退情况下，第一频域资源和第二频域资源对应的目标发送功率。
在一种可能的实现方式中，第一终端设备的可分配发送功率是根据优先级高于参考信号的至少一个信号或信道分配的发送功率确定的剩余发送功率。
其中，在类型一中，优先级高于参考信号的至少一个信号或信道可以包括：物理随机接入信道(physical random access channel，PRACH)、用于传输信道状态信息(channel state information，CSI)的信道、或者用于传输混合自动重传请求(hybrid automatic repeat request，HARQ)肯定应答(acknowledgement，ACK)信息的PUSCH等，具体可以参见TS 38.213中的相关说明，此处不再赘述。
在类型二中，优先级高于参考信号的至少一个信号或信道可以包括：用于传输CSI的PSCCH、PSSCH、或者PSFCH等。或者，优先级高于参考信号的至少一个信号或信道可以是SL相关协议约定的信号或信道；或者，优先级高于参考信号的至少一个信号或信道可以是第二设备配置给第一终端设备的，本申请实施例对此不作具体限定。
可选地，第一终端设备的可分配发送功率可以是根据优先级高于参考信号的至少一个信号或信道分配的发送功率以及第一终端设备允许的最大发送功率确定的剩余发送功率。
例如，在类型一中，第一终端设备的可分配发送功率可以通过公式(33)或公式(34)确定。
ΔP(i)＝PCMAX(i)-∑Pothers       公式(33)
其中，ΔP(i)表示第一终端设备的可分配发送功率。PCMAX(i)可以参见前述类型一的相关说明，此处不再赘述。∑Pothers表示第一终端设备在发送时机i下为优先级高于参考信号的至少一个信号或信道分配的功率之和。
可以理解，公式(33)对应的功率值为线性值，单位可以是W、或mW等。公式(34)对应的功率值为对数值，单位可以是dBm、或dBW等。
例如，在类型二中，第一终端设备的可分配发送功率可以通过公式(35)或公式(36)确定。
ΔP＝PCMAX-∑Pothers         公式(35)
其中，ΔP表示第一终端设备的可分配发送功率。PCMAX可以参见前述类型二的相关说明，此处不再赘述。∑Pothers表示在SL CA场景下第一终端设备为优先级高于参考信号的至少一个信号或信道分配的功率之和。
可以理解，公式(35)对应的功率值为线性值，单位可以是W、或mW等。公式(36)对应的功率值为对数值，单位可以是dBm、或dBW等。
在另一种的可能的实现方式中，第一终端设备的可分配发送功率是根据功率偏移值确定的剩余发送功率。其中，功率偏移值可以是协议约定的，或第一终端设备与第二设备提前协商的，或第一终端设备预先配置的，本申请实施例对此不作具体限定。
可选地，第一终端设备的可分配发送功率可以是根据功率偏移值以及第一终端设备允许的最大发送功率确定的剩余发送功率。例如，第一终端设备的可分配发送功率可以是：第一终端设备允许的最大发送功率与该功率偏移之间的差值或乘积值。
或者，可选地，第一终端设备的可分配发送功率可以是根据功率偏移值、第一终端设备允许的最大发送功率、以及优先级高于参考信号的至少一个信号或信道分配的发送功率确定的剩余发送功率。
比如，第一终端设备的可分配发送功率可以是第一差值与第二差值之间的最大值。其中，第一差值为第一终端设备允许的最大发送功率与该功率偏移之间的差值，第二差值为第一终端设备允许的最大发送功率与优先级高于参考信号的至少一个信号或信道分配的发送功率之间的差值。
应理解，上述功率偏移值还可以替换地表述为“功率偏置值”或“功率调整值”等，本申请实施例不作具体限定。
可以理解，第一频域资源和第二频域资源对应的目标发送功率之和应避免超过上述第一终端设备的可分配发送功率。
进一步的，基于前述剩余发送功率，可以采用方式A和方式B确定第一频域资源和第二频域资源对应的目标发送功率。下面分别介绍方式A和方式B。
方式A：在方式A中可以利用前述情况一和情况二提供的计算方式，确定剩余发送功率下的各个频域资源对应的目标发送功率。下面分别介绍情况一和情况二下各个频域资源对应的目标发送功率。
对于情况一：在方式A中，与前述情况一的不同之处在于第一发送功率不同。
在一种可能的实现方式中，第一发送功率是根据优先级高于参考信号的至少一个信号或信道分配的发送功率以及第一终端设备允许的最大发送功率确定的剩余平均发送功率。
例如，在类型一中，第一发送功率可以表示为ΔP(i)/N，ΔP(i)为前述公式(33)或公式(34)中的剩余发送功率，N为发送时机i下第一终端设备连接的小区的数量。可以理解，在第一终端设备仅配置第一频域资源和第二频域资源的情况下，N等于2。
例如，在类型二中，第一发送功率可以表示为ΔP/N，ΔP为前述公式(35)或公式(36)中的剩余发送功率，N为发送时机i下第一终端设备连接的小区的数量。可以理解，在第一终端设备仅配置第一频域资源和第二频域资源的情况下，N等于2。
在另一种可能的实现方式中，第一发送功率是根据功率偏移值和第一终端设备允许的最大发送功率确定的剩余平均发送功率。例如，第一发送功率可以是该功率偏移值与第一终端设备允许的最大发送功率之间的差值。
下面结合前述情况一中的公式(8)～公式(14)，分为类型一和类型二，示例性地说明方式A对应的目标发送功率的计算方式。
对于类型一：
例如，基于上述第一发送功率，结合前述情况一中的公式(8)和公式(9)，第一频域资源或第二频域资源对应的目标发送功率可以由公式(37)确定。
其中，公式(37)中的各个参数定义可以参见前述公式(8)和公式(9)的相关说明，此处不再赘述。
又例如，基于前述第一发送功率，结合前述公式(10)，第一频域资源或第二频域资源对应的目标发送功率可以由公式(38)确定。
其中，公式(38)中的各个参数定义可以参见前述公式(10)的相关说明，此处不再赘述。
再例如，基于前述第一发送功率，结合前述公式(11)，第一频域资源或第二频域资源对应的目标发送功率可以由公式(39)确定。
其中，公式(39)中的各个参数定义可以参见前述公式(11)的相关说明，此处不再赘述。
对于类型二：
例如，基于上述第一发送功率，结合前述情况一中的公式(12)，第一频域资源或第二频域资源对应的目标发送功率可以由公式(40)确定。
其中，公式(40)中的各个参数定义可以参见前述公式(12)的相关说明，此处不再赘述。
又例如，基于前述第一发送功率，结合前述公式(13)，第一频域资源或第二频域资源对应的目标发送功率可以由公式(41)确定。
其中，公式(41)中的各个参数定义可以参见前述公式(13)的相关说明，此处不再赘述。
再例如，基于前述第一发送功率，结合前述公式(14)，第一频域资源或第二频域资源对应的目标发送功率可以由公式(42)确定。
其中，公式(42)中的各个参数定义可以参见前述公式(14)的相关说明，此处不再赘述。
对于情况二：在方式A中，与前述情况二的不同之处在第一终端设备的可分配发送功率由前述PCMAX(i)或PCMAX替换为上述剩余发送功率。
下面结合前述情况二中的公式(15)～公式(32)，示例性地说明方式A对应的目 标发送功率的计算方式。
例如，基于上述剩余发送功率，结合前述情况二中的公式(15)和公式(16)，第一频域资源或第二频域资源对应的目标发送功率可以由公式(43)或公式(44)确定。
其中，公式(43)和公式(44)中的ΔP(i)可以是上述剩余发送功率，例如公式(33)或公式(34)中的ΔP(i)，此处统一说明，以下不再赘述。除ΔP(i)之外的其他参数定义可以参见前述公式(15)和公式(16)的相关说明，此处不再赘述。
进一步的，结合前述公式(17)～公式(21)，公式(43)和公式(44)还可以变形为其他形式，下面分别介绍。
对于公式(43)：公式(43)可以变形为公式(17)。
其中，公式(17)中的βSRS,b_m,f_m,c_m可以由公式(46)或公式(47)确定。

其中，公式(45)和公式(46)中的各参数意义可以参考前述公式(18)～公式(19)的相关说明，在此不再赘述。
对于公式(44)：公式(43)可以变形为公式(20)。
公式(20)中的βSRS,b_m,f_m,c_m可以根据上述公式(46)或下述公式(47)确定。
上述公式(47)中的各参数意义可参考上述公式(21)的相关说明，此处不再赘述。
又例如，结合前述情况二中的公式(22)和公式(23)，第一频域资源或第二频域资源对应的目标发送功率可以由公式(48)或公式(49)确定。

P′PRS_n(i)＝ΔP+10log10(MPRS_n(i)/∑MPRS(i))    公式(49)
其中，公式(48)和公式(49)中的ΔP可以是上述剩余发送功率，例如公式(35)或公式(36)中的ΔP，此处统一说明，以下不再赘述。除ΔP之外的其他参数定义可以参见前述公式(22)和公式(23)的相关说明，此处不再赘述。
进一步的，结合前述公式(24)～公式(28)，公式(48)和公式(49)还可以变形为其他形式，下面分别介绍。
对于公式(48)：公式(43)可以变形为公式(24)。
其中，公式(24)中的βPRS_n可以由公式(50)或公式(51)确定。

其中，公式(40)和公式(51)中的各参数意义可以参考前述公式(25)～公式(26)的相关说明，在此不再赘述。
对于公式(49)：公式(49)可以变形为公式(27)。
公式(27)中的βPRS_n可以根据上述公式(51)或下述公式(52)确定。
上述公式(52)中的各参数意义可参考上述公式(28)的相关说明，此处不再赘述。
再例如，结合前述情况二中的公式(29)和公式(30)，第一频域资源或第二频域资源对应的目标发送功率可以由公式(53)或公式(54)确定。

P′SRS,b_m,f_m,c_m(i,qs_m)＝PSRS,b_m,f_m,c_m(i,qs_m)-∑PSRS(i)+ΔP(i)  公式(54)
其中，公式(53)和公式(54)中各参数定义可以参见前述公式(29)～公式(30)的相关说明，此处不再赘述。
再例如，结合前述情况二中的公式(31)和公式(32)，第一频域资源或第二频域资源对应的目标发送功率可以由公式(55)或公式(56)确定。

P′PRS_n(i)＝PPRS_n(i)-∑PPRS(i)+ΔP         公式(56)
其中，公式(55)和公式(56)中各参数定义可以参见前述公式(31)～公式(32)的相关说明，此处不再赘述。
方式B：在方式B中可以根据第一终端设备的各个频域资源对应的开环功率控制参数的配置情况，确定剩余发送功率下的各个频域资源对应的目标发送功率。其中，第一终端设备的各个频域资源对应的开环功率控制参数的配置情况可以包括情况A和情况B，下面基于情况A和情况B分别介绍各个频域资源对应的目标发送功率的计算方式。
对于情况A：在情况A中，第一终端设备仅配置了多个频域资源中的一个频域资源对应的开环功率控制参数，进而可以基于该频域资源对应的开环功率控制参数计算各个频域资源对应的目标发送功率。
在一种可能的实现方式中，第一频域单元为第一频域资源的子频域资源，第二频域单元为第二频域资源的子频域资源，第一终端设备根据第一频域资源和/或第二频域资源对应的信息，以及比例关系确定第一频域资源对应的目标发送功率和第二频域资源对应的目标发送功率(步骤S802b)，包括：
在第一终端设备配置了第一频域资源对应的开环功率控制参数，且未配置第二频域资源对应的开环功率控制参数的情况下，第一终端设备根据开环功率控制参数、第一频域资源的子频域资源的数量与多个子频域资源对应的总数量之间的比例关系、以及剩余发送功率，确定第一频域资源对应的目标发送功率。
进一步的，第一终端设备根据第一频域资源对应的目标发送功率和第二频域资源的子频域资源的数量与第一频域资源的子频域资源的数量之间的比例关系，确定第二频域资源对应的目标发送功率。
其中，剩余发送功率是根据优先级高于参考信号的至少一个信号或信道分配的发送功率以及第一终端设备允许的最大发送功率确定的，多个子频域资源包括第一频域资源内的每个子频域资源和第二频域资源内的每个子频域资源。
下面对上述目标发送功率的计算方式进行示例性的说明。
在一种可能的实现方式中，第一频域资源为第一终端设备连接的第一小区的激活BWP对应的资源，第二频域资源为第一终端设备连接的第二小区的激活BWP对应的资源，开环功率控制参数包括参考信号的目标接收功率、参考信号对应的路损参考信号资源索引、以及参考信号对应的路损补偿因子。
其中，第一频域资源对应的目标发送功率为P′SRS,b_m,f_m,c_m(i,qs_m)，第二频域资源对应的目标发送功率为P′SRS,b_n,f_n,c_n(i,qs_n)。其中，P′SRS,b_m,f_m,c_m(i,qs_m)可以由公式(57)或公式(58)确定，P′SRS,b_n,f_n,c_n(i,qs_n)由公式(59)确定。


其中，PCMAX(i)可以是第一终端设备在发送时机i下允许的最大发送功率，在此统一说明，以下不再赘述。
∑MSRS(i)为发送时机i下第一小区的激活BWP内的子频域资源的数量与第二小区的激活BWP内的子频域资源的数量之和。
MSRS,b_m,f_m,c_m(i)为发送时机i下第一小区c_m的载波f_m的激活BWP b_m内的子频域资源的数量。
qs_m为参考信号的资源或资源集在第一小区c_m对应的索引。
μ_m为第一小区c_m的载波f_m的激活BWP b_m对应的子载波间隔配置。
为第一小区c_m的载波f_m的激活BWP b_m下参考信号的目标接收功率。
αSRS,b_m,f_m,c_m(qs_m)为第一小区c_m的载波f_m的激活BWP b_m下参考信号对应的路损补偿因子。
PLb_m,f_m,c_m(qd_m)为第一小区c_m的载波f_m的激活BWP b_m下参考信号对应的路损估计值。
qs_n为参考信号的资源或资源集在第二小区c_m对应的索引。
MSRS,b_n,f_n,c_n(i)为发送时机i下第二小区c_n的载波f_n的激活BWP b_n内的子频域资源的数量。
可以理解，第一终端设备配置了第二频域资源对应的开环功率控制参数，且未配置第一频域资源对应的开环功率控制参数的情况下，也可以根据上述公式(57)或公式(58)确定第二频域资源对应的目标发送功率，根据上述公式(59)确定第一频域资 源对应的目标发送功率。
进一步的，在第一终端设备配置了三个、四个、或者更多个频域资源的情况下，也可以使用上述公式(57)～公式(59)来确定每个频域资源对应的目标发送功率，例如，在场景一中，以第一终端设备配置了第一频域资源对应的开环功率控制参数，且未配置第二频域资源和第三频域资源对应的开环功率控制参数，进而第一频域资源对应的目标发送功率可以根据公式(57)确定，第二频域资源对应的目标发送功率以及第三频域资源对应的目标发送功率可以根据公式(59)确定。
对于情况B：在情况B中，第一终端设备仅配置了多个频域资源中每个频域资源对应的开环功率控制参数，且每个频域资源对应的开环功率控制参数相同，进而可以基于该相同的开环功率控制参数计算各个频域资源对应的目标发送功率。
在一种可能的实现方式中，第一频域单元为第一频域资源的子频域资源，第二频域单元为第二频域资源的子频域资源，第一终端设备根据第一频域资源和/或第二频域资源对应的信息，以及比例关系确定第一频域资源对应的目标发送功率和第二频域资源对应的目标发送功率(步骤S802b)，包括：
在第一频域资源对应的开环功率控制参数与第二频域资源对应的开环功率控制参数相同的情况下，第一终端设备根据开环功率控制参数、第一频域资源的子频域资源的数量与多个子频域资源对应的总数量之间的比例关系、第二频域资源的子频域资源的数量与多个子频域资源对应的总数量之间的比例关系、以及剩余发送功率，确定第一频域资源对应的目标发送功率和第二频域资源对应的目标发送功率；
其中，剩余发送功率是根据优先级高于参考信号的至少一个信号或信道分配的发送功率以及第一终端设备允许的最大发送功率确定的，多个子频域资源包括第一频域资源内的每个子频域资源和第二频域资源内的每个子频域资源。
下面对上述目标发送功率的计算方式进行示例性的说明。
在一种可能的实现方式中，第一频域资源为第一终端设备连接的第一小区的激活BWP对应的资源，第二频域资源为第一终端设备连接的第二小区的激活BWP对应的资源，开环功率控制参数包括参考信号的目标接收功率、参考信号对应的路损参考信号资源索引、以及参考信号对应的路损补偿因子。
其中，第一频域资源或第二频域资源对应的目标发送功率为P′SRS,b_m,f_m,c_m(i,qs_m)。P′SRS,b_m,f_m,c_m(i,qs_m)可以根据公式(60)或公式(61)确定。

可以理解，在c_m中的m为第一小区的索引值的情况下，公式(60)或公式(61)中各个参数定义如下：
P′SRS,b_m,f_m,c_m(i,qs_m)为第一频域资源对应的目标发送功率。
MSRS,b_m,f_m,c_m(i)为发送时机i下第一小区c_m的载波f_m的激活BWP b_m内的子频域资源的数量。
qs_m为参考信号的资源或资源集在第一小区c_m对应的索引。
μ_m为第一小区c_m的载波f_m的激活BWP b_m对应的子载波间隔配置。
为第一小区c_m的载波f_m的激活BWP b_m下参考信号的目标接收功率。
αSRS,b_m,f_m,c_m(qs_m)为第一小区c_m的载波f_m的激活BWP b_m下参考信号对应的路损补偿因子。
PLb_m,f_m,c_m(qd_m)为第一小区c_m的载波f_m的激活BWP b_m下参考信号对应的路损估计值。
进一步的，在c_m中的m为第二小区的索引值的情况下，公式(60)或公式(61)中各个参数定义如下：
P′SRS,b_m,f_m,c_m(i,qs_m)为第二频域资源对应的目标发送功率。
MSRS,b_m,f_m,c_m(i)为发送时机i下第二小区c_m的载波f_m的激活BWP b_m内的子频域资源的数量。
qs_m为参考信号的资源或资源集在第二小区c_m对应的索引。
μ_m为第二小区c_m的载波f_m的激活BWP b_m对应的子载波间隔配置。
为第二小区c_m的载波f_m的激活BWP b_m下参考信号的目标接收功率。
αSRS,b_m,f_m,c_m(qs_m)为第二小区c_m的载波f_m的激活BWP b_m下参考信号对应的路损补偿因子。
PLb_m,f_m,c_m(qd_m)为第二小区c_m的载波f_m的激活BWP b_m下参考信号对应的路损估计值。
可以理解，在第一终端设备配置了三个、四个、或者更多个频域资源的情况下，也可以使用上述公式(60)或公式(61)来确定每个频域资源对应的目标发送功率，例如，在场景一中，第一频域资源对应的开环功率控制参数、第二频域资源对应的开环功率控制参数以及第三频域资源对应的开环功率控制参数之间彼此相同，进而第一频域资源～第三频域资源对应的目标发送功率可以根据公式(60)确定。
基于上述方式A或方式B确定的多个频域资源中每个频域资源对应的目标发送功率，可以避免多个频域资源对应的目标发送功率之和超过前述剩余发送功率，也可以避免终端设备优先为优先级较高的频域资源(例如PCell对应的频域资源)优先分配发送 功率，进而可以避免不同频域资源上参考信号的发送功率差距过大，从而能够降低位置估计误差。进一步的，第一终端设备在多个频域单元中的每个频域单元上发送参考信号的发送功率相同，可以提高多个频域资源上的参考信号达到第二设备时的接收功率的一致性，进而进一步地降低位置估计误差。
在一种可能的实现方式中，图8所示的功率控制方法，还包括：
第一终端设备向第二设备发送第三指示信息。相应地，第二设备接收来自第一终端设备的第三指示信息。其中，第三指示信息用于指示第一终端设备同时发送参考信号，以及优先级高于参考信号的至少一个信号或信道；或者，第三指示信息用于指示发送参考信号的发送时机下存在数据发送；或者，第三指示信息用于指示发送时机下存在优先级高于参考信号的至少一个信号或信道的发送；或者，第三指示信息用于指示发送时机下第一频域资源和/或第二频域资源对应的EPRE降低；或者，第三指示信息用于指示发送时机下第一终端设备的可分配发送功率降低；或者，第三指示信息用于指示发送时机下第一终端设备的功率等级降低；或者，第三指示信息用于指示发送时机下第一终端设备存在功率回退。
可以理解，基于时间差定位技术的定位精度与终端设备发送参考信号的带宽以及功率有关，进而当参考信号的发送功率变小，进而会导致定位精度变低。也就是说，第二设备通过接收来自第一终端设备的第三指示信息可以确定该参考信号的发送功率为低发送功率或降低，换言之通过该参考信号确定的定位测量结果精度较低，可信度较差，如此第二设备可以基于第三指示信息来衡量该参考信号对应的定位测量结果的可信程度。
在一种可能的实现方式中，基于SL通信场景，本申请实施例提供一种功率控制方法，如图9所示，该功率控制方法，包括如下步骤：
S901、第一终端设备确定第一频域资源对应的功率调整系数和第二频域资源对应的发送功率。其中，第一频域资源和第二频域资源用于发送参考信号。
可选地，第一频域资源可以是第一终端设备连接的第一载波对应的频域资源，第二频域资源可以是第二终端设备连接的第二载波对应的频域资源。
可选地，第一频域资源对应的功率调整系数可以是第一终端设备期望的功率调整系数。例如，第一终端设备可以根据当前DL的路损估计或者SL路损估计，确定第一频域资源上发送的参考信号的期望接收功率。
可选地，第一频域资源的数量可以是一个或多个，本申请实施例对此不作具体限定。
S902、第一终端设备根据第一频域资源对应的功率调整系数和第二频域资源对应的发送功率确定第一频域资源的目标发送功率。由于本申请实施例中，第一终端设备可以根据第一频域资源对应的功率调整系数和第二频域资源对应的发送功率确定第一频域资源对应的目标发送功率，这样第一终端设备可以以期望接收功率对应的目标发送功率发送参考信号，减少参考信号在不同频域资源上接收功率的差异，进而降低位置估计误差，从而提高定位精度。
其中，上述步骤S901至S902中的第一终端设备的动作可以由图7所示的通信装置700中的处理器701调用存储器702中存储的应用程序代码以指令该网络设备执行，本实施例对此不作任何限制。
可选地，如图9所示，本申请实施例提供的功率控制方法，还包括：
S903、第一终端设备在第一频域资源上以第一频域资源对应的目标发送功率发送参考信号，以及第一终端设备在第二频域资源上以第二频域资源对应的发送功率发送参考信号。
可选地，第一终端设备可以向第二设备发送参考信号。其中，第二设备可以是第二终端设备。
可选地，如图9所示，本申请实施例提供的功率控制方法，还包括：
S904、第二设备向第一终端设备发送第二指示信息，第二指示信息用于指示第一终端设备根据第一频域资源对应的功率调整系数和第二频域资源对应的发送功率确定第一频域资源的目标发送功率。相应地，第一终端设备接收来自第二设备的第二指示信息，并根据第二指示信息执行步骤S902。
可选地，本申请实施例中，第二指示信息可以由PC5-RRC消息或者侧行链路控制信息(sidelink control information，SCI)承载。
可选地，第一频域资源可以是第二设备指示需要进行功率调整的频域资源；或者，第一频域资源可以第二设备期望进行调整的频域资源。
可选地，第一频域资源可以是多个频域资源中除第二频域资源之外的其他资源。其中，第二频域资源可以是第二设备指示的；或者，第二频域资源可以是第一终端设备自己确定的，本申请实施例对此不作具体限定。
示例性的，以第一频域资源包括载波#1对应的频域资源#1、载波#2对应的频域资源#2、以及载波#3对应的频域资源#3，并且载波#1对应的频域资源#1、载波#2对应的频域资源#2为目标频域资源为例，第二指示信息包括与载波#1和载波#2一一对应的功率调整系数K1和K2。其中，K1是载波#1对应的功率调整系数，K2是载波#2对应的功率调整系数。此外，第二频域资源为载波#3对应的频域资源。
可选地，本申请实施例中，第二指示信息包括第一频域资源对应的功率调整系数。也就是说，第二设备可以根据参考信号期望的接收功率确定第一频域资源对应的功率调整系数。
可选地，本申请实施例中，在第一终端设备接收来自第二设备的第二指示信息之前，还包括：
第一终端设备向第二设备发送能力信息，能力信息用于指示第一终端设备具备根据频域资源对应的功率调整系数发送参考信号的能力。
可选地，本申请实施例中，第一频域资源对应的目标发送功率可以通过公式(62)确定。
PPRS_n(i)＝K_n·PPRS(i)     公式(62)
公式(62)中的各参数定义如下：
PPRS_n(i)表示第一频域资源对应的目标发送功率。
PPRS(i)表示第二频域资源对应的发送功率，可以由公式(3)～(7)确定。
K_n表示第一频域资源对应的功率调整系数。
可选地，本申请实施例中，第一频域资源对应的目标发送功率可以通过公式(63)确定。
PPRS_n(i)＝PPRS(i)+K_n    公式(63)
公式(63)中的各参数定义可以参见公式(62)的相关说明。
可选地，本申请实施例中，第一域资源对应的目标发送功率可以通过公式(64)确定。
PPRS_n(i)＝min{PCMAX,PMAX,CBR,min(PPRS_n,D(i),PPRS_n,SL(i)}  公式(64)
公式(64)中的各参数定义可以参见公式(3)～公式(7)以及公式(62)。其中，PPRS_n,D(i)对应的DL路损PLD_n＝PLDK_n，或者f为第二频域资源对应的载波；PPRS_n,SL(i)对应的SL路损PLSL_n＝PLSL·K_n，或者
由于本申请实施例中，第一终端设备可以根据第一频域资源对应的功率调整系数和第二频域资源对应的发送功率确定第一频域资源对应的目标发送功率，这样第一终端设备可以以第二设备期望的接收功率对应的目标发送功率发送参考信号，减少参考信号在不同频域资源上接收功率的差异，进而降低位置估计误差，从而提高定位精度。
其中，上述步骤S901至S904中的第一终端设备的动作可以由图7所示的通信装置700中的处理器701调用存储器702中存储的应用程序代码以指令该网络设备执行；在第二设备为第一网络设备的情况下，上述步骤S901至S904中的第二设备的动作可以由图7所示的网络设备800中的处理器801调用存储器802中存储的应用程序代码以指令该终端设备执行；在第二设备为第二终端设备的情况下，上述步骤S901至S904中的第二设备的动作可以由图7所示的终端设备700中的处理器701调用存储器702中存储的应用程序代码以指令该终端设备执行，本实施例对此不作任何限制。可以理解的是，以上各个实施例中，由第一终端设备实现的方法和/或步骤，也可以由可用于该第一终端设备的部件(例如处理器、芯片、芯片系统、电路、逻辑模块、或软件)实现。由第二设备实现的方法和/或步骤，也可以由可用于该第二设备的部件(例如处理器、芯片、芯片系统、电路、逻辑模块、或软件)实现。
上述主要对本申请提供的方案进行了介绍。相应的，本申请还提供了通信装置，该通信装置用于实现上述方法实施例中的各种方法。该通信装置可以为上述方法实施例中的第一终端设备，或者包含第一终端设备的装置，或者为可用于第一终端设备的部件，例如芯片或芯片系统。或者，该通信装置可以为上述方法实施例中的第二设备，或者包含第二设备的装置，或者为可用于第二设备的部件，例如芯片或芯片系统。
可以理解的是，该通信装置为了实现上述功能，其包含了执行各个功能相应的硬件结构和/或软件模块。本领域技术人员应该很容易意识到，结合本文中所公开的实施例描述的各示例的单元及算法步骤，本申请能够以硬件或硬件和计算机软件的结合形式来实现。某个功能究竟以硬件还是计算机软件驱动硬件的方式来执行，取决于技术方案的特定应用和设计约束条件。专业技术人员可以对每个特定的应用来使用不同方法来实现所描述的功能，但是这种实现不应认为超出本申请的范围。
以通信装置为上述方法实施例中的第一终端设备为例，图10示出了一种第一终端设备100的结构示意图。该第一终端设备100包括处理模块1001和收发模块1002。
在一些实施例中，该第一终端设备100还可以包括存储模块(图10中未示出)，用于存储程序指令和数据。
在一些实施例中，处理模块1001，用于确定第一频域单元对应的目标发送功率和 第二频域单元对应的目标发送功率之间的比例关系。处理模块1001，还用于根据该比例关系确定第一频域资源对应的目标发送功率和第二频域资源对应的目标发送功率。其中，第一频域单元为第一频域资源，第二频域单元为第二频域资源，或者，第一频域单元为第一频域资源的子频域资源，第二频域单元为第二频域资源的子频域资源，第一频域资源和第二频域资源用于发送参考信号。
在一种可能的实现方式中，收发模块1002，用于接收来自第二设备的第一指示信息。其中，第一指示信息用于指示第一终端设备根据比例关系确定第一频域资源对应的目标发送功率和第二频域资源对应的目标发送功率。
可选地，第一指示信息包括第一频域单元对应的目标发送功率和第二频域单元对应的目标发送功率之间的比例关系。
可选地，收发模块1002，还用于在接收来自第二设备的第一指示信息之前向第二设备发送能力信息。其中，能力信息用于指示第一终端设备具备根据不同频域单元对应的目标发送功率之间的比例关系发送参考信号的能力。
可选地，收发模块1002，还用于在第一频域资源上以第一频域资源对应的目标发送功率发送参考信号，以及在第二频域资源上以第二频域资源对应的目标发送功率发送参考信号。
可选地，第一频域资源为第一终端设备连接的第一小区的激活BWP对应的资源，第二频域资源为第一终端设备连接的第二小区的激活BWP对应的资源；或者，第一频域资源为第一终端设备连接的第一载波对应的频域资源，第二频域资源为第一终端设备连接的第二载波对应的频域资源。
可选地，子频域资源为资源块RB或者资源元素RE。
可选地，处理模块1001，用于获取第一频域资源和/或第二频域资源对应的信息，并根据第一频域资源和/或第二频域资源对应的信息，以及第一频域单元对应的目标功率和第二频域单元对应的目标功率之间的比例关系确定第一频域资源对应的目标发送功率和第二频域资源对应的目标发送功率。
可选地，第一频域单元对应的目标功率和第二频域单元对应的目标功率之间的比例关系包括第一频域单元对应的目标发送功率与第二频域单元对应的目标发送功率相同。
可选地，第一频域单元为第一频域资源，第二频域单元为第二频域资源，处理模块1001用于根据第一频域资源和/或第二频域资源对应的信息，以及第一频域单元对应的目标功率和第二频域单元对应的目标功率之间的比例关系确定第一频域资源对应的目标发送功率和第二频域资源对应的目标发送功率，包括：根据第一频域资源和/或第二频域资源对应的发送功率，以及第一频域单元对应的目标功率和第二频域单元对应的目标功率之间的比例关系确定第一频域资源对应的目标发送功率和第二频域资源对应的目标发送功率。其中，第二频域资源对应的目标发送功率与第一频域资源对应的目标发送功率相同，第一频域资源对应的目标发送功率为第一发送功率与第二发送功率之间的最小值。第一频域资源为第一终端设备连接的第一小区的激活BWP对应的资源，第二频域资源为第一终端设备连接的第二小区的激活BWP对应的资源，第一发送功率为第一终端设备在发送时机i下允许的最大平均发送功率；或者，第一频域资源为第一终端设备连接的第一载波对应的频域资源，第二频域资源为第一终端设备连接的第二载波对应的 频域资源，第一发送功率为第一终端设备允许的最大平均发送功率；第二发送功率为第一频域资源对应的发送功率与第二频域资源对应的发送功率之间的平均值或最大值；或者，第二发送功率为第一频域资源或第二频域资源对应的发送功率；或者，第二发送功率是第一终端设备根据第一频域资源或第二频域资源对应的发送功率确定的。
可选地，第一频域单元为第一频域资源的子频域资源，第二频域单元为第二频域资源的子频域资源；处理模块1001用于根据第一频域资源和/或第二频域资源对应的信息，以及第一频域单元对应的目标功率和第二频域单元对应的目标功率之间的比例关系确定第一频域资源对应的目标发送功率和第二频域资源对应的目标发送功率，包括：根据第一频域资源的大小信息、第二频域资源的大小信息和比例关系确定第一频域资源对应的目标发送功率和第二频域资源对应的目标发送功率。其中，第一频域资源为第一终端设备连接的第一小区的激活BWP对应的资源，第二频域资源为第一终端设备连接的第二小区的激活BWP对应的资源，第一频域资源的大小信息包括第一小区的激活BWP内的子频域资源的数量，第二频域资源的大小信息包括第二小区的激活BWP内的子频域资源的数量。第一频域资源或第二频域资源对应的目标发送功率为 或者，第一频域资源或第二频域资源对应的目标发送功率为PCMAX(i)+10log10(MSRS,b_m,f_m,c_m(i)/∑MSRS(i))。其中，PCMAX(i)为第一终端设备在发送时机i下允许的最大发送功率，∑MSRS(i)为发送时机i下第一小区的激活BWP内的子频域资源的数量与第二小区的激活BWP内的子频域资源的数量之和；在c_m中的m为第一小区的索引值的情况下，MSRS,b_m,f_m,c_m(i)为发送时机i下第一小区c_m的载波f_m的激活BWP b_m内的子频域资源的数量；在c_m中的m为第二小区的索引值的情况下，MSRS,b_m,f_m,c_m(i)为发送时机i下第二小区c_m的载波f_m的激活BWP b_m内的子频域资源的数量。
或者，第一频域资源为第一终端设备连接的第一载波对应的频域资源，第二频域资源为第一终端设备连接的第二载波对应的频域资源，第一频域资源的大小信息包括第一载波的子频域资源的数量，第二频域资源的大小信息包括第二载波的子频域资源的数量，第一频域资源或第二频域资源对应的目标发送功率为或者，第一频域资源或第二频域资源对应的目标发送功率为PCMAX+10log10(MPRS_n(i)/∑MPRS(i))。其中，PCMAX为第一终端设备允许的最大发送功率，∑MPRS(i)为发送时机i下第一载波的子频域资源的数量与第二载波的子频域资源的数量之和；在PRS_n中的n为第一载波的索引值的情况下，MPRS_n(i)为发送时机i下第一载波f_n的子频域资源的数量；在PRS_n中的n为第二载波的索引值的情况下，MPRS_n(i)为发送时机i下第二载波f_n的子频域资源的数量。
可选地，第一频域单元为第一频域资源的子频域资源，第二频域单元为第二频域资源的子频域资源；处理模块1001用于根据第一频域资源和/或第二频域资源对应的信息，以及第一频域单元对应的目标功率和第二频域单元对应的目标功率之间的比例关系确定第一频域资源对应的目标发送功率和第二频域资源对应的目标发送功率，包括：根据第一频域资源的大小信息、第二频域资源的大小信息、第一频域资源和/或第二频域资源对应的发送功率、以及比例关系确定第一频域资源对应的目标发送功率和第二频域资源对应的目标发送功率。第一频域资源为第一终端设备连接的第一小区的激活BWP对应 的资源，第二频域资源为第一终端设备连接的第二小区的激活BWP对应的资源，第一频域资源的大小信息包括第一小区的激活BWP内的子频域资源的数量，第二频域资源的大小信息包括第二小区的激活BWP内的子频域资源的数量；第一频域资源或第二频域资源对应的目标发送功率为P′SRS,b_m,f_m,c_m(i,qs_m)，P′SRS,b_m,f_m,c_m(i,qs_m)满足如下关系：
或者，P′SRS,b_m,f_m,c_m(i,qs_m)＝βSRS,b_m,f_m,c_m·PSRS,b_m,f_m,c_m(i,qs_m)；
βSRS,b_m,f_m,c_m满足如下关系：
或者
其中，PCMAX(i)为第一终端设备在发送时机i下允许的最大发送功率，∑PSRS(i)为发送时机i下第一小区的激活BWP对应的发送功率与第二小区的激活BWP对应的发送功率之和，∑MSRS(i)为发送时机i下第一小区的激活BWP内的子频域资源的数量与第二小区的激活BWP内的子频域资源的数量之和；在c_m中的m为第一小区的索引值的情况下，P′SRS,b_m,f_m,c_m(i,qs_m)为第一频域资源对应的目标发送功率，PSRS,b_m,f_m,c_m(i,qs_m)为第一频域资源对应的发送功率，qs_m为参考信号的资源或资源集在第一小区对应的索引，MSRS,b_m,f_m,c_m(i)为发送时机i下第一小区c_m的载波f_m的激活BWP b_m内的子频域资源的数量；在c_m中的m为第二小区的索引值的情况下，P′SRS,b_m,f_m,c_m(i,qs_m)为第二频域资源对应的目标发送功率，PSRS,b_m,f_m,c_m(i,qs_m)为第二频域资源对应的发送功率，qs_m为参考信号的资源或资源集在第二小区对应的索引，MSRS,b_m,f_m,c_m(i)为发送时机i下第二小区c_m的载波f_m的激活BWP b_m内的子频域资源的数量；或者，第一频域资源为第一终端设备连接的第一载波对应的频域资源，第二频域资源为第一终端设备连接的第二载波对应的频域资源，第一频域资源的大小信息包括第一载波的子频域资源的数量，第二频域资源的大小信息包括第二载波的子频域资源的数量，第一频域资源或第二频域资源对应的目标发送功率为P′PRS_n(i)，P′PRS_n(i)满足如下关系：
或者，P′PRS_n(i)＝βPRS_n·PPRS_n(i)；
βPRS_n满足如下关系：
或者，
其中，PCMAX为第一终端设备允许的最大发送功率，∑PPRS(i)为发送时机i下第一载波对应的发送功率与第二载波对应的发送功率之和，∑MPRS(i)为发送时机i下第一载波的子频域资源的数量与第二载波的子频域资源的数量之和；在PRS_n中的n为第一载波的索引值的情况下，P′PRS_n(i)为第一频域资源对应的目标发送功率，PPRS_n(i)为第一频域资源对应的发送功率，MPRS_n(i)为发送时机i下第一载波f_n的子频域资源的数量；在PRS_n中的n为第二载波的索引值的情况下，P′PRS_n(i)为第二频域资源对应的目标发送功率，PPRS_n(i)为第二频域资源对应的发送功率，MPRS_n(i)为发送时机i下第二载波f_n的子频域资源的数量。
在另一种可能的实现方式中，处理模块1001，用于确定第一频域资源对应的功率调整系数和第二频域资源对应的发送功率，根据第一频域资源对应的功率调整系数和第二频域资源对应的发送功率确定第一频域资源的目标发送功率第一频域资源和第二频域资源用于发送参考信号。其中，第一频域资源和第二频域资源用于发送参考信号。
可选地，收发模块1002，用于接收来自第二设备的第二指示信息。第二指示信息用于指示第一终端设备根据第一频域资源对应的功率调整系数和第二频域资源对应的发送功率确定第一频域资源的目标发送功率。
可选地，第二指示信息包括所述第一频域资源对应的功率调整系数。
可选地，收发模块1002，用于在接收来自第二设备的第二指示信息之前向第二设备发送能力信息。能力信息用于指示第一终端设备具备根据频域资源对应的功率调整系数发送参考信号的能力。
可选地，收发模块1002，用于在第一频域资源上以第一频域资源对应的目标发送功率发送参考信号，以及在第二频域资源上以第二频域资源对应的发送功率发送参考信号。
其中，上述方法实施例涉及的各步骤的所有相关内容均可以援引到对应功能模块的功能描述，在此不再赘述。
在本申请中，该第一终端设备100以采用集成的方式划分各个功能模块的形式来呈现。这里的“模块”可以指特定专用集成电路ASIC，电路，执行一个或多个软件或固件程序的处理器和存储器，集成逻辑电路，和/或其他可以提供上述功能的器件。
在一些实施例中，在硬件实现上，本领域的技术人员可以想到该第一终端设备100可以采用图7所示的通信装置700的形式。
作为一种示例，图10中的处理模块1001的功能或实现过程可以通过图7所示的通信装置700中的处理器701调用存储器702中存储的计算机执行指令来实现。图10中的收发模块1002的功能或实现过程可以通过图7所示的通信装置700中的收发器703来实现。
在一些实施例中，当图10中的第一终端设备100是芯片或芯片系统时，收发模块1002的功能或实现过程可以通过芯片或芯片系统的输入输出接口(或通信接口)实现，处理模块1001的功能或实现过程可以通过芯片或芯片系统的处理器(或者处理电路)实现。
由于本实施例提供的第一终端设备100可执行上述功率控制方法，因此其所能获得的技术效果可参考上述方法实施例，在此不再赘述。
以通信装置为上述方法实施例中的第二设备为例，图11示出了一种第二设备110的结构示意图。该第二设备110包括处理模块1101和收发模块1102。
在一些实施例中，该第二设备110还可以包括存储模块(图11中未示出)，用于存储程序指令和数据。
在一些实施例中，收发模块1102，也可以称为收发单元用以实现发送和/或接收功能。该收发模块1102可以由收发电路，收发机，收发器或者通信接口构成。
在一些实施例中，收发模块1102，可以包括接收模块和发送模块，分别用于执行上述方法实施例中由第二设备执行的接收和发送类的步骤，和/或用于支持本文所描述 的技术的其它过程；处理模块1101，可以用于执行上述方法实施例中由第二设备执行的处理类(例如确定等)的步骤，和/或用于支持本文所描述的技术的其它过程。例如：
收发模块1102，用于向第一终端设备发送第一指示信息。第一指示信息用于指示：第一终端设备根据第一频域单元对应的目标发送功率和第二频域单元对应的目标发送功率之间的比例关系，确定第一频域资源对应的目标发送功率和第二频域资源对应的目标发送功率。第一频域单元为第一频域资源，第二频域单元为第二频域资源；或者，第一频域单元为第一频域资源的子频域资源，第二频域单元为第二频域资源的子频域资源。第一频域资源和第二频域资源用于发送参考信号。
可选地，第一指示信息包括第一频域单元对应的目标发送功率和第二频域单元对应的目标发送功率之间的比例关系。
可选地，收发模块1102，用于向第一终端设备发送第一指示信息之前接收来自第一终端设备的能力信息。其中，能力信息用于指示第一终端设备具备根据不同频域单元对应的目标发送功率之间的比例关系发送参考信号的能力。
在另一种可能的实现方式中，收发模块1102，用于向第一终端设备发送第二指示信息。其中，第二指示信息用于指示：第一终端设备根据第一频域资源对应的功率调整系数和第二频域资源对应的发送功率，确定第一频域资源的目标发送功率。第一频域资源和第二频域资源用于发送参考信号。
可选地，第二指示信息包括第一频域资源对应的功率调整系数。
可选地，收发模块1102，还用于在向第一终端设备发送第二指示信息之前接收来自第一终端设备的能力信息。其中，能力信息用于指示第一终端设备具备根据频域资源对应的功率调整系数发送参考信号的能力。
其中，上述方法实施例涉及的各步骤的所有相关内容均可以援引到对应功能模块的功能描述，在此不再赘述。
在本申请中，该第二设备110以采用集成的方式划分各个功能模块的形式来呈现。这里的“模块”可以指特定专用集成电路ASIC，电路，执行一个或多个软件或固件程序的处理器和存储器，集成逻辑电路，和/或其他可以提供上述功能的器件。
在一些实施例中，在硬件实现上，本领域的技术人员可以想到该第二设备110可以采用图7所示的通信装置700的形式。
作为一种示例，图11中的处理模块1101的功能或实现过程可以通过图7所示的通信装置700中的处理器701调用存储器702中存储的计算机执行指令来实现。图11中的收发模块1102的功能或实现过程可以通过图7所示的通信装置700的收发器703来实现。
在一些实施例中，当图11中的第二设备110是芯片或芯片系统时，收发模块1102的功能或实现过程可以通过芯片或芯片系统的输入输出接口(或通信接口)实现，处理模块1101的功能或实现过程可以通过芯片或芯片系统的处理器(或者处理电路)实现。
由于本实施例提供的第二设备110可执行上述功率控制方法，因此其所能获得的技术效果可参考上述方法实施例，在此不再赘述。
在一些实施例中，本申请所述的第一终端设备或第二设备，还可以使用下述来实现：一个或多个现场可编程门阵列(field programmable gate array，FPGA)、可编程逻辑器 件(programmable logic device，PLD)、控制器、状态机、门逻辑、分立硬件部件、任何其它适合的电路、或者能够执行本申请通篇所描述的各种功能的电路的任意组合。
在一些实施例中，本申请还提供一种通信装置，该通信装置包括处理器，用于实现上述任一方法实施例中的方法。
作为一种可能的实现方式，该通信装置还包括存储器。该存储器，用于保存必要的计算机程序和数据。该计算机程序可以包括指令，处理器可以调用存储器中存储的计算机程序中的指令以指令该通信装置执行上述任一方法实施例中的方法。当然，存储器也可以不在该通信装置中。
作为另一种可能的实现方式，该通信装置还包括接口电路，该接口电路为代码或数据读写接口电路，该接口电路用于接收计算机执行指令(计算机执行指令存储在存储器中，可能直接从存储器读取，或可能经过其他器件)并传输至该处理器。
作为又一种可能的实现方式，该通信装置还包括通信接口，该通信接口用于与该通信装置之外的模块通信。
可以理解的是，该通信装置可以是芯片或芯片系统，该通信装置是芯片系统时，可以由芯片构成，也可以包含芯片和其他分立器件，本申请实施例对此不作具体限定。
本申请还提供了一种计算机可读存储介质，其上存储有计算机程序或指令，该计算机程序或指令被计算机执行时实现上述任一方法实施例的功能。
本申请还提供了一种计算机程序产品，该计算机程序产品被计算机执行时实现上述任一方法实施例的功能。
本领域普通技术人员可以理解，为描述的方便和简洁，上述描述的系统、装置和单元的具体工作过程，可以参考前述方法实施例中的对应过程，在此不再赘述。
可以理解，本申请中描述的系统、装置和方法也可以通过其它的方式实现。例如，以上所描述的装置实施例仅仅是示意性的，例如，所述单元的划分，仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分，实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式，例如多个单元或组件可以结合或者可以集成到另一个系统，或一些特征可以忽略，或不执行。另一点，所显示或讨论的相互之间的耦合或直接耦合或通信连接可以是通过一些接口，装置或单元的间接耦合或通信连接，可以是电性，机械或其它的形式。
所述作为分离部件说明的单元可以是或者也可以不是物理上分开的，即可以位于一个地方，或者也可以分布到多个网络单元上。作为单元显示的部件可以是或者也可以不是物理单元。可以根据实际的需要选择其中的部分或者全部单元来实现本实施例方案的目的。
另外，本申请各个实施例中的各功能单元可以集成在一个处理单元中，也可以是各个单元单独物理存在，也可以两个或两个以上单元集成在一个单元中。
在上述实施例中，可以全部或部分地通过软件、硬件、固件或者其任意组合来实现。当使用软件程序实现时，可以全部或部分地以计算机程序产品的形式来实现。该计算机程序产品包括一个或多个计算机指令。在计算机上加载和执行计算机程序指令时，全部或部分地产生按照本申请实施例所述的流程或功能。所述计算机可以是通用计算机、专用计算机、计算机网络、或者其他可编程装置。所述计算机指令可以存储在计算机可读存储介质中，或者从一个计算机可读存储介质向另一个计算机可读存储介质传输，例如， 所述计算机指令可以从一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或者数据中心通过有线(例如同轴电缆、光纤、数字用户线(digital subscriber line，DSL))或无线(例如红外、无线、微波等)方式向另一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心进行传输。所述计算机可读存储介质可以是计算机能够存取的任何可用介质或者是包含一个或多个可以用介质集成的服务器、数据中心等数据存储设备。所述可用介质可以是磁性介质(例如，软盘、硬盘、磁带)，光介质(例如，DVD)、或者半导体介质(例如固态硬盘(solid state disk，SSD))等。本申请实施例中，计算机可以包括前面所述的装置。
尽管在此结合各实施例对本申请进行了描述，然而，在实施所要求保护的本申请过程中，本领域技术人员通过查看所述附图、公开内容、以及所附权利要求书，可理解并实现所述公开实施例的其他变化。在权利要求中，“包括”(comprising)一词不排除其他组成部分或步骤，“一”或“一个”不排除多个的情况。单个处理器或其他单元可以实现权利要求中列举的若干项功能。相互不同的从属权利要求中记载了某些措施，但这并不表示这些措施不能组合起来产生良好的效果。
尽管结合具体特征及其实施例对本申请进行了描述，显而易见的，在不脱离本申请的范围的情况下，可对其进行各种修改和组合。相应地，本说明书和附图仅仅是所附权利要求所界定的本申请的示例性说明，且视为已覆盖本申请范围内的任意和所有修改、变化、组合或等同物。显然，本领域的技术人员可以对本申请进行各种改动和变型而不脱离本申请的范围。这样，倘若本申请的这些修改和变型属于本申请权利要求及其等同技术的范围之内，则本申请也意图包含这些改动和变型在内。

Claims (45)

  1. 一种功率控制方法，其特征在于，所述方法包括：
    第一终端设备确定第一频域单元对应的目标发送功率和第二频域单元对应的目标发送功率之间的比例关系；
    所述第一频域单元为第一频域资源，所述第二频域单元为第二频域资源，或者，所述第一频域单元为所述第一频域资源的子频域资源，所述第二频域单元为所述第二频域资源的子频域资源，所述第一频域资源和所述第二频域资源用于发送参考信号；
    所述第一终端设备根据所述比例关系确定所述第一频域资源对应的目标发送功率和所述第二频域资源对应的目标发送功率。
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：
    所述第一终端设备接收来自第二设备的第一指示信息，所述第一指示信息用于指示所述第一终端设备根据所述比例关系确定所述第一频域资源对应的目标发送功率和所述第二频域资源对应的目标发送功率。
  3. 根据权利要求2所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一指示信息包括所述比例关系。
  4. 根据权利要求2或3所述的方法，其特征在于，在所述第一终端设备接收来自第二设备的第一指示信息之前，所述方法还包括：
    所述第一终端设备向所述第二设备发送能力信息，所述能力信息用于指示所述第一终端设备具备根据不同频域单元对应的目标发送功率之间的比例关系发送所述参考信号的能力。
  5. 根据权利要求1-4任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：
    所述第一终端设备在所述第一频域资源上以所述第一频域资源对应的目标发送功率发送所述参考信号，以及在所述第二频域资源上以所述第二频域资源对应的目标发送功率发送所述参考信号。
  6. 根据权利要求1-5任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一频域资源为所述第一终端设备连接的第一小区的激活带宽部分BWP对应的资源，所述第二频域资源为所述第一终端设备连接的第二小区的激活BWP对应的资源；
    或者，所述第一频域资源为所述第一终端设备连接的第一载波对应的频域资源，所述第二频域资源为所述第一终端设备连接的第二载波对应的频域资源。
  7. 根据权利要求1-6任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述子频域资源为资源块RB或者资源元素RE。
  8. 根据权利要求1-7任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一终端设备根据所述比例关系确定所述第一频域资源对应的目标发送功率和所述第二频域资源对应的目标发送功率，包括：
    所述第一终端设备获取所述第一频域资源和/或第二频域资源对应的信息；
    所述第一终端设备根据所述第一频域资源和/或第二频域资源对应的信息，以及所述比例关系确定所述第一频域资源对应的目标发送功率和所述第二频域资源对应的目标发送功率。
  9. 根据权利要求1-8任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述比例关系包括所述第一频域单元对应的目标发送功率与所述第二频域单元对应的目标发送功率相同。
  10. 根据权利要求9所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一频域单元为所述第一频域资源，所述第二频域单元为所述第二频域资源；
    所述第一终端设备根据所述第一频域资源和/或第二频域资源对应的信息，以及所述比例关系确定所述第一频域资源对应的目标发送功率和所述第二频域资源对应的目标发送功率，包括：
    所述第一终端设备根据所述第一频域资源和/或第二频域资源对应的发送功率，以及所述比例关系确定所述第一频域资源对应的目标发送功率和所述第二频域资源对应的目标发送功率，所述第二频域资源对应的目标发送功率与所述第一频域资源对应的目标发送功率相同，所述第一频域资源对应的目标发送功率为第一发送功率与第二发送功率之间的最小值；
    所述第一发送功率是根据所述第一终端设备允许的最大发送功率确定的最大平均发送功率，或所述第一发送功率是根据优先级高于所述参考信号的至少一个信号或信道分配的发送功率以及所述第一终端设备允许的最大发送功率确定的剩余平均发送功率；
    所述第二发送功率为所述第一频域资源对应的发送功率与所述第二频域资源对应的发送功率之间的平均值或最大值；或者，所述第二发送功率为所述第一频域资源或第二频域资源对应的发送功率；或者，所述第二发送功率是所述第一终端设备根据所述第一频域资源或第二频域资源对应的发送功率确定的。
  11. 根据权利要求9所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一频域单元为所述第一频域资源的子频域资源，所述第二频域单元为所述第二频域资源的子频域资源；
    所述第一终端设备根据所述第一频域资源和/或第二频域资源对应的信息，以及所述比例关系确定所述第一频域资源对应的目标发送功率和所述第二频域资源对应的目标发送功率，包括：
    所述第一终端设备根据所述第一频域资源的大小信息、所述第二频域资源的大小信息和所述比例关系确定所述第一频域资源对应的目标发送功率和所述第二频域资源对应的目标发送功率；
    所述第一频域资源为所述第一终端设备连接的第一小区的激活BWP对应的资源，所述第二频域资源为所述第一终端设备连接的第二小区的激活BWP对应的资源，所述第一频域资源的大小信息包括所述第一小区的激活BWP内的子频域资源的数量，所述第二频域资源的大小信息包括所述第二小区的激活BWP内的子频域资源的数量；
    或者，所述第一频域资源为所述第一终端设备连接的第一载波对应的频域资源，所述第二频域资源为所述第一终端设备连接的第二载波对应的频域资源，所述第一频域资源的大小信息包括所述第一载波的子频域资源的数量，所述第二频域资源的大小信息包括所述第二载波的子频域资源的数量。
  12. 根据权利要求1-9中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一频域单元为所述第一频域资源的子频域资源，所述第二频域单元为所述第二频域资源的子频域资源；
    所述第一终端设备根据所述第一频域资源和/或第二频域资源对应的信息，以及所述比例关系确定所述第一频域资源对应的目标发送功率和所述第二频域资源对应的目标发送功率，包括：
    所述第一终端设备根据所述第一频域资源的子频域资源的数量与多个子频域资源对 应的总数量之间的比例关系、所述第二频域资源的子频移资源数量与所述多个子频域资源对应的总数量之间的比例关系、以及所述第一终端设备的可分配发送功率，确定所述第一频域资源对应的目标发送功率和所述第二频域资源对应的目标发送功率；
    其中，所述多个子频域资源包括所述第一频域资源内的每个子频域资源和所述第二频域资源内的每个子频域资源。
  13. 根据权利要求12所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一终端设备的可分配发送功率是所述第一终端设备允许的最大发送功率，或所述第一终端设备的可分配发送功率是根据优先级高于所述参考信号的至少一个信号或信道分配的发送功率以及所述第一终端设备允许的最大发送功率确定的剩余发送功率。
  14. 根据权利要求11-13中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一频域资源为所述第一终端设备连接的第一小区的激活BWP对应的资源，所述第二频域资源为所述第一终端设备连接的第二小区的激活BWP对应的资源；
    所述第一频域资源或所述第二频域资源对应的目标发送功率为 或者，所述第一频域资源或所述第二频域资源对应的目标发送功率为PCMAX(i)+10log10(MSRS,b_m,f_m,c_m(i)/∑MSRS(i))；
    或者，所述第一频域资源或所述第二频域资源对应的目标发送功率为或者，所述第一频域资源或所述第二频域资源对应的目标发送功率为ΔP(i)+10log10(MSRS,b_m,f_m,c_m(i)/∑MSRS(i))；
    其中，PCMAX(i)为所述第一终端设备在发送所述参考信号的发送时机i下允许的最大发送功率，ΔP(i)为根据优先级高于所述参考信号的至少一个信号或信道分配的发送功率以及PCMAX(i)确定的剩余发送功率，∑MSRS(i)为所述发送时机i下所述第一小区的激活BWP内的子频域资源的数量与所述第二小区的激活BWP内的子频域资源的数量之和；在c_m中的m为所述第一小区的索引值的情况下，MSRS,b_m,f_m,c_m(i)为所述发送时机i下所述第一小区c_m的载波f_m的激活BWP b_m内的子频域资源的数量；在c_m中的m为所述第二小区的索引值的情况下，MSRS,b_m,f_m,c_m(i)为所述发送时机i下所述第二小区c_m的载波f_m的激活BWP b_m内的子频域资源的数量。
  15. 根据权利要求11-13中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一频域资源为所述第一终端设备连接的第一小区的激活BWP对应的资源，所述第二频域资源为所述第一终端设备连接的第二小区的激活BWP对应的资源；
    所述第一频域资源或所述第二频域资源对应的目标发送功率为P′SRS,b_m,f_m,c_m(i,qs_m)，P′SRS,b_m,f_m,c_m(i,qs_m)＝βSRS,b_m,f_m,c_m·PSRS,b_m,f_m,c_m(i,qs_m)，或者，P′SRS,b_m,f_m,c_m(i,qs_m)＝βSRS,b_m,f_m,c_m+PSRS,b_m,f_m,c_m(i,qs_m)；βSRS,b_m,f_m,c_m满足如下关系：
    或者 或者
    或者，或者 或者，
    其中，PCMAX(i)为所述第一终端设备在发送所述参考信号的发送时机i下允许的最大发送功率，ΔP(i)为根据优先级高于所述参考信号的至少一个信号或信道分配的发送功率以及PCMAX(i)确定的剩余发送功率，∑MSRS(i)为所述发送时机i下所述第一小区的激活BWP内的子频域资源的数量与所述第二小区的激活BWP内的子频域资源的数量之和；在c_m中的m为所述第一小区的索引值的情况下，P′SRS,b_m,f_m,c_m(i,qs_m)为所述第一频域资源对应的目标发送功率，PSRS,b_m,f_m,c_m(i,qs_m)为所述第一频域资源对应的发送功率，qs_m为所述参考信号的资源或资源集在所述第一小区对应的索引，MSRS,b_m,f_m,c_m(i)为所述发送时机i下所述第一小区c_m的载波f_m的激活BWP b_m内的子频域资源的数量；在c_m中的m为所述第二小区的索引值的情况下，P′SRS,b_m,f_m,c_m(i,qs_m)为所述第二频域资源对应的目标发送功率，PSRS,b_m,f_m,c_m(i,qs_m)为所述第二频域资源对应的发送功率，qs_m为所述参考信号的资源或资源集在所述第二小区对应的索引，MSRS,b_m,f_m,c_m(i)为所述发送时机i下所述第二小区c_m的载波f_m的激活BWP b_m内的子频域资源的数量。
  16. 根据权利要求11-13中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一频域资源为所述第一终端设备连接的第一载波对应的频域资源，所述第二频域资源为所述第一终端设备连接的第二载波对应的频域资源；
    所述第一频域资源或所述第二频域资源对应的目标发送功率为或者，所述第一频域资源或所述第二频域资源对应的目标发送功率为PCMAX+10log10(MPRS_b(i)/∑MPRS(i))；
    或者，所述第一频域资源或所述第二频域资源对应的目标发送功率为或者，所述第一频域资源或所述第二频域资源对应的目标发送功率为ΔP+10log10(MPRS_n(i)/∑MPRS(i))；
    其中，PCMAX为所述第一终端设备允许的最大发送功率，ΔP为根据优先级高于所述参考信号的至少一个信号或信道分配的发送功率以及PCMAX确定的剩余发送功率，∑MPRS(i)为发送时机i下所述第一载波的子频域资源的数量与所述第二载波的子频域资源的数量之和；在PRS_n中的n为所述第一载波的索引值的情况下，MPRS_n(i)为所述发送时机i下所述第一载波f_n的子频域资源的数量；在PRS_n中的n为所述第二载波的索引值的情况下，MPRS_n(i)为所述发送时机i下所述第二载波f_n的子频域资源的数量。
  17. 根据权利要求11-13中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一频域资源为所述第一终端设备连接的第一载波对应的频域资源，所述第二频域资源为所述第一终端设备连接的第二载波对应的频域资源；
    所述第一频域资源或所述第二频域资源对应的目标发送功率为P′PRS_n(i)，P′PRS_n(i)＝βPRS_n·PPRS_n(i)，或者，P′PRS_n(i)＝βPRS_n+PPRS_n(i)；βPRS_n满足如下关系：
    或者， 或者，
    或者，或者， 或者，
    其中，PCMAX为所述第一终端设备允许的最大发送功率，ΔP为根据优先级高于所述参考信号的至少一个信号或信道分配的发送功率以及PCMAX确定的剩余发送功率，∑MPRS(i)为所述发送时机i下所述第一载波的子频域资源的数量与所述第二载波的子频域资源的数量之和；在PRS_n中的n为所述第一载波的索引值的情况下，P′PRS_n(i)为所述第一频域资源对应的目标发送功率，PPRS_n(i)为所述第一频域资源对应的发送功率，MPRS_n(i)为所述发送时机i下所述第一载波f_n的子频域资源的数量；在PRS_n中的n为所述第二载波的索引值的情况下，P′PRS_n(i)为所述第二频域资源对应的目标发送功率，PPRS_n(i)为所述第二频域资源对应的发送功率，MPRS_n(i)为所述发送时机i下所述第二载波f_n的子频域资源的数量。
  18. 根据权利要求9所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一频域单元为所述第一频域资源的子频域资源，所述第二频域单元为所述第二频域资源的子频域资源；
    所述第一终端设备根据所述第一频域资源和/或第二频域资源对应的信息，以及所述比例关系确定所述第一频域资源对应的目标发送功率和所述第二频域资源对应的目标发送功率，包括：
    所述第一终端设备根据所述第一频域资源的大小信息、所述第二频域资源的大小信息、所述第一频域资源和/或所述第二频域资源对应的发送功率、以及所述比例关系确定所述第一频域资源对应的目标发送功率和所述第二频域资源对应的目标发送功率；
    所述第一频域资源为所述第一终端设备连接的第一小区的激活BWP对应的资源，所述第二频域资源为所述第一终端设备连接的第二小区的激活BWP对应的资源，所述第一频域资源的大小信息包括所述第一小区的激活BWP内的子频域资源的数量，所述第二频域资源的大小信息包括所述第二小区的激活BWP内的子频域资源的数量；
    或者，所述第一频域资源为所述第一终端设备连接的第一载波对应的频域资源，所述第二频域资源为所述第一终端设备连接的第二载波对应的频域资源，所述第一频域资源的大小信息包括所述第一载波的子频域资源的数量，所述第二频域资源的大小信息包括所述第二载波的子频域资源的数量。
  19. 根据权利要求1-9中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一频域单元为所述第一频域资源的子频域资源，所述第二频域单元为所述第二频域资源的子频域资源；
    所述第一终端设备根据所述第一频域资源和/或第二频域资源对应的信息，以及所述比例关系确定所述第一频域资源对应的目标发送功率和所述第二频域资源对应的目标发送功率，包括：
    所述第一终端设备根据所述第一频域资源对应的发送功率与多个频域资源对应的总发送功率之间的比例关系、所述第二频域资源的发送功率与所述多个频域资源对应的总发送功率之间的比例关系、以及所述第一终端设备的可分配发送功率，确定所述第一频域资源对应的目标发送功率和所述第二频域资源对应的目标发送功率；
    其中，所述多个频域资源包括所述第一频域资源和所述第二频域资源。
  20. 根据权利要求18-19中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一频域资源为所述第一终端设备连接的第一小区的激活BWP对应的资源，所述第二频域资源为所述第一终端设备连接的第二小区的激活BWP对应的资源；
    所述第一频域资源或所述第二频域资源对应的目标发送功率为P′SRS,b_m,f_m,c_m(i,qs_m)，或者，P′SRS,b_m,f_m,c_m(i,qs_m)＝PSRS,b_m,f_m,c_m(i,qs_m)-∑PSRS(i)+PCMAX(i)；或者；或者，P′SRS,b_m,f_m,c_m(i,qs_m)＝PSRS,b_m,f_m,c_m(i,qs_m)-∑PSRS(i)+ΔP(i)；
    其中，PCMAX(i)为所述第一终端设备在所述发送时机i下允许的最大发送功率，ΔP(i)为根据优先级高于所述参考信号的至少一个信号或信道分配的发送功率以及PCMAX(i)确定的剩余发送功率，∑PSRS(i)为所述发送时机i下所述第一小区的激活BWP对应的发送功率与所述第二小区的激活BWP对应的发送功率之和；在c_m中的m为所述第一小区的索引值的情况下，P′SRS,b_m,f_m,c_m(i,qs_m)为所述第一频域资源对应的目标发送功率，PSRS,b_m,f_m,c_m(i,qs_m)为所述第一频域资源对应的发送功率，qs_m为所述参考信号的资源或资源集在所述第一小区对应的索引；在c_m中的m为所述第二小区的索引值的情况下，P′SRS,b_m,f_m,c_m(i,qs_m)为所述第二频域资源对应的目标发送功率，PSRS,b_m,f_m,c_m(i,qs_m)为所述第二频域资源对应的发送功率，qs_m为所述参考信号的资源或资源集在所述第二小区对应的索引。
  21. 根据权利要求18-19中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一频域资源为所述第一终端设备连接的第一载波对应的频域资源，所述第二频域资源为所述第一终端设备连接的第二载波对应的频域资源；
    所述第一频域资源或所述第二频域资源对应的目标发送功率为P′PRS_n(i)，或者，P′PRS_n(i)＝PPRS_n(i)-∑PPRS(i)+PCMAX；
    或者，或者，P′PRS_n(i)＝PPRS_n(i)-∑PPRS(i)+ΔP；
    其中，PCMAX为所述第一终端设备允许的最大发送功率，ΔP为根据优先级高于所述参考信号的至少一个信号或信道分配的发送功率以及PCMAX确定的剩余发送功率，∑PPRS(i)为所述发送时机i下所述第一载波对应的发送功率与所述第二载波对应的发送功率之和；在PRS_n中的n为所述第一载波的索引值的情况下，P′PRS_n(i)为所述第一频域资源对应的目标发送功率，PPRS_n(i)为所述第一频域资源对应的发送功率；在PRS_n中的n为所述第二载波的索引值的情况下，P′PRS_n(i)为所述第二频域资源对应的目标发送功率，PPRS_n(i)为所述第二频域资源对应的发送功率。
  22. 根据权利要求1-9中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一频域单元为所述第一频域资源的子频域资源，所述第二频域单元为所述第二频域资源的子频域资源；
    所述第一终端设备根据所述第一频域资源和/或第二频域资源对应的信息，以及所述比例关系确定所述第一频域资源对应的目标发送功率和所述第二频域资源对应的目标发送功率，包括：
    在所述第一终端设备配置了所述第一频域资源对应的开环功率控制参数，且未配置 所述第二频域资源对应的开环功率控制参数的情况下，所述第一终端设备根据所述开环功率控制参数、所述第一频域资源的子频域资源的数量与多个子频域资源对应的总数量之间的比例关系、以及剩余发送功率，确定所述第一频域资源对应的目标发送功率；
    所述第一终端设备根据所述第一频域资源对应的目标发送功率和所述第二频域资源的子频域资源的数量与所述第一频域资源的子频域资源的数量之间的比例关系，确定所述第二频域资源对应的目标发送功率；
    其中，所述剩余发送功率是根据优先级高于所述参考信号的至少一个信号或信道分配的发送功率以及所述第一终端设备允许的最大发送功率确定的，所述多个子频域资源包括所述第一频域资源内的每个子频域资源和所述第二频域资源内的每个子频域资源。
  23. 根据权利要求22所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一频域资源为所述第一终端设备连接的第一小区的激活BWP对应的资源，所述第二频域资源为所述第一终端设备连接的第二小区的激活BWP对应的资源，所述开环功率控制参数包括所述参考信号的目标接收功率、所述参考信号对应的路损参考信号资源索引、以及所述参考信号对应的路损补偿因子；
    所述第一频域资源对应的目标发送功率为P′SRS,b_m,f_m,c_m(i,qs_m)，所述第二频域资源对应的目标发送功率为
    或者，
    其中，ΔP(i)为所述剩余发送功率，∑MSRS(i)为发送所述参考信号的发送时机i下所述第一小区的激活BWP内的子频域资源的数量与所述第二小区的激活BWP内的子频域资源的数量之和，MSRS,b_m,f_m,c_m(i)为所述发送时机i下所述第一小区c_m的载波f_m的激活BWP b_m内的子频域资源的数量，qs_m为所述参考信号的资源或资源集在所述第一小区c_m对应的索引，μ_m为所述第一小区c_m的载波f_m的激活BWP b_m对应的子载波间隔配置，为所述第一小区c_m的载波f_m的激活BWP b_m下所述参考信号的目标接收功率，αSRS,b_m,f_m,c_m(qs_m)为所述第一小区c_m的载波f_m的激活BWP b_m下所述参考信号对应的路损补偿因子，PLb_m,f_m,c_m(qd_m)为所述第一小区c_m的载波f_m的激活BWP b_m下所述参考信号对应的路损估计值，MSRS,b_n,f_n,c_n(i)为所述发送时机i下所述第二小区c_n的载波f_n的激活BWP b_n内的子频域资源的数量。
  24. 根据权利要求1-9中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一频域单元为所述第一频域资源的子频域资源，所述第二频域单元为所述第二频域资源的子频域资源；
    所述第一终端设备根据所述第一频域资源和/或第二频域资源对应的信息，以及所述比例关系确定所述第一频域资源对应的目标发送功率和所述第二频域资源对应的目标发送功率，包括：
    在所述第一频域资源对应的开环功率控制参数与所述第二频域资源对应的开环功率控制参数相同的情况下，所述第一终端设备根据所述开环功率控制参数、所述第一频域资源的子频域资源的数量与多个子频域资源对应的总数量之间的比例关系、所述第二频域资源的子频域资源的数量与所述多个子频域资源对应的总数量之间的比例关系、以及剩余发送功率，确定所述第一频域资源对应的目标发送功率和所述第二频域资源对应的目标发送功率；
    其中，所述剩余发送功率是根据优先级高于所述参考信号的至少一个信号或信道分配的发送功率以及所述第一终端设备允许的最大发送功率确定的，所述多个子频域资源包括所述第一频域资源内的每个子频域资源和所述第二频域资源内的每个子频域资源。
  25. 根据权利要求24所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一频域资源为所述第一终端设备连接的第一小区的激活BWP对应的资源，所述第二频域资源为所述第一终端设备连接的第二小区的激活BWP对应的资源，所述开环功率控制参数包括所述参考信号的目标接收功率、所述参考信号对应的路损参考信号资源索引、以及所述参考信号对应的路损补偿因子；
    所述第一频域资源或所述第二频域资源对应的目标发送功率为
    或者，
    其中，ΔP(i)为所述剩余发送功率，∑MSRS(i)为发送所述参考信号的发送时机i下所述第一小区的激活BWP内的子频域资源的数量与所述第二小区的激活BWP内的子频域资源的数量之和；在c_m中的m为所述第一小区的索引值的情况下，P′SRS,b_m,f_m,c_m(i,qs_m)为所述第一频域资源对应的目标发送功率，MSRS,b_m,f_m,c_m(i)为所述发送时机i下所述第一小区c_m的载波f_m的激活BWP b_m内的子频域资源的数量，qs_m为所述参考信号的资源或资源集在所述第一小区c_m对应的索引，μ_m为所述第一小区c_m的载波f_m的激活BWP b_m对应的子载波间隔配置，为所述第一小区c_m的载波f_m的激活BWP b_m下所述参考信号的目标接收功率，αSRS,b_m,f_m,c_m(qs_m)为所述第一小区c_m的载波f_m的激活BWP b_m下所述参考信号对应的路损补偿因子，PLb_m,f_m,c_m(qd_m)为所述第一小区c_m的载波f_m的激活BWP b_m下所述参考信号对应的路损估计值；在c_m中的m为所述第二 小区的索引值的情况下，P′SRS,b_m,f_m,c_m(i,qs_m)为所述第二频域资源对应的目标发送功率，MSRS,b_m,f_m,c_m(i)为所述发送时机i下所述第二小区c_m的载波f_m的激活BWP b_m内的子频域资源的数量，qs_m为所述参考信号的资源或资源集在所述第二小区c_m对应的索引，μ_m为所述第二小区c_m的载波f_m的激活BWP b_m对应的子载波间隔配置，为所述第二小区c_m的载波f_m的激活BWP b_m下所述参考信号的目标接收功率，αSRS,b_m,f_m,c_m(qs_m)为所述第二小区c_m的载波f_m的激活BWP b_m下所述参考信号对应的路损补偿因子，PLb_m,f_m,c_m(qd_m)为所述第二小区c_m的载波f_m的激活BWP b_m下所述参考信号对应的路损估计值。
  26. 根据权利要求1-25中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：
    所述第一终端设备向第二设备发送第三指示信息，所述第三指示信息用于指示所述第一终端设备同时发送所述参考信号，以及优先级高于所述参考信号的至少一个信号或信道；或者，所述第三指示信息用于指示发送所述参考信号的发送时机下存在数据发送；或者，所述第三指示信息用于指示所述发送时机下存在优先级高于所述参考信号的至少一个信号或信道的发送；或者，所述第三指示信息用于指示所述发送时机下所述第一频域资源和/或所述第二频域资源对应的每资源元素的发送能量EPRE降低；或者，所述第三指示信息用于指示所述发送时机下所述第一终端设备的可分配发送功率降低；或者，所述第三指示信息用于指示所述发送时机下所述第一终端设备的功率等级降低；或者，所述第三指示信息用于指示所述发送时机下所述第一终端设备存在功率回退。
  27. 一种功率控制方法，其特征在于，所述方法包括：
    第一终端设备确定第一频域资源对应的功率调整系数和第二频域资源对应的发送功率，所述第一频域资源和所述第二频域资源用于发送参考信号；
    所述第一终端设备根据所述第一频域资源对应的功率调整系数和第二频域资源对应的发送功率确定所述第一频域资源的目标发送功率。
  28. 根据权利要求27所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：
    所述第一终端设备接收来自第二设备的第二指示信息，所述第二指示信息用于指示所述第一终端设备根据所述第一频域资源对应的功率调整系数和所述第二频域资源对应的发送功率确定所述第一频域资源的目标发送功率。
  29. 根据权利要求28所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第二指示信息包括所述第一频域资源对应的功率调整系数。
  30. 根据权利要求28或29所述的方法，其特征在于，在所述第一终端设备接收来自第二设备的第二指示信息之前，所述方法还包括：
    所述第一终端设备向所述第二设备发送能力信息，所述能力信息用于指示所述第一终端设备具备根据频域资源对应的功率调整系数发送所述参考信号的能力。
  31. 根据权利要求27-30中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：
    所述第一终端设备在所述第一频域资源上以所述第一频域资源对应的目标发送功率发送所述参考信号，以及所述第一终端设备在所述第二频域资源上以所述第二频域资源对应的发送功率发送所述参考信号。
  32. 一种功率控制方法，其特征在于，所述方法包括：
    第二设备向第一终端设备发送第一指示信息，所述第一指示信息用于指示：所述第 一终端设备根据第一频域单元对应的目标发送功率和第二频域单元对应的目标发送功率之间的比例关系，确定所述第一频域资源对应的目标发送功率和所述第二频域资源对应的目标发送功率；其中，所述第一频域单元为第一频域资源，所述第二频域单元为第二频域资源；或者，所述第一频域单元为所述第一频域资源的子频域资源，所述第二频域单元为所述第二频域资源的子频域资源，所述第一频域资源和所述第二频域资源用于发送参考信号。
  33. 根据权利要求32所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一指示信息包括所述比例关系。
  34. 根据权利要求32或33所述的方法，其特征在于，在所述第二设备向第一终端设备发送第一指示信息之前，所述方法还包括：
    所述第二设备接收来自所述第一终端设备的能力信息，所述能力信息用于指示所述第一终端设备具备根据不同频域单元对应的目标发送功率之间的比例关系发送所述参考信号的能力。
  35. 根据权利要求32-34中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：
    接收来自所述第一终端设备的第三指示信息，所述第三指示信息用于指示所述第一终端设备同时发送所述参考信号，以及优先级高于所述参考信号的至少一个信号或信道；或者，所述第三指示信息用于指示发送所述参考信号的发送时机下存在数据发送；或者，所述第三指示信息用于指示所述发送时机下存在优先级高于所述参考信号的至少一个信号或信道的发送；或者，所述第三指示信息用于指示所述发送时机下所述第一频域资源和/或所述第二频域资源对应的每资源元素的发送能量EPRE降低；或者，所述第三指示信息用于指示所述发送时机下所述第一终端设备的可分配发送功率降低；或者，所述第三指示信息用于指示所述发送时机下所述第一终端设备的功率等级降低；或者，所述第三指示信息用于指示所述发送时机下所述第一终端设备存在功率回退。
  36. 一种功率控制方法，其特征在于，所述方法包括：
    第二设备向第一终端设备发送第二指示信息，所述第二指示信息用于指示：所述第一终端设备根据第一频域资源对应的功率调整系数和第二频域资源对应的发送功率，确定所述第一频域资源的目标发送功率；其中，所述第一频域资源和所述第二频域资源用于发送参考信号。
  37. 根据权利要求36所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第二指示信息包括所述第一频域资源对应的功率调整系数。
  38. 根据权利要求36或37所述的方法，其特征在于，在所述第二设备向第一终端设备发送第二指示信息之前，所述方法还包括：
    所述第二设备接收来自所述第一终端设备的能力信息，所述能力信息用于指示所述第一终端设备具备根据频域资源对应的功率调整系数发送所述参考信号的能力。
  39. 一种通信装置，其特征在于，所述通信装置用于执行如权利要求1-26中任一项所述的功率控制方法。
  40. 一种通信装置，其特征在于，所述通信装置用于执行如权利要求27-31中任一项所述的功率控制方法。
  41. 一种通信装置，其特征在于，所述通信装置用于执行如权利要求32-38中任一项 所述的功率控制方法。
  42. 一种通信装置，其特征在于，包括：
    处理器，所述处理器与存储器耦合；
    所述处理器，用于执行所述存储器中存储的计算机程序，以使得所述通信装置执行如权利要求1-38中任一项所述的功率控制方法。
  43. 一种通信装置，其特征在于，包括：
    处理器和接口电路；其中，所述接口电路，用于接收代码指令并传输至所述处理器；
    所述处理器用于运行所述代码指令以执行如权利要求1-38中任一项所述的功率控制方法。
  44. 一种通信装置，其特征在于，所述通信装置包括处理器和收发器，所述收发器用于所述通信装置和其他通信装置之间进行信息交互，所述处理器执行程序指令，用以执行如权利要求1-38中任一项所述的功率控制方法。
  45. 一种计算机可读存储介质，其特征在于，所述计算机可读存储介质包括计算机程序或指令，当所述计算机程序或指令在计算机上运行时，使得所述计算机执行如权利要求1-38中任一项所述的功率控制方法。
PCT/CN2023/094058 2022-08-12 2023-05-12 功率控制方法及通信装置 Ceased WO2024032064A1 (zh)

Priority Applications (3)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
EP23851294.1A EP4561196A4 (en) 2022-08-12 2023-05-12 POWER CONTROL METHOD AND COMMUNICATION DEVICE
KR1020257008011A KR20250047810A (ko) 2022-08-12 2023-05-12 전력 제어 방법 및 통신 장치
US19/051,989 US20250203538A1 (en) 2022-08-12 2025-02-12 Power control method and communication apparatus

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202210968894.8 2022-08-12
CN202210968894.8A CN117651323A (zh) 2022-08-12 2022-08-12 功率控制方法及通信装置

Related Child Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US19/051,989 Continuation US20250203538A1 (en) 2022-08-12 2025-02-12 Power control method and communication apparatus

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2024032064A1 true WO2024032064A1 (zh) 2024-02-15

Family

ID=89850619

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2023/094058 Ceased WO2024032064A1 (zh) 2022-08-12 2023-05-12 功率控制方法及通信装置

Country Status (5)

Country Link
US (1) US20250203538A1 (zh)
EP (1) EP4561196A4 (zh)
KR (1) KR20250047810A (zh)
CN (1) CN117651323A (zh)
WO (1) WO2024032064A1 (zh)

Families Citing this family (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN121174255A (zh) * 2024-06-19 2025-12-19 华为技术有限公司 一种通信方法及装置
CN121194308A (zh) * 2024-06-21 2025-12-23 华为技术有限公司 一种通信方法和通信装置

Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2012169939A (ja) * 2011-02-15 2012-09-06 Ntt Docomo Inc 移動局、無線通信システム及び方法
CN102687567A (zh) * 2009-10-02 2012-09-19 交互数字专利控股公司 控制多个分量载波上的传输的发射功率的方法和设备
CN107113153A (zh) * 2015-09-18 2017-08-29 华为技术有限公司 一种发送参考信号功率信息的方法及基站
CN108702278A (zh) * 2017-06-16 2018-10-23 华为技术有限公司 一种业务传输方法、设备及系统

Family Cites Families (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN114175761B (zh) * 2019-06-13 2024-01-09 株式会社Ntt都科摩 终端以及无线通信方法
WO2022143492A1 (zh) * 2020-12-31 2022-07-07 维沃移动通信有限公司 发送、接收定位信号的方法、终端和网络侧设备

Patent Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN102687567A (zh) * 2009-10-02 2012-09-19 交互数字专利控股公司 控制多个分量载波上的传输的发射功率的方法和设备
JP2012169939A (ja) * 2011-02-15 2012-09-06 Ntt Docomo Inc 移動局、無線通信システム及び方法
CN107113153A (zh) * 2015-09-18 2017-08-29 华为技术有限公司 一种发送参考信号功率信息的方法及基站
CN108702278A (zh) * 2017-06-16 2018-10-23 华为技术有限公司 一种业务传输方法、设备及系统

Non-Patent Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
HUAWEI, HISILICON: "Rel-17 UE features for NR positioning enhancements", 3GPP DRAFT; R1-2109147, 3RD GENERATION PARTNERSHIP PROJECT (3GPP), MOBILE COMPETENCE CENTRE ; 650, ROUTE DES LUCIOLES ; F-06921 SOPHIA-ANTIPOLIS CEDEX ; FRANCE, vol. RAN WG1, no. e-Meeting; 20211011 - 20211019, 2 October 2021 (2021-10-02), Mobile Competence Centre ; 650, route des Lucioles ; F-06921 Sophia-Antipolis Cedex ; France, XP052058107 *
See also references of EP4561196A4

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
US20250203538A1 (en) 2025-06-19
EP4561196A1 (en) 2025-05-28
CN117651323A (zh) 2024-03-05
EP4561196A4 (en) 2025-10-29
KR20250047810A (ko) 2025-04-04

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US12289605B2 (en) Electronic equipment in wireless communication system and wireless communication method
US11564181B2 (en) Method and apparatus for reporting power headroom report, and method and apparatus for obtaining power headroom report
US12302384B2 (en) Method of transmission/reception for sidelink in a wireless communication system and apparatus therefor
JP2022552296A (ja) 複数のｐｄｓｃｈ送信機会における開始シンボルをシグナリングするためのシステム及び方法
KR20230078778A (ko) 전력 제어 방법, 장치 및 단말 기기
CN117242736A (zh) 针对能力降低的设备的功率节省
CN103546970A (zh) 装置间通信的控制方法、中控装置与移动装置
US20220116903A1 (en) Physical Layer Signaling by Devices for Requesting Positioning-Resources
CN113853825A (zh) 用于支持bss边缘用户传输的方法
US20250203538A1 (en) Power control method and communication apparatus
WO2022147735A1 (zh) 确定发送功率的方法及装置
US20220116904A1 (en) Physical Layer Signaling by Base Stations for Provisioning Positioning-Resources
WO2018202168A1 (zh) 信息传输方法及装置
WO2023048919A1 (en) Minimizing user equipment requested positioning reference signal measurement gaps for positioning
JP2023514730A (ja) フィードバックリソース決定方法およびフィードバックリソース決定装置
US20240348383A1 (en) User equipment and base station involved in resource indication for control channel carrier switching
EP4383900A1 (en) Resource indication method and communication apparatus
WO2023221726A1 (zh) 一种数据传输方法及装置
WO2019126948A1 (zh) 一种参数调整方法及相关设备
CN118541941A (zh) 基于具有按需prs框架的trs的设备/网络高效ue定位
CN119653507A (zh) 无线通信的方法、终端设备和网络设备
WO2024152939A1 (zh) 一种调度信息的确定方法及装置
WO2022253150A1 (zh) 数据传输方法及装置
WO2022110245A1 (zh) 一种资源指示方法及装置
CN116456498B (zh) 资源选择方法及装置

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 23851294

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

REG Reference to national code

Ref country code: BR

Ref legal event code: B01A

Ref document number: 112025002691

Country of ref document: BR

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2023851294

Country of ref document: EP

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2023851294

Country of ref document: EP

Effective date: 20250218

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 20257008011

Country of ref document: KR

Kind code of ref document: A

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 202517021663

Country of ref document: IN

Ref document number: 1020257008011

Country of ref document: KR

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

WWP Wipo information: published in national office

Ref document number: 202517021663

Country of ref document: IN

WWP Wipo information: published in national office

Ref document number: 1020257008011

Country of ref document: KR

WWP Wipo information: published in national office

Ref document number: 2023851294

Country of ref document: EP

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 112025002691

Country of ref document: BR

Kind code of ref document: A2

Effective date: 20250211